644836
45
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/384
Pagina verder
One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is to
read this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls and
convenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle so
youcanrefertoitatanytime.
Several warranties protect your new vehicle. Read the warranty booklet
thoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rights
and responsibilities.
Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manual
helps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.
When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your dealer’s staff
is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique to your vehicle.
Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be pleased to answer
any questions and concerns.
As you read this manual, you will
find information that is preceded by
a symbol. This
information is intended to help you
avoid damage to your vehicle, other
property, or the environment.
Congratulations! Your selection of a 2009 Honda Civic Hybrid was a wise
investment. It will give you years of driving pleasure.
Introduction
i
08/07/19 09:25:40 31SNC630 0002 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
California Proposition 65 Warning
This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
Event Data Recorders
This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else
except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data
can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may
also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.
Introduction
WARNING:
This vehicle is equipped with one or more devices commonly referred to as event data recorders. These
devices record front seat belt use, front passenger seat occupancy, airbag deployment data, and the failure
of any airbag system component.
ii
08/07/19 09:25:43 31SNC630 0003 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
To help you make informed
decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and
other information on labels and in
this manual. This information alerts
you to potential hazards that could
hurt you or others.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of
three signal words: , , or .
These signal words mean:
such as Important Safety Reminders or Important
Safety Precautions.
such as Driver and Passenger Safety.
This entire book is filled with important safety information please read it
carefully.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. And operating this
vehicle safely is an important
responsibility.
Of course, it is not practical or
possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or
maintaining your vehicle. You must
use your own good judgement.
on the vehicle.
how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
Safety Messages
Safety Headings
Safety Section
Safety Labels
Instructions
AFewWordsAboutSafety
DANGER WARNING CAUTION
iii
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
HURT if you don’t follow instructions.
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
HURT if you don’t follow instructions.
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
08/07/19 09:25:53 31SNC630 0004 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
2009 Civic Hybrid Online Reference Owner's Manual
Contents
Owner's Identification Form
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... i
A Few Words About Safety .............................................................................................................................. iii
Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) ...................................................................................................... 3
Driver and Passenger Safety (seat belts, SRS, and child protection) .......................................................... 5
Instruments and Controls (indicators, gauges, dashboard, and steering column) ......................................... 55
Features (climate control, audio, steering wheel, security, and cruise control)........................................................ 103
Before Driving (fuel, vehicle break- in, and cargo loading) ............................................................................ 253
Driving (engine and transmission operation) ...................................................................................................... 269
Maintenance (minder, fluid checking, minor services, and vehicle storage)..................................................... 287
Taking Care of the Unexpected (flat tire, dead battery, overheating, and fuses) ..................................... 323
Technical Information (vehicle specifications, tires, and emissions controls) ................................................ 347
Warranty and Customer Relations (U. S. and Canada only) (warranty and contact information) ......... 363
Authorized Manuals (U. S. only) (how to order) ........................................................................................... 367
Index ............................................................................................................................... ...................................... I
Service Information Summary ( fluid capacities and tire pressures)
1
00X31-SNC-6300
A summary of the information you
need when you pull up to the fuel
pump.
How to order manuals and other
technical literature.
A convenient reference to the
sections in this manual.
Explains the purpose of each
instrument panel indicator and gauge,
and how to use the controls on the
dashboard and steering column.
A quick reference to the main
controls in your vehicle.
What gasoline to use, how to break-
in your new vehicle, and how to load
luggage and other cargo.
The proper way to start the engine,
shift the transmission, and park.
A summary of the warranties
covering your new vehicle, and how
to contact us for any reason. Refer to
your warranty manual for detailed
information.
The maintenance minder shows you
when you need to take your vehicle
to the dealer for maintenance service.
There is also a list of things to check
and instructions on how to check
them.
ID numbers, dimensions, capacities,
and technical information.
This section covers several problems
motorists sometimes experience,
and details how to handle them.
Important information about the
proper use and care of your vehicle’s
seat belts, an overview of the
supplemental restraint system, and
valuable information on how to
protect children with child restraints.
How to operate the climate control
system, the audio system, and other
convenience features.
Overview of Contents
Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Driver and Passenger Safety
Instruments and Controls
Features
Before Driving
Driving
Maintenance
Warranty and Customer
Relations
(U.S. and Canada only)
Authorized Manuals
(U.S. only)
Index
Service Information Summary
Technical Information
Taking Care of the Unexpected
2
08/07/19 09:26:22 31SNC630 0007 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
If equipped:
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Your Vehicle at a Glance
3
AUDIO SYSTEM (P.9,24)
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIRBAG
DRIVER’S FRONT
AIRBAG
(P.9,24)
MIRROR CONTROLS
POWER DOOR LOCK
MASTER SWITCH
POWER WINDOW
SWITCHES
FUEL FILL DOOR
RELEASE HANDLE
TRUNK RELEASE
HANDLE
Vehicle with navigation system is shown
AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
(P. 167)
USB ADAPTER CABLE
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION (CVT)
ACCESSORY POWER
SOCKET
DOOR LOCK TAB
CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS
GAUGES (P. 64)
(P. 58)
(P. 98)
(P. 81)
(P. 97)
(P. 255)
(P. 88)
(P. 110)
(P. 104)
(P. 81)
(P. 101)
(P. 272)
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
(P. 96)
(P. 142,185)
08/07/19 09:26:29 31SNC630 0008 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.
To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
Canadian model only
1:
2:
3:
4:
If equipped
Your Vehicle at a Glance
4
INSTRUMENT PANEL
BRIGHTNESS BUTTONS
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
INDICATOR
(P. 31)
HAZARD WARNING BUTTON
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Vehicle with navigation system is shown
DISPLAY CHANGE
BUTTON
(P. 65)
SEL/RESET
BUTTON
HORN
CRUISE CONTROL
BUTTONS
HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS
REMOTE AUDIO CONTROLS
STEERING WHEEL
ADJUSTMENT
(P. 75)
(P. 65)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST
(VSA ) SYSTEM OFF SWITCH
(P. 286)
(P. 210)
(P. 219)
(P. 256)
(P. 219)
(P. 77)
(P. 74)(P. 73)
(P. 76)
(P. 76)
HEATED MIRRORS
(P. 98)
(P. 214)
HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE
CONTROL BUTTONS
BLUETOOTH
HANDSFREELINK
SYSTEM VOICE CONTROL
BUTTONS
1
2
3
4
4
08/07/22 09:26:56 31SNC630 0009 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
This section gives you important
information about how to protect
yourself and your passengers. It
shows you how to use seat belts. It
explains how your airbags work. And
it tells you how to properly restrain
infants and children in your vehicle.
.........Important Safety Precautions . 6
.......Your Vehicle’s Safety Features . 7
.......................................Seat Belts . 8
...........................................Airbags . 9
.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11
.....1. Close and Lock the Doors . 11
...........2. Adjust the Front Seats . 11
............3. Adjust the Seat-Backs . 12
...4. Adjust the Head Restraints . 13
5. Fasten and Position the
.............................Seat Belts . 14
6. Maintain a Proper Sitting
................................Position . 15
.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 16
...Additional Safety Precautions . 17
Additional Information About
.......................Your Seat Belts . 18
..Seat Belt System Components . 18
......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 19
Automatic Seat Belt
...............................Tensioners . 19
...............Seat Belt Maintenance . 20
Additional Information About
...........................Your Airbags . 21
......Airbag System Components . 21
How Your Front Airbags
.........................................Work . 24
...How Your Side Airbags Work . 28
How Your Side Curtain Airbags
.........................................Work . 29
..How the SRS Indicator Works . 30
How the Side Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 30
How the Passenger Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 31
.............................Airbag Service . 32
...Additional Safety Precautions . 32
Protecting Children General
................................Guidelines . 34
All Children Must Be
...............................Restrained . 34
All Children Should Sit in a
.................................Back Seat . 35
The Passenger’s Front Airbag
.........Can Pose Serious Risks . 35
If You Must Drive with Several
...................................Children . 37
If a Child Requires Close
..................................Attention . 37
...Additional Safety Precautions . 38
Protecting Infants and Small
...................................Children . 39
.......................Protecting Infants . 39
.........Protecting Small Children . 40
.....................Selecting a Child Seat . 41
....................Installing a Child Seat . 42
...............................With LATCH . 43
.........With a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 45
..............................With a Tether . 46
...........Protecting Larger Children . 48
...............Checking Seat Belt Fit . 48
..................Using a Booster Seat . 49
When Can a Larger Child Sit in
.........................................Front . 50
...Additional Safety Precautions . 51
.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 52
...................................Safety Labels . 53
Driver and Passenger Safety
Driver and Passenger Safety
5
08/07/19 09:26:42 31SNC630 0010 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
You’ll find many safety
recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
Therecommendationsonthispage
are the ones we consider to be the
most important.
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of collisions. Airbags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with airbags,
make sure you and your passengers
always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly (see page ).
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions, and
your reaction time gets worse with
every additional drink. So don’t drink
and drive, and don’t let your friends
drink and drive, either.
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current
conditions, regardless of the
maximum speed posted.While airbags can save lives, they
can cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them,
or are not properly restrained.
Infants, young children, and short
adults are at the greatest risk. Be
sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
Children age 12 and under should
ride properly restrained in a back
seat, not the front seat. Infants and
smallchildrenshouldberestrained
in a child seat. Larger children
should use a booster seat and a lap/
shoulder belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat
(see pages ).
Having a tire blowout or a
mechanical failure can be extremely
hazardous. To reduce the possibility
of such problems, check your tire
pressures and condition frequently,
and perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance (see page ).
14
34 51
289
Important Safety Precautions
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
Control Your Speed
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Don’t Drink and Drive
Be Aware of Airbag Hazards
Restrain All Children
6
08/07/19 09:26:51 31SNC630 0011 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is equipped with many
features that work together to
protect you and your passengers
during a crash.
However, you and your passengers
can’t take full advantage of these
features unless you remain sitting in
a proper position and
. In fact, some safety
features can contribute to injuries if
they are not used properly.
The following pages explain how you
cantakeanactiveroleinprotecting
yourself and your passengers.
Some features do not require any
action on your part. These include a
strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger
compartment, front and rear crush
zones, a collapsible steering column,
and tensioners that tighten the front
seat belts in a crash.
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
always wear
your seat belts
Driver and Passenger Safety
7
(9)
(2)
(6)
(4)
(3) (1)
(8)
(7)
(5)
(2)
(11)
(9)
(10)
(8)
(12)
(1) Safety Cage
(2) Crush Zone
(3) Seats and Seat-Backs
(4) Head Restraints
(5) Collapsible Steering Column
(6) Seat Belts
(7) Front Airbags
(8) Side Airbags
(9) Side Curtain Airbags
(10) Front Seat Belt Tensioners
(11) Door Locks
(12) Front Seat Belt Buckle Tensioners
08/07/19 09:26:58 31SNC630 0012 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is equipped with seat
belts in all seating positions.
Seat belts are the single most
effectivesafetydeviceforadultsand
larger children. (Infants and smaller
children must be properly restrained
in child seats.)
Not wearing a seat belt properly
increases the chance of serious
injury or death in a crash, even
though your vehicle has airbags.
In addition, most states and all
Canadian provinces require you to
wear seat belts.
When properly worn, seat belts:
Keep you connected to the vehicle
so you can take advantage of the
vehicle’s built-in safety features.
Help keep you from being thrown
against the inside of the vehicle
and against other occupants.
Keep you from being thrown out
of the vehicle.
Help keep you in a good position
should the airbags ever deploy. A
good position reduces the risk of
injury from an inflating airbag and
allows you to get the best
advantage from the airbag.
Of course, seat belts cannot
completely protect you in every
crash.Butinmostcases,seatbelts
can reduce your risk of serious
injury.
Always wear your seat belt, and
make sure you wear it properly.
Your seat belt system also includes
an indicator on the instrument panel
and a beeper to remind you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts.
Help protect you in almost every
type of crash, including:
frontal impacts
side impacts
rear impacts
rollovers
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Seat Belts
Why Wear Seat Belts
What You Should Do:
8
Not wearing a seat belt properly
increases the chance of serious
injury or death in a crash, even
though your vehicle has airbags.
Be sure you and your
passengers always wear seat
belts and wear them properly.
08/07/19 09:27:09 31SNC630 0013 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Your vehicle has a supplemental
restraint system (SRS) with front
airbags to help protect the heads and
chests of the driver and a front seat
passenger during a moderate to
severe frontal collision (see page
for more information on how
your front airbags work).
Your vehicle also has side airbags to
help protect the upper torso of the
driver or a front seat passenger
during a moderate to severe side
impact (see page for more
information on how your side airbags
work).
In addition, your vehicle has side
curtain airbags to help protect the
heads of the driver, front passenger,
and passengers in the outer rear
seating positions during a moderate
to severe side impact (see page
for more information on how
your side curtain airbags work).
24
28
29
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Airbags
Driver and Passenger Safety
9
08/07/19 09:27:16 31SNC630 0014 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The most important things you need
to know about your airbags are:
They are designed to supplement
the seat belts.
To do
their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So while
airbags help save lives, they can
cause minor injuries or more
serious or even fatal injuries if
occupants are not properly
restrained or sitting properly.
Always wear
your seat belt properly, and sit
upright and as far back from the
steering wheel as possible while
allowing full control of the vehicle. A
front passenger should move their
seat as far back from the dashboard
as possible.
The rest of this section gives more
detailed information about how you
can maximize your safety.
Remember, however, that no safety
system can prevent all injuries or
deaths that can occur in a severe
crash, even when seat belts are
properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Airbags do not replace seat belts.
Airbags offer no protection in rear
impacts, or minor frontal or side
collisions.
Airbags can pose hazards.
What you should do:
10
08/07/19 09:27:22 31SNC630 0015 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
See pages for important
guidelines on how to properly
protect infants, small children, and
larger children who ride in your
vehicle.
After everyone has entered the
vehicle, be sure the doors are closed
and locked.
Your vehicle has a door-open
indicator on the instrument panel to
indicate when any door is not tightly
closed.
The following pages provide
instructions on how to properly
protect the driver, adult passengers
and teenage children who are large
enough and mature enough to drive
or ride in the front seat.
Locking the doors reduces the
chance of someone being thrown out
of the vehicle during a crash, and it
helps prevent passengers from
accidentally opening a door and
falling out.
Locking the doors also helps prevent
an outsider from unexpectedly
opening a door when you come to a
stop.
See page for how to lock the
doors, page for how the door-open
indicator works, and page for how
the automatic door locking and
unlocking feature works.
Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
rear as possible while allowing you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
Have a front passenger adjust their
seat as far to the rear as possible.
34 51
60
81
82
CONTINUED
Adjust the Front SeatsIntroduction
Close and Lock the Doors1.
2.
Protecting Adults and Teens
Driver and Passenger Safety
11
08/07/19 09:27:33 31SNC630 0016 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a
comfortable, upright position,
leaving ample space between your
chest and the airbag cover in the
center of the steering wheel.
Passengers with adjustable seat-
backs should also adjust their seat-
back to a comfortable, upright
position.
If you sit too close to the steering
wheel or dashboard, you can be
seriously injured by an inflating front
airbag, or by striking the steering
wheel or dashboard.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport
Canada recommend that drivers
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest. In addition to
adjusting the seat, you can adjust the
steering wheel up and down, and in
and out (see page ).
If you cannot get far enough away
from the steering wheel and still
reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some
type of adaptive equipment may help.
See page for how to adjust the
front seats.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly,
rock it back and forth to make sure it
is locked in position.
77
91
Protecting Adults and Teens
Adjust the Seat-Backs3.
12
Sitting too close to a front
airbag can result in serious
injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the
front airbags as possible.
08/07/19 09:27:41 31SNC630 0017 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Adjust the driver’s head restraint so
the center of the back of your head
rests against the center of the
restraint.
Reclining a seat-back so that the
shoulder part of the belt no longer
rests against the occupant’s chest
reduces the protective capability of
the belt. It also increases the chance
of sliding under the belt in a crash
and being seriously injured. The
farther a seat-back is reclined, the
greater the risk of injury.
See page for how to adjust the
seat-backs.
Have passengers adjust their head
restraints properly as well. Taller
persons should adjust their restraint
as high as possible.
Properly adjusted head restraints
will help protect occupants from
whiplash and other crash injuries.
See page for how to adjust the
head restraints and how the driver’s
and front passenger’s active head
restraints work.
92
92
Adjust the Head Restraints4.
Protecting Adults and Teens
Driver and Passenger Safety
13
Reclining the seat-back too far
can result in serious injury or
death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an
upright position, and sit well
back in the seat.
Improperly positioning head
restraints reduces their
effectiveness, and you can be
seriously injured in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are
in place and positioned properly
before driving.
08/07/21 20:20:37 31SNC630 0018 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Position the lap part of the belt as
low as possible across your hips,
then pull up on the shoulder part of
the belt so the lap part fits snugly.
This lets your strong pelvic bones
take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
Insert the latch plate into the buckle,
then tug on the belt to make sure the
belt is securely latched. Check that
the belt is not twisted, because a
twisted belt can cause serious
injuries in a crash.
If the seat belt touches or crosses
your neck, or if it crosses your arm
instead of your shoulder, you need to
adjust the seat belt anchor height.
If necessary, pull up on the belt again
to remove any slack, then check that
the belt rests across the center of
your chest and over your shoulder.
This spreads the forces of a crash
over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
Protecting Adults and Teens
Fasten and Position the Seat
Belts
5.
14
Improperly positioning the seat
belts can cause serious injury
or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are
properly positioned before
driving.
08/07/19 09:27:55 31SNC630 0019 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
After all occupants have adjusted
their seats and head restraints, and
put on their seat belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
upright, well back in their seats, with
their feet on the floor, until the
vehicle is parked and the engine is
off.
This could cause
very serious injuries in a crash.
If a seat belt does not seem to work
properly, it may not protect the
occupant in a crash.
Using a seat
belt that is not working properly can
result in serious injury or death.
Have your dealer check the belt as
soon as possible.
See page for additional
information about your seat belts
and how to take care of them.
The front seats have adjustable seat
belt anchors. To adjust the height of
an anchor, press and hold the release
button and slide the anchor up or
down as needed (it has four
positions).
Sitting improperly can increase the
chance of injury during a crash. For
example, if an occupant slouches,
lies down, turns sideways, sits
forward, leans forward or sideways,
or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is
greatly increased.
18
CONTINUED
Maintain a Proper Sitting
Position
6.
Never place the shoulder portion of a
lap/shoulder belt under your arm or
behind your back.
No one should sit in a seat with an
inoperative seat belt.
Protecting Adults and Teens
Driver and Passenger Safety
15
RELEASE BUTTON
08/07/19 09:28:04 31SNC630 0020 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you are pregnant, the best way to
protect yourself and your unborn
child when driving or riding in a
vehicle is to always wear a seat belt,
and keep the lap part of the belt as
low as possible across the hips.
When driving, remember to sit
upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full
control of the vehicle. When riding
as a front passenger, adjust the seat
as far back as possible.
This will reduce the risk of injuries
to both you and your unborn child
that can be caused by a crash or an
inflating front airbag.
Each time you have a checkup, ask
your doctor if it’s okay for you to
drive.
In addition, an occupant who is out of
position in the front seat can be
seriously or fatally injured in a crash
by striking interior parts of the
vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
Advice for Pregnant Women
Protecting Adults and Teens
16
Sitting improperly or out of
position can result in serious
injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in
the seat, with your feet on the
floor.
08/07/19 09:28:10 31SNC630 0021 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Carrying hard or sharp
objects on your lap, or driving with
a pipe or other sharp object in
your mouth, can result in injuries
if your front airbag inflates.
If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
crash.
Devices intended to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
shoulder part of a seat belt can
reduce the protective capability of
the seat belt and increase the
chance of serious injury in a crash.
If your
hands or arms are close to an
airbag cover, they could be injured
if the airbag inflates.
Objects on
the covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’
could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be
propelled inside the vehicle and
hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
If a side airbag or a
side curtain airbag inflates, a cup
holder or other hard object
attached on or near the door could
be propelled inside the vehicle and
hurt someone.
Do not place hard or sharp objects
between yourself and a front
airbag.
Two people should never use the
same seat belt.
Do not put any accessories on seat
belts.
Keep your hands and arms away
from the airbag covers.
Do not attach or place objects on
the front airbag covers.
Do not attach hard objects on or
near a door.
Additional Safety Precautions
Protecting Adults and Teens
Driver and Passenger Safety
17
08/07/19 09:28:17 31SNC630 0022 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your seat belt system includes lap/
shoulder belts in all seating positions.
The front seat belts are also
equipped with automatic seat belt
tensioners.
If the indicator comes on or the
beeper sounds when the driver’s seat
belt is latched and there is no front
seat passenger and no items on the
front seat, something may be
interfering with the monitoring
system. Look for and remove:
Any items under the front
passenger’s seat.
Any object(s) hanging on the seat
or in the seat-back pocket.
Any object on the floor that is
touching the rear of the seat-back.
If no obstructions are found, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
This system uses the same sensors
as the front airbags to monitor
whether the front seat belts are
latched or unlatched, and how much
weight is on the front passenger’s
seat (see pages and ).
This system monitors the front seat
belts. If you turn the ignition switch
to the ON (II) position before your
seat belt is fastened, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will flash. If
your seat belt is not fastened before
the beeper stops, the indicator will
stop flashing but remain on.
If a front passenger does not fasten
their seat belt, the indicator will
come on about 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position.
If either the driver or a front
passenger does not fasten their seat
belt while driving, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will flash
again at regular intervals.
When no one is sitting in the front
passenger’s seat, or a child or small
adult is riding there, the indicator
should not come on and the beeper
should not sound.
The seat belt system includes an
indicator on the instrument panel
and a beeper to remind you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts.
2726
Additional Information About Your Seat Belts
Seat Belt System Components
Seat Belt Indicator
18
08/07/19 09:28:27 31SNC630 0023 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
For added protection, the front seat
belts are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners. When activated,
the tensioners immediately tighten
the belts to help hold the driver and
a front passenger in position.
The lap/shoulder belt goes over
your shoulder, across your chest,
and across your hips.
To fasten the belt, insert the latch
plate into the buckle, then tug on the
belt to make sure the buckle is
latched (see page for how to
properly position the belt).
To unlock the belt, press the red
PRESSbuttononthebuckle.Guide
the belt across your body so that it
retracts completely. After exiting the
vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the
way and will not get closed in the
door.
All seat belts have an emergency
locking retractor. In normal driving,
the retractor lets you move freely in
your seat while it keeps some
tension on the belt. During a collision
or sudden stop, the retractor
automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
The seat belts in all positions except
the driver’s have a lockable retractor
that must be activated to secure a
child seat (see page ).
If the shoulder part of the belt is
pulled all the way out, the lockable
retractor will activate. The belt will
retract, but it will not allow the
passenger to move freely.
To deactivate the lockable retractor,
unlatch the buckle and let the seat
belt fully retract. To refasten the
seat belt, pull it out only as far as
needed.
The tensioners are designed to
activate in any collision severe
enough to cause the front airbags to
deploy.
14
45
Additional Information About Your Seat Belts
Automatic Seat Belt TensionersLap/Shoulder Belt
Driver and Passenger Safety
19
08/07/21 20:20:47 31SNC630 0024 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The dealer should also inspect the
anchors for damage and replace
them if needed. If the automatic seat
belt tensioners activate during a
crash, they must be replaced.
For safety, you should check the
condition of your seat belts regularly.
Pull each belt out fully, and look for
frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check
that the latches work smoothly and
the belts retract easily. If a belt does
not retract easily, cleaning the belt
may correct the problem (see page
). Any belt that is not in good
condition or working properly will
not provide good protection and
should be replaced as soon as
possible.
The tensioners can also be activated
during a collision in which the front
airbags . In this case, the
airbags would not be needed, but the
additional restraint could be helpful.
When the tensioners are activated,
the seat belts will remain tight until
they are unbuckled.
If a seat belt is worn during a crash,
it must be replaced by your dealer. A
belt that has been worn during a
crash may not provide the same level
of protection in a subsequent crash.
Honda provides a limited warranty
on seat belts. See your
booklet for
details.
If a side curtain airbag deploys
during a side impact, the tensioner
on that side of the vehicle will also
activate.
311
do not deploy
Honda
Warranty Information
Additional Information About Your Seat Belts
Seat Belt Maintenance
20
Not checking or maintaining
seat belts can result in serious
injury or death if the seat belts
do not work properly when
needed.
Check your seat belts regularly
and have any problem
corrected as soon as possible.
08/07/21 20:20:55 31SNC630 0025 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Airbag System Components
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Driver and Passenger Safety
21
(9)
(8) (1) (2)
(3) (11)
(5)
(4)
(13)(7) (10)
(14)
(5)
(4)
(6)
(10)
(12)
(12) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors/OPDS Sensors Control Unit
(13) Seat Belt Buckle Tensioners
(14) Rear Safing Sensor
(1) Driver’s Front Airbag
(2) Passenger’s Front Airbag
(3) Control Unit
(4) Front Seat Belt Tensioners
(5) Side Airbags
(6) Driver’s Seat Position Sensor
(7) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors
(8) Front Impact Sensors
(9) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
(10) Side Impact Sensors (First)
(11) Occupant Position Detection System (OPDS) Sensors
08/07/19 09:28:51 31SNC630 0026 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Two SRS (supplemental restraint
system) front airbags. The driver’s
airbag is stored in the center of
the steering wheel; the front
passengersairbagisstoredinthe
dashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRS
AIRBAG’ (see page ).
Two side airbags, one for the
driver and one for a front
passenger. The airbags are stored
in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked ‘‘SIDE
AIRBAG’ (see page ).
Two side curtain airbags, one for
each side of the vehicle. The
airbags are stored in the ceiling,
above the side windows. The front
and rear pillars are marked ‘‘SIDE
CURTAIN AIRBAG’’ (see page
).
Your Airbag System includes:
24
28
29
Additional Information About Your Airbags
22
(16)
(15)
(15)
(15) Side Impact Sensor (Second)
(16) Side Curtain Airbags
08/07/19 09:28:56 31SNC630 0027 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Sensors that can detect a
moderate to severe front impact or
side impact.
An indicator on the instrument
panel that alerts you that the
passenger’s side airbag has been
turned off (see page ).
An indicator on the dashboard that
alerts you that the passenger’s
front airbag has been turned off
(see page ).
Emergency backup power in case
your vehicle’s electrical system is
disconnected in a crash.
Automatic front seat belt
tensioners (see page ).
Sensors that can detect whether
the driver’s seat belt and the
frontpassengersseatbeltare
latched or unlatched (see page
).
Weight sensors that monitor the
weight on the front passenger’s
seat. If the weight is about 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight
of an infant or small child), the
passenger’s front airbag will be
turned off (see page ).
An indicator on the instrument
panel that alerts you to a possible
problem with your airbags,
sensors, or seat belt tensioners
(see page ).
A sophisticated electronic system
that continually monitors and
records information about the
sensors, the control unit, the
airbag activators, the seat belt
tensioners, and driver and front
passenger seat belt use when the
ignition switch is in the ON (II)
position.
Sensors that can detect whether
a child is in the passenger’s side
airbag path and signal the
control unit to turn the airbag
off (see page ).
A driver’s seat position sensor that
monitors the distance of the seat
from the front airbag. If the seat is
too far forward, the airbag will
inflate with less force (see page
).
19
30
30
31
26
31
18
26
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Driver and Passenger Safety
23
08/07/19 09:29:05 31SNC630 0028 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The total time for inflation and
deflation is one-tenth of a second, so
fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until
they see them lying in their laps.
After inflating, the front airbags
immediately deflate, so they won’t
interfere with the driver’s visibility,
or the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
During a frontal crash, your seat belt
restrains your lower body and torso,
and the front airbag helps protect
your head and chest.
Although both airbags normally
inflate within a split second of each
other, it is possible for only one
airbag to deploy.
This can happen if the severity of a
collision is at the margin, or
threshold, that determines whether
or not the airbags will deploy. In
such cases, the seat belt will provide
sufficient protection, and the
supplemental protection offered by
the airbag would be minimal.
If you ever have a moderate to
severe frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle’s rapid
deceleration.
If the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will instantly
inflate the driver’s and front
passenger’s airbags, at the time and
with the force needed.
Only the driver’s airbag will deploy if
there is no passenger in the front
seat, or if the advanced airbag
system has turned the passenger’s
airbag off (see page ).31
How Your Front Airbags Work
Additional Information About Your Airbags
24
08/07/19 09:29:13 31SNC630 0029 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your front airbags are also dual-
threshold airbags. Airbags with this
feature have two deployment
thresholds that depend on whether
sensors detect the occupant is
wearing a seat belt or not.
If the occupant’s belt is ,
the airbag will deploy at a slightly
lower threshold, because the
occupant would need extra
protection.
If the occupant’s belt is , the
airbag will inflate at a slightly higher
threshold, when the airbag would be
needed to supplement the protection
provided by the seat belt.
Your front airbags are dual-stage
airbags. This means they have two
inflation stages that can be ignited
sequentially or simultaneously,
depending on crash severity.
In a crash, both stages
will ignite simultaneously to provide
the quickest and greatest protection.
In a crash, one stage will
ignite first, then the second stage
will ignite a split second later. This
provides longer airbag inflation time
with a little less force.
After a crash, you may see what
looks like smoke. This is actually
powder from the airbag’s surface.
Although the powder is not harmful,
people with respiratory problems
mayexperiencesometemporary
discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
CONTINUED
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Dual-Threshold Airbags
not latched
latched
Dual-Stage Airbags
more severe
less severe
Driver and Passenger Safety
25
08/07/19 09:29:21 31SNC630 0030 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The driver’s advanced front airbag
system includes a seat position
sensor under the seat. If the seat is
too far forward, the airbag will
inflate with less force, regardless of
the severity of the impact.
Your front airbags are also advanced
airbags. The main purpose of this
feature is to help prevent airbag-
caused injuries to short drivers and
children who ride in front.
For both advanced airbags to work
properly:
Occupants must sit upright and
wear their seat belts properly.
Back-seat passengers should not
put their feet under the front seats.
Failure to follow these instructions
could damage the sensors or prevent
them from working properly.
If there is a problem with the sensor,
the SRS indicator will come on, and
the airbag will inflate in the normal
manner regardless of the driver’s
seating position.
The passenger’s advanced front
airbag system has weight sensors
under the seat. Although Honda
does not encourage carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the
sensors detect the weight of an
infant or small child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will
automatically turn the passenger’s
front airbag off.
Do not spill any liquids on or
under the seats, cover the sensors,
or put any objects or metal items
under the front seats.
Be aware that objects placed on the
passenger’s seat can also cause the
airbag to be turned off.
Advanced Airbags
Additional Information About Your Airbags
26
DRIVER’S
SEAT
POSITION
SENSOR
PASSENGER’S
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSORS
08/07/19 09:29:31 31SNC630 0031 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When the airbag is turned off, a
‘‘passenger airbag off’’ indicator in
the center of the dashboard comes
on (see page ).
Moving the front seat forcibly
back against cargo on the seat or
floor behind it.
Hanging heavy items on the front
passenger seat, or placing heavy
items in the seat-back pocket.
To ensure that the passenger’s
advanced front airbag system will
work properly,
This includes:
A rear passenger pushing or
pulling on the back of the front
passenger’s seat.
If the weight sensors detect there is
no passenger in the front seat, the
airbag will be off. However, the
passenger airbag off indicator will
not come on.
Also,makesurethefloormatbehind
the front passenger’s seat is hooked
to the floor mat anchor (see page
). If it is not, the mat may
interfere with the proper operation
of the sensors and operation of the
seat.
31 311
Additional Information About Your Airbags
do not do anything
that would increase or decrease the
weight on the front passenger’s seat.
Driver and Passenger Safety
27
08/07/19 09:29:37 31SNC630 0032 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To get the best protection from the
side airbags, front seat occupants
should wear their seat belts and sit
upright and well back in their seats.
Only one airbag will deploy during a
side impact. If the impact is on the
passenger’s side, the passenger’s
side airbag will deploy even if there
is no passenger.
Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoff
system designed primarily to protect
a child riding in the front passenger’s
seat.
Although Honda does not encourage
children to ride in front, if the
position sensors detect a child has
leaned into the side airbag’s
deployment path, the airbag will shut
off.
Thesideairbagmayalsoshutoffifa
short adult leans sideways, or a
larger adult slouches and leans
sideways into the airbag’s
deployment path.
Objects placed on the front
passenger seat can also cause the
side airbag to be shut off.
If you ever have a moderate to
severe side impact, sensors will
detect rapid acceleration and signal
the control unit to instantly inflate
either the driver’s or the passenger’s
side airbag.
How Your Side Airbags Work
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Side Airbag Cutoff System
28
08/07/21 20:21:02 31SNC630 0033 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the side airbag off indicator comes
on (see page ), have the
passenger sit upright. Once the
passenger is out of the airbag’s
deployment path, the system will
turn the airbag back on, and the
indicator will go out.
There will be some delay between
the moment the passenger moves
into or out of the airbag deployment
pathandwhentheindicatorcomes
on or goes off.
A front seat passenger should not
use a cushion or other object as a
backrest. It may prevent the cutoff
system from working properly.
If the impact is on the passenger’s
side, the passenger’s side curtain
airbag will inflate even if there are no
occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the
side curtain airbags, occupants
should wear their seat belts and sit
upright and well back in their seats.
In a moderate to severe side impact,
sensors will detect rapid acceleration
and signal the control unit to
instantly inflate the side curtain
airbag and activate the seat belt
tensioner on the driver’s or the
passenger’s side of the vehicle.
30
Additional Information About Your Airbags
How Your Side Curtain Airbags
Work
Driver and Passenger Safety
29
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
08/07/19 09:29:52 31SNC630 0034 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the indicator comes on at any
other time, or does not come on at all,
you should have the system checked
by your dealer. For example:
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, this indicator
comes on for several seconds then
goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If you see any of these indications,
the airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when you
need them.
If the indicator comes on or
flashesonandoffwhileyoudrive.
If the indicator stays on after the
engine starts.
If the SRS indicator does not come
on after you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position.
The SRS indicator alerts you to a
potential problem with your airbags
or seat belt tensioners.
This indicator alerts you that the
passenger’s side airbag has been
automatically shut off. It does
mean there is a problem with your
side airbags.
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, the indicator
should come on for several seconds
andthengooff(seepage ).Ifit
doesn’t come on, stays on, or comes
on while driving without a passenger
in the front seat, have the system
checked.
59
Additional Information About Your Airbags
How the SRS Indicator
Works
How the Side
Airbag Off
Indicator Works
not
30
U.S. Canada
Ignoring the SRS indicator can
result in serious injury or death
if the airbag systems or
tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer as soon as possible if
the SRS indicator alerts you to
a possible problem.
08/07/19 09:30:02 31SNC630 0035 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This indicator alerts you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been
shut off because weight sensors
detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less
(the weight of an infant or small
child) on the front passenger’s seat.
It does there is a problem
with the airbag.
Be aware that objects placed on the
front seat can cause the indicator to
come on.
If no weight is detected on the front
seat, the airbag will be automatically
shut off. However, the indicator will
not come on.
The passenger airbag off indicator
maycomeonandoffrepeatedlyif
the total weight on the seat is near
the airbag cutoff threshold.
If an adult or teenage passenger is
riding in front, move the seat as far
to the rear as possible, and have the
passenger sit upright and wear the
seat belt properly.
If the indicator comes on with no
front seat passenger and no objects
on the seat, or with an adult riding
there, something may be interfering
with the weight sensors. Look for
and remove:
Any items under the front
passenger’s seat.
Any object on the floor that is
touching the rear of the seat-back.
If no obstructions are found, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible.
Any object(s) hanging on the seat
or in the seat-back pocket.
Additional Information About Your Airbags
How the Passenger Airbag Off
Indicator Works
not mean
Driver and Passenger Safety
31
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR
Canada
U.S.
08/07/19 09:30:11 31SNC630 0036 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your airbag systems are virtually
maintenance free, and there are no
parts you can safely service.
However, you must have your
vehicle serviced if:
Any airbag
that has deployed must be
replaced along with the control
unit and other related parts. Any
seat belt tensioner that activates
must also be replaced.
Do not try to remove or replace
anyairbagbyyourself.Thismust
be done by an authorized dealer or
a knowledgeable body shop.
Take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. If you ignore this
indication, your airbags may not
operate properly.
Even if your
airbags do not inflate, your dealer
should inspect the driver’s seat
position sensor, the front
passenger’s weight sensors, the
front seat belt tensioners, and all
seat belts and their anchors worn
during a crash to make sure they
are operating properly.
Together, airbags and
seat belts provide the best
protection.
Tampering could cause
the airbags to deploy, possibly
causing very serious injury.
Airbag Service Additional Safety Precautions
An airbag ever inflates.
The SRS indicator alerts you to a
problem.
If your vehicle has a moderate to
severe impact.
Donotattempttodeactivateyour
airbags.
Do not tamper with airbag
components or wiring for any
reason.
Additional Information About Your Airbags
32
08/07/19 09:30:18 31SNC630 0037 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Improperly replacing
or covering front seat-back covers
can prevent your side airbags from
inflating during a side impact.
This could make the
driver’s seat position sensor or the
front passenger’s weight sensors
ineffective. If it is necessary to
remove or modify a front seat to
accommodate a person with
disabilities, first contact Honda
Automobile Customer Service at
(800) 999-1009.
If water or
another liquid soaks into a seat-
back, it can prevent the side airbag
cutoff system from working
properly.
Do not cover or replace front seat-
back covers without consulting
your dealer.
Do not remove or modify a front
seat without consulting your
dealer.
Do not expose the front passenger’s
seat-back to liquid.
Additional Information About Your Airbags
Driver and Passenger Safety
33
08/07/19 09:30:22 31SNC630 0038 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Children depend on adults to protect
them. However, despite their best
intentions, many adults do not know
how to protect child
passengers.
If you have children, or ever need to
drive with a child in your vehicle, be
sure to read this section. It begins
with important general guidelines,
then presents special information for
infants, small children, and larger
children.
To reduce the number of child
deaths and injuries, every state and
Canadian province requires that
infants and children be properly
restrained when they ride in a
vehicle.
(see pages ).
(see pages ).
Each year, many children are injured
or killed in vehicle crashes because
they are either unrestrained or not
properly restrained. In fact, vehicle
accidents are the number one cause
of the death of children age 12 and
under.
39 47
5148
properly
All Children Must Be Restrained
Larger children must be restrained
with a lap/shoulder belt and ride on
a booster seat until the seat belt fits
them properly
Infants and small children must be
restrained in an approved child seat
that is properly secured to the
vehicle
Protecting Children General Guidelines
34
Children who are unrestrained
or improperly restrained can be
seriously injured or killed in a
crash.
Any child too small for a seat
belt should be properly
restrained in a child seat. A
larger child should be properly
restrained with a seat belt and
use a booster seat if necessary.
08/07/19 09:30:30 31SNC630 0039 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
According to accident statistics,
children of all ages and sizes are
safer when they are restrained in a
back seat.
Even though your vehicle has an
advanced front airbag system that
automatically turns the passenger’s
front airbag off (see page ),
please follow these guidelines:
If
the airbag inflates, it can hit the back
of the child seat with enough force
to kill or very seriously injure an
infant.
Whenever possible,
larger children should sit in the back
seat, on a booster seat if needed, and
be properly restrained with a seat
belt. (See page for important
information about protecting larger
children.)
Front airbags have been designed to
help protect adults in a moderate to
severe frontal collision. To do this,
the passenger’s front airbag is quite
large, and it can inflate with enough
force to cause very serious injuries.
If the vehicle seat is
too far forward, or the child’s head is
thrown forward during a collision, an
inflating front airbag can strike the
child with enough force to kill or
very seriously injure a small child.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport
Canada recommend that all children
aged 12 and under be properly
restrained in a back seat. Some
states have laws restricting where
children may ride.
Children who ride in back are less
likely to be injured by striking
interior vehicle parts during a
collision or hard braking. Also,
children cannot be injured by an
inflating front airbag when they ride
in the back.
31
48
CONTINUED
All Children Should Sit in a Back
Seat
The Passenger’s Front Airbag
Can Pose Serious Risks
Protecting Children General Guidelines
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle equipped
with a passenger’s front airbag.
Small Children
Larger Children
Infants
Children who have outgrown child
seats are also at risk of being injured
or killed by an inflating passenger’s
front airbag.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle equipped
with a passenger’s front airbag can
be hazardous.
Driver and Passenger Safety
35
08/07/19 09:30:40 31SNC630 0040 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To remind you of the passenger’s
front airbag hazards, and that
children must be properly restrained
in a back seat, your vehicle has
warninglabelsonthedashboard
(U.S. models) and on the front visors.
Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
Canadian Models
U.S. Models
Protecting Children General Guidelines
36
SUN VISORS DASHBOARD
SUN VISORS
08/07/19 09:30:53 31SNC630 0041 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Many parents say they prefer to put
an infant or a small child in the front
passenger seat so they can watch the
child, or because the child requires
attention.
Placing a child in the front seat
exposes the child to hazards in a
frontal collision, and paying close
attention to a child distracts the
driver from the important tasks of
driving, placing both of you at risk.
Your vehicle has a back seat where
children can be properly restrained.
If you ever have to carry a group of
children, and a child must ride in
front:
Place the largest child in the front
seat, provided the child is large
enough to wear the lap/shoulder
belt properly (see page ).
Move the vehicle seat as far to the
rear as possible (see page ).
Have the child sit upright and well
backintheseat(seepage ).
Make sure the seat belt is properly
positioned and secured (see page
).
If a child requires close physical
attention or frequent visual contact,
we strongly recommend that another
adult ride with the child in the back
seat. The back seat is far safer for a
child than the front.
15
14
48
91
If You Must Drive with Several
Children
If a Child Requires Close
Attention
Protecting Children General Guidelines
Driver and Passenger Safety
37
08/07/19 09:31:00 31SNC630 0042 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
crash.
If you are not wearing a
seat belt in a crash, you could be
thrown forward and crush the
child against the dashboard or a
seat-back. If you are wearing a
seat belt, the child can be torn
from your arms and be seriously
hurt or killed.
During a crash, the
belt could press deep into the child
and cause serious or fatal injuries.
This can prevent
children from accidentally falling
out (see page ).
Even very young
children learn how to unlock
vehicle doors, turn on the ignition
switch, and open the trunk, which
can lead to accidental injury or
death.
Children
who play in vehicles can
accidentally get trapped inside.
Teach your children not to play in
or around vehicles. Know how to
operate the emergency trunk
opener and decide if your children
should be shown how to use this
feature(seepage ).
For example, infants and small
childrenleftinavehicleonahot
day can die from heatstroke. A
child left alone with the key in the
ignition switch can accidentally set
the vehicle in motion, possibly
injuring themselves or others.
If a child wraps a loose
seat belt around their neck, they
can be seriously or fatally injured.
(See pages and for how to
activate and deactivate the
lockable retractor.)
Leaving children without
adult supervision is illegal in most
states and Canadian provinces,
and can be very hazardous.
45 46
82
81
Additional Safety Precautions
Never let two children use the
same seat belt.
Neverholdaninfantorchildon
your lap.
Never put a seat belt over yourself
and a child.
Use the childproof door locks to
prevent children from opening the
rear doors.
Keep vehicle keys and remote
transmitters out of the reach of
children.
Lock all doors and the trunk when
your vehicle is not in use.
Make sure any unused seat belt
that a child can reach is buckled,
the lockable retractor is activated,
and the belt is fully retracted and
locked.
Do not leave children alone in a
vehicle.
Protecting Children General Guidelines
38
08/07/19 09:31:08 31SNC630 0043 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When properly installed, a rear-
facing child seat may prevent the
driver or a front passenger from
moving their seat as far back as
recommended, or from locking their
seat-back in the desired position.
Two types of seats may be used: a
seat designed exclusively for infants,
or a convertible seat used in the rear-
facing, reclining mode.
If placed
facing forward, an infant could be
very seriously injured during a
frontal collision.
A rear-facing child seat can be placed
in any seating position in the back
seat, but not in the front.
If the passenger’s front airbag
inflates, it can hit the back of the
child seat with enough force to kill or
seriously injure an infant.
An infant must be properly
restrained in a rear-facing, reclining
child seat until the child reaches the
seat maker’s weight or height limit
for the seat, and the child is at least
one year old.
Only a rear-facing child seat provides
proper support for a baby’s head,
neck, and back.
It could also interfere with proper
operation of the passenger’s
advanced front airbag system.
CONTINUED
Protecting Infants
Child Seat Type
Do not put a rear-facing child seat in
a forward-facing position.
Never put a
rear-facing child seat in the front
seat.
Rear-facing Child Seat Placement
Protecting Infants and Small Children
Driver and Passenger Safety
39
08/07/19 09:31:18 31SNC630 0044 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Of the different seats available, we
recommend those that have a five-
point harness system as shown.
In any of these situations, we
strongly recommend that you install
the child seat directly behind the
front passenger’s seat, move the seat
as far forward as needed, and leave it
unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get
a smaller rear-facing child seat. We strongly recommend placing a
forward-facing child seat in a back
seat, not the front.
If the vehicle seat is too
farforward,orthechildsheadis
thrown forward during a collision, an
inflating airbag can strike the child
with enough force to cause very
serious or fatal injuries.
A child who is at least one year old,
and who fits within the child seat
maker’s weight and height limits,
should be restrained in a forward-
facing, upright child seat.
We also recommend that a small
child use the child seat until the child
reaches the weight or height limit
for the seat.
Even with advanced front airbags
that automatically turn the
passenger’s front airbag off (see
page ), a back seat is the safest
place for a small child.
31
Protecting Small Children
Child Seat Type
Child Seat Placement
Placing a forward-facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle equipped
with a passenger’s airbag can be
hazardous.
Protecting Infants and Small Children
40
Placing a rear-facing child seat
in the front seat can result in
serious injury or death during a
collision.
Always place a rear-facing child
seat in the back seat, not the
front.
08/07/19 09:31:26 31SNC630 0045 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
In seating positions and vehicles not
equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-
compatible child seat can be installed
using a seat belt.
Whatever type of seat you choose, to
provide proper protection, a child
seat should meet three
requirements:
Look for FMVSS
213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.
Rear-facing for infants, forward-
facing for small children.
When buying a child seat, you need
to choose either a conventional child
seat, or one designed for use with
the lower anchors and tethers for
children (LATCH) system.
Conventional child seats must be
secured to a vehicle with a seat belt,
whereas LATCH-compatible seats
are secured by attaching the seat to
hardware built into the two outer
seating positions in the back seat.
Since LATCH-compatible child seats
are easier to install and reduce the
possibility of improper installation,
we recommend selecting this style.
If it is necessary to put a forward-
facing child seat in the front, move
the vehicle seat as far to the rear as
possible, and be sure the child seat is
firmly secured to the vehicle and the
child is properly strapped in the seat.
CONTINUED
The child seat should meet U.S. or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213.
The child seat should be of the
proper type and size to fit the child.
The child seat should fit the
vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it will be used.
1.
2.
3.
Selecting a Child Seat
Protecting Infants and Small Children, Selecting a Child Seat
Driver and Passenger Safety
41
Placing a forward-facing child
seat in the front seat can result
in serious injury or death if the
front airbag inflates.
Ifyoumustplaceaforward-
facing child seat in front, move
the vehicle seat as far back as
possible, and properly restrain
the child.
08/07/19 09:31:35 31SNC630 0046 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
A child seat secured with a seat belt
should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, it does not need
to be ‘‘rock solid.’ Some side-to-side
movement can be expected and
should not reduce the child seat’s
effectiveness.
Before purchasing a conventional
child seat, or using a previously
purchased one, we recommend that
you test the seat in the specific
vehicle seating position or positions
where the seat will be used.
After installing a child
seat, push and pull the seat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.
All child seats must be
secured to the vehicle with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with
the LATCH (lower anchors and
tethers for children) system. A
child whose seat is not properly
secured to the vehicle can be
endangered in a crash.
After selecting a proper child seat
and a good place to install the seat,
there are three main steps in
installing the seat: If the child seat is not secure, try
installing it in a different seating
position, or use a different style of
child seat that can be firmly secured.
Make sure the child is properly
strappedinthechildseat
according to the child seat maker’s
instructions. A child who is not
properly secured in a child seat
canbeseriouslyinjuredinacrash.
The following pages provide
guidelines on how to properly install
a child seat. A forward-facing child
seat is used in all examples, but the
instructions are the same for a rear-
facing child seat.
Make sure the child seat is firmly
secured.
Properly secure the child seat to
the vehicle.
Secure the child in the child seat.
1.
2.
3.
Installing a Child Seat
Selecting a Child Seat, Installing a Child Seat
42
08/07/19 09:31:43 31SNC630 0047 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is equipped with
LATCH (lower anchors and tethers
for children) at the outer rear seats.
To install a LATCH-compatible child
seat:
Place the child seat on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
child seat maker’s instructions.
Some LATCH-compatible seats
have a rigid-type connector as
shown above.Make sure there are no objects
near the anchors that could
prevent a secure connection
between the child seat and the
anchors.
Move the seat belt buckle or
tongue away from the lower
anchors.
The lower anchors are located
between the seat-back and seat
bottom, and are to be used only with
a child seat designed for use with
LATCH.
Small marks are positioned to
indicate the locations of each anchor
point.
1.
2.
3.
CONTINUED
Installing a Child Seat with
LATCH
Installing a Child Seat
Driver and Passenger Safety
43
BUTTON
LOWER ANCHORS Rigid type
08/07/19 09:31:53 31SNC630 0048 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Other LATCH-compatible seats have
a flexible-type connector as shown
above.
Whatever type you have, follow
the child seat maker’s instructions
for adjusting or tightening the fit.
Lift the head restraint (see page
), then route the tether strap
through the legs of the head
restraint and over the seat-back,
making sure the strap is not
twisted.
Attach the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the
strap as instructed by the child
seat maker.
Pushandpullthechildseat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.
If the tether strap is too long and
cannot be tightened firmly, find a
route where the strap can be
tightened securely.
Tighten the strap according to the
seat maker’s instructions.
6.
5.
4.
7.
8.
92
Installing a Child Seat
44
Front
ANCHOR
TETHER STRAP HOOK
Flexible type
08/07/19 09:32:01 31SNC630 0049 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When not using the LATCH system,
all child seats must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a lap/
shoulder belt.
With the child seat in the desired
seating position, route the belt
through the child seat according
to the seat maker’s instructions,
then insert the latch plate into the
buckle.
To activate the lockable retractor,
slowly pull the shoulder part of the
belt all the way out until it stops,
then let the belt feed back into the
retractor.
After the belt has retracted, tug on
it. If the belt is locked, you will not
be able to pull it out. If you can pull
thebeltout,itisnotlocked,and
you will need to repeat these steps.
In addition, the lap/shoulder belts in
all seating positions except the
driver’s have a lockable retractor
that must be activated to secure a
child seat.
1. 2.
3.
CONTINUED
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/
Shoulder Belt
Installing a Child Seat
Driver and Passenger Safety
45
08/07/19 09:32:08 31SNC630 0050 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
After confirming that the belt is
locked, grab the shoulder part of
the belt near the buckle, and pull
up to remove any slack from the
lap part of the belt. Remember, if
the lap part of the belt is not tight,
the child seat will not be secure.
Push and pull the child seat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure enough to
stay upright during normal driving
maneuvers. If the child seat is not
secure, unlatch the belt, allow it to
retract fully, then repeat these
steps.
To remove slack, it may help to
putweightonthechildseat,or
push on the back of the seat while
pulling up on the belt.
To deactivate the lockable retractor
and remove a child seat, unlatch the
buckle, unroute the seat belt, and let
the belt fully retract.
A child seat with a tether can be
installed in any seating position in
the back seat, using one of the
anchorage points shown above.
Since a tether can provide additional
security to the lap/shoulder belt
installation, we recommend using a
tether whenever one is required or
available.
4. 5.
Installing a Child Seat with a
Tether
Installing a Child Seat
46
COVER
ANCHORAGE POINTS
ANCHOR
08/07/19 09:32:16 31SNC630 0051 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
After properly securing the child
seat (see page ), lift the head
restraint, then route the tether
strap over the seat-back and
through the head restraint legs.
If the tether strap is too long and
cannot be tightened firmly, find a
route where the strap can be
tightened securely.
Lift the anchor cover, then attach
the tether strap hook to the
anchor, making sure the strap is
not twisted.
Tighten the strap according to the
seat maker’s instructions.
1. 2.
3.
45
Installing a Child Seat
Driver and Passenger Safety
47
Front
ANCHOR
ANCHOR
Front
Outer Position Center Position
TETHER STRAP HOOK TETHER STRAP HOOK
08/07/19 09:32:23 31SNC630 0052 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To determine if a lap/shoulder belt
properly fits a child, have the child
put on the seat belt, then ask
yourself:
Does the child sit all the way back
against the seat?
Do the child’s knees bend
comfortably over the edge of the
seat?
When a child reaches the
recommended weight or height limit
for a forward-facing child seat, the
child should sit in a back seat on a
booster seat and wear a lap/shoulder
belt.
The following pages give
instructions on how to check proper
seat belt fit, what kind of booster
seat to use if one is needed, and
important precautions for a child
who must sit in front.
1.
2.
Checking Seat Belt Fit
Protecting Larger Children
48
Allowing a child age 12 or under
to sit in front can result in injury
or death if the passenger’s front
airbag inflates.
If a child must ride in front,
move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, use a booster
seat if needed, have the child
sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly.
08/07/19 09:32:30 31SNC630 0053 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Does the shoulder belt cross
between the child’s neck and arm?
Is the lap part of the belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s
thighs?
Will the child be able to stay
seated like this for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these
questions, the child is ready to wear
the lap/shoulder belt correctly. If
you answer no to any question, the
child needs to ride on a booster seat. A child who has outgrown a forward-
facing child seat should ride in a
back seat and use a booster seat
until the lap/shoulder belt fits them
properly without the booster.
Some states and Canadian provinces
also require children to use a booster
seat until they reach a given age or
weight (e.g., 6 years or 60 lbs). Be
sure to check current laws in the
states or provinces where you intend
to drive.
Booster seats can be high-back or
low-back. Whichever style you select,
make sure the booster seat meets
federal safety standards (see page
) and that you follow the booster
seat maker’s instructions.
A child may continue using a booster
seat until the tops of their ears are
even with the top of the vehicle’s or
booster’s seat-back. A child of this
height should be tall enough to use
the lap/shoulder belt without a
booster seat.
If a child who uses a booster seat
must ride in front, move the vehicle
seat as far back as possible, and be
sure the child is wearing the seat
belt properly.
3.
4.
5.
41
Using a Booster Seat
Protecting Larger Children
Driver and Passenger Safety
49
08/07/19 09:32:39 31SNC630 0054 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the passenger’s front airbag
inflates in a moderate to severe
frontal collision, the airbag can cause
serious injuries to a child who is
unrestrained, improperly restrained,
sitting too close to the airbag, or out
of position.
A side airbag also poses risks. If any
part of a larger child’s body is in the
path of a deploying side airbag, the
child could receive possibly serious
injuries.
Physically, a child must be large
enough for the lap/shoulder belt to
properly fit (see pages and ). If
the seat belt does not fit properly,
with or without the child sitting on a
booster seat, the child should not sit
in front.
To safely ride in front, a child must
be able to follow the rules, including
sitting properly, and wearing the seat
belt properly throughout a ride.
If you decide that a child can safely
ride up front, be sure to:
Carefully read the owner’s manual,
and make sure you understand all
seat belt instructions and all safety
information.
Move the vehicle seat to the rear-
most position.
Have the child sit up straight, back
against the seat, and feet on or
near the floor.
Check that the child’s seat belt is
properly and securely positioned.
Of course, children vary widely. And
while age may be one indicator of
when a child can safely ride in front,
there are other important factors you
should consider.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport
Canada recommend that all children
age 12 and under be properly
restrained in a back seat.
Supervise the child. Even mature
children sometimes need to be
reminded to fasten the seat belts
or sit properly.
14 48
When Can a Larger Child Sit in
Front
Physical Size
Maturity
Protecting Larger Children
50
08/07/19 09:32:50 31SNC630 0055 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This could result
in serious neck injuries during a
crash.
This could
cause very serious injuries during
a crash. It also increases the
chance that the child will slide
under the belt in a crash and be
injured.
If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
crash.
Devices intended to
improve a child’s comfort or
reposition the shoulder part of a
seat belt can make the belt less
effective and increase the chance
of serious injury in a crash.
Additional Safety Precautions
Do not let a child wear a seat belt
across the neck.
Do not let a child put the shoulder
part of a seat belt behind the back
or under the arm.
Two children should never use the
same seat belt.
Do not put any accessories on a
seat belt.
Protecting Larger Children
Driver and Passenger Safety
51
08/07/19 09:32:55 31SNC630 0056 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle’s exhaust contains
carbon monoxide gas. Carbon
monoxide should not enter the
vehicle in normal driving if you
maintain your vehicle properly and
follow the information on this page.
High levels of carbon monoxide can
collect rapidly in enclosed areas,
such as a garage. Do not run the
engine with the garage door closed.
Even with the door open, run the
engine only long enough to move the
vehicle out of the garage.
If you must sit in your parked vehicle
with the engine running, even in an
unconfined area, adjust the heating
and cooling system as follows:
The vehicle is raised for an oil
change.
Have the exhaust system inspected
for leaks whenever:
You notice a change in the sound
of the exhaust.
The vehicle was in an accident
that may have damaged the
underside.
Select the fresh air mode.
Select the mode.
Set the fan speed to high.
Set the temperature control to a
comfortable setting.
With the trunk open, airflow can pull
exhaust gas into your vehicle’s
interior and create a hazardous
condition. If you must drive with the
trunk open, open all the windows and
set the climate control system as
shown below.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Carbon Monoxide Hazard
52
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause
unconsciousness and even kill
you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or
activities that expose you to
carbon monoxide.
08/07/19 09:33:03 31SNC630 0057 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
These labels are in the locations
shown. They warn you of potential
hazards that could cause serious
injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard
to read (except for the U.S.
dashboard label, which is removed
by the owner), contact your dealer
for a replacement.
U.S. models
Canadian models
U.S. models only
Safety Labels
Driver and Passenger Safety
53
DASHBOARD
RADIATOR CAP
SUN VISORS
08/07/19 09:33:17 31SNC630 0058 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
U.S. modelsU.S. models
Canadian models
U.S. models
Canadian models
Canadian models
Safety Labels
54
HOOD DOORJAMBS
HOOD
08/07/19 09:33:40 31SNC630 0059 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This section gives information about
the controls and displays that
contribute to the daily operation of
your vehicle. All the essential
controls are within easy reach.
...........................Control Locations . 56
............................Instrument Panel . 57
..........Instrument Panel Indicators . 58
.............................................Gauges . 65
.....................................Odometer . 65
..............Display Change Button . 66
.................Current Fuel Mileage . 66
...................Temperature Gauge . 66
...................................Trip Meter . 67
................Average Fuel Mileage . 67
..................................Fuel Gauge . 67
Outside Temperature
...................................Indicator . 68
..........Check Fuel Cap Message . 69
..................Maintenance Minder . 69
.........IMA Battery Level Gauge . 70
................Charge/Assist Gauge . 71
Controls Near the Steering
...........................................Wheel . 72
.Windshield Wipers and Washers . 73
.........Turn Signals and Headlights . 74
............Daytime Running Lights . 75
........Instrument Panel Brightness . 75
.................Hazard Warning Button . 76
.................Rear Window Defogger . 76
..........Steering Wheel Adjustment . 77
...............................Keys and Locks . 78
........................Immobilizer System . 79
................................Ignition Switch . 80
......................................Door Locks . 81
......................Power Door Locks . 81
..............Childproof Door Locks . 82
.Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 82
.....................Auto Door Locking . 82
.................Auto Door Unlocking . 85
................................................Trunk . 88
........Emergency Trunk Opener . 88
.......................Remote Transmitter . 89
.................................................Seats . 91
....................................Seat Heaters . 96
..............................Power Windows . 97
.............................................Mirrors . 98
.................................Parking Brake . 99
.........Interior Convenience Items . 100
.......................Beverage Holder . 101
.........Accessory Power Socket . 101
..................................Glove Box . 101
.............Console Compartment . 101
...............................Interior Lights . 102
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Controls
55
08/07/19 09:33:45 31SNC630 0060 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
If equipped:
Control Locations
56
POWER WINDOW
SWITCHES
MIRROR CONTROLS
FUEL FILL DOOR
RELEASE HANDLE
INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS
GAUGES
POWER DOOR LOCK
MASTER SWITCH
(P. 58)
(P. 64)
TRUNK RELEASE
HANDLE
AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
(P. 167)
Vehicle with navigation system is shown
HORN
AUDIO SYSTEM
ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION (CVT)
ACCESSORY POWER
SOCKET
CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK TAB
USB ADAPTER CABLE
(P. 98)
(P. 81)
(P. 97)
(P. 255)
(P. 88)
(P. 101) (P. 142,185)
(P. 96)
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES (P. 272)
(P. 101)
(P. 81)
(P. 104)
(P. 110)
08/07/19 09:33:52 31SNC630 0061 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.
Optional in U.S.1:
2: If equipped
Instrument Panel
Instruments and Controls
57
TRUNK-OPEN
INDICATOR
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
INDICATOR
LIGHTS ON
INDICATOR
(P. 60)(P. 60)
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR
(P. 60)
(P. 60)
CRUISE MAIN
INDICATOR (P. 61)
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR (P. 61)
CHARGING SYSTEM
INDICATOR
LOW OIL PRESSURE
INDICATOR
IMA SYSTEM INDICATOR
(P. 62)
AUTO IDLE STOP INDICATOR
SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR LOW FUEL INDICATOR (P. 61)
(P. 62)
(P. 63)
(P. 63)
(P. 59)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(ABS) INDICATOR
(P. 60)
(P. 62,196, 197)
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP
(P. 30,59)
SIDE AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR
LOW TIRE PRESSURE
INDICATOR
BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR
(AMBER)
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
(EPS) INDICATOR
PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE
SYSTEM INDICATOR (RED)
DOOR-OPEN INDICATOR
(P. 60)
SEAT BELT REMINDER
INDICATOR
MAINTENANCE MINDER
INDICATOR
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
INDICATOR
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) INDICATOR
(P. 59)
(P. 30,58)
(P. 61)
(P. 18,58)
(P. 61)
(P. 62,335)
(P. 62,336)
(P. 62,337)
(P. 58,338)
(P. 64)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST (VSA) SYSTEM
INDICATOR
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST
(VSA) ACTIVATION
INDICATOR
(P. 64)1
1
2
2
08/07/19 09:34:02 31SNC630 0062 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The instrument panel has many
indicators to give you important
information about your vehicle.
If it stays on after you have fully
released the parking brake while
the engine is running, or if it
comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the brake
system. For more information, see
page .This indicator reminds you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts.
If your front passenger does not
fasten their seat belt, the indicator
comes on about 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position.
If either of you do not fasten your
seat belt while driving, the beeper
will sound and the indicator will flash
again at regular intervals. For more
information, see page .
This indicator has two functions:
Itcomesonwhenyouturnthe
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. It is a reminder to check
the parking brake. A beeper
sounds if you drive with the
parking brake not fully released.
Driving with the parking brake not
fully released can damage the
brakes and tires.
If you turn the ignition switch to the
ON (II) position before fastening
your seat belt, the beeper sounds
and the indicator flashes. If you do
notfastenyourseatbeltbeforethe
beeper stops, the indicator stops
flashing but remains on.
This indicator comes on for several
seconds when you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position. If it
comes on at any other time, it
indicates a potential problem with
your front airbags. This indicator will
also alert you to a potential problem
with your side airbags, passenger’s
side airbag automatic cutoff system,
side curtain airbags, automatic seat
belt tensioners, driver’s seat position
sensor, or the front passenger’s
weight sensors. For more
information, see page .
1.
2.
18
30
338
Instrument Panel Indicators
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental Restraint
System Indicator
58
U.S. Canada
08/07/19 09:34:11 31SNC630 0063 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This indicator comes on for several
seconds when you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position. If it
comes on at any other time, it
indicates that the passenger’s side
airbag has automatically shut off.
For more information, see page .
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. If it comes on at any other
time, there is a problem with the
ABS. If this happens, have your
vehicle checked at a dealer. With
this indicator on, your vehicle still
has normal braking ability but no
anti-lock function. For more
information, see page .
The left or right turn signal indicator
blinks when you signal a lane change
or turn. If an indicator does not blink
or blinks rapidly, it usually means
one of the turn signal bulbs is
burned out (see pages and ).
Replace the bulb as soon as possible,
since other drivers cannot see that
you are signaling.
When you press the hazard warning
button, both turn signal indicators
and all turn signals on the outside of
the vehicle flash.
This indicator comes on briefly when
you turn the ignition switch to the
ON (II) position. It will then go off if
you have inserted a properly coded
ignition key. If it is not a properly
coded key, the indicator will blink,
and the engine’s fuel system will be
disabled (see page ).30
280
79
307 308
Instrument Panel Indicators
Side Airbag Off
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Instruments and Controls
59
U.S. Canada
08/07/19 09:34:20 31SNC630 0064 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If this indicator comes on when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position and the parking brake is
released, it means there is a problem
with a circuit. Have your vehicle
checked by your dealer.
This indicator comes on with the
high beam headlights. For more
information, see page .
This indicator also comes on with
reduced brightness when the
daytime running lights (DRL) are on
(see page ).
This indicator reminds you that the
exterior lights are on. It comes on
when the light switch is in either the
or position. If you turn the
ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
(I) or the LOCK (0) position without
turning off the light switch, this
indicator will remain on. A reminder
chime will also sound when you open
the driver’s door and remove the key
from the ignition switch.
This indicator comes on if the trunk
lid is not closed tightly.
This indicator comes on if any door
is not closed tightly.
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. If it comes on while driving,
it indicates that one or more of your
vehicle’s tires are significantly low
on pressure.
If this happens, pull to the side of the
road when it is safe, check which tire
has lost the pressure, and determine
the cause. If it is because of a flat tire,
replace the flat tire with the compact
spare (see page ), and have the
flat tire repaired as soon as possible.
If two or more tires are underinflated,
call a professional towing service
(see page ). For more
information, see page .
74
75
325
345
324
U.S. models only
Instrument Panel Indicators
‘‘Daytime Running
Lights’ Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Lights On Indicator
Trunk-open Indicator
Door-open Indicator
Low Tire Pressure
Indicator
60
08/07/19 09:34:30 31SNC630 0065 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This indicator comes on as a
reminder that you must refuel soon.
This indicator goes off when your
dealer resets it after completing the
required maintenance service.
This indicator reminds you that it is
time to take your vehicle in for
scheduled maintenance. The
maintenance main items and sub
items will be displayed in the
information display. See page for
more information on the
maintenance minder.
This indicator comes on when you
turn on the cruise control system by
pressing the CRUISE button (see
page ).
This indicator comes on when you
set the cruise control. See page
for information on operating the
cruise control.
This indicator comes on when the
washer fluid level is low. Add washer
fluidwhenyouseethisindicator
come on (see page ).
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position.
If this indicator comes on and stays
on at any other time, or if it does not
come on when you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position, there
is a problem with the TPMS. With
this indicator on, the low tire
pressure indicator will not come on
when a tire loses pressure. Take the
vehicle to your dealer to have the
system checked.
When the indicator comes on, there
are about 1.9 US gal (7.5 )offuel
remaining in the tank.
When the reading reaches E, there is
a very small amount of fuel in the
tank.
216
216
302
289
Canadian models only
U.S. models only
Instrument Panel Indicators
Low Fuel Indicator
Maintenance Minder
Indicator
Cruise Main Indicator
Cruise Control Indicator
Washer Level Indicator
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) Indicator
Instruments and Controls
61
08/07/19 09:34:43 31SNC630 0066 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The engine can be severely damaged
if this indicator flashes or stays on
when the engine is running. For
more information, see page .
If this indicator comes on when the
engine is running, the battery is not
being charged. For more information,
see page .
See page . This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. If it comes on at any other
time, it indicates a problem in the
integrated motor assist (IMA)
system. With the IMA indicator on,
the vehicle may not accelerate as it
normally does. Have the vehicle
checked by the dealer as soon as
possible.
See pages and .
This indicator comes on when the
security system is set. For more
information, see page .213
337
335
336 277276
Instrument Panel Indicators
Security System Indicator Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
IMA System Indicator
Auto Idle Stop Indicator
62
SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR
08/07/19 09:34:54 31SNC630 0067 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you turn the steering wheel to the
full left or right position repeatedly
while stopping or driving at very low
speed, you may feel slightly harder
steering due to overheating of the
steering gearbox.
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. When the brake system
indicator (amber) is on, there is the
problem with the Cooperative
Control with regenerative brake,
Creep Aid System or Brake Assist
(the normal brake operates properly).
Have your vehicle checked by your
dealer.
For more information, see page .
Continuously driving under those
conditions could damage the power
steering system.
This indicator normally comes on
when you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position and goes off
after the engine starts. If it comes on
at any other time, there is a problem
in the electric power steering system.
If this happens, stop the vehicle in a
safe place, and turn off the engine.
Reset the system by restarting the
engine. The indicator will not turn
off immediately. If it does not go off
after driving a short distance, or
comes back on again while driving,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
have it checked. With the indicator
on, the EPS may be off, making the
vehicle harder to steer.
279
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Indicator
Brake System
Indicator
(Amber)
Instrument Panel Indicators
Instruments and Controls
63
U.S. Canada
08/07/19 09:35:02 31SNC630 0068 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position.
Ifitcomesonandstaysonatany
other time or it does not come on
when you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, there is a
problem with the VSA system. Take
your vehicle to a dealer to have it
checked. Without VSA, your vehicle
still has normal driving ability, but
will not have VSA traction and
stability enhancement.
This indicator has three functions:
This indicator normally comes on for
a few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. For more information, see
page .
It comes on along with the VSA
system indicator if there is a
problem with the VSA system.
It flashes when VSA is active (see
page ).
Itcomesonasareminderthatyou
have turned off the vehicle
stability assist (VSA) system.
1.
2.
3.
285
285
If equipped If equipped
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA) System Indicator
VSA Activation Indicator
Instrument Panel Indicators
64
08/07/19 09:35:11 31SNC630 0069 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To switch the information display
between the odometer, trip meter,
outside temperature, and engine oil
life and maintenance item code(s),
press the SEL/RESET button
repeatedly.
The odometer shows the total
distance your vehicle has been
driven. It measures in miles or
kilometers. It is illegal under U.S.
federal law and Canadian provincial
regulations to disconnect, reset, or
alter the odometer with the intent to
change the number of miles or
kilometers indicated.
Odometer
Gauges
Instruments and Controls
65
TRIP METER
SEL/RESET BUTTON DISPLAY CHANGE BUTTON
TACHOMETER
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRIGHTNESS CONTROL BUTTONS
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
FUEL GAUGE
ODOMETER/OUTSIDE
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
CURRENT FUEL MILEAGE/
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
SPEEDOMETER
08/07/19 09:35:17 31SNC630 0070 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Every time you press the display
change button, the display changes
from the current fuel mileage to the
temperature gauge, or from the
temperature gauge to the current
fuel mileage.
Press and hold the display change
button until you hear a beep. Each
time you press the button, the
speedometer, trip meter, average
fuel mileage and current fuel
mileage readings switches their
measures.
Depending on the selected measures
(mph or km/h), the trip meter and
odometer readings are shown with
miles or km. The average fuel
mileage and current fuel mileage are
shown with mpg or l/100 km.
This display shows the current, or
instant fuel mileage you are getting.
It shows the number of mpg or l/100
km.
This shows the temperature of the
engine’s coolant. During normal
operation, the reading should be in
the middle of the gauge. In severe
driving conditions, such as very hot
weather or a long period of uphill
driving, the reading may reach near
the red mark. If it reaches the red
(Hot) mark, pull safely to the side of
theroad.Seepage for
instructions and precautions on
checking the engine’s cooling
system.
333
Display Change Button Current Fuel Mileage Temperature Gauge
Gauges
66
08/07/19 09:35:25 31SNC630 0071 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When either of the trip meters (trip
A or trip B) is displayed, your
vehicle’s average fuel mileage since
you last reset that trip meter can be
shownontheinformationdisplay
(mpg or l/100km). This number is
updated once per 10 seconds. To see
the average fuel mileage, press and
release the SEL/RESET button
repeatedly.
This shows how much fuel you have.
It may show slightly more or less
than the actual amount.
The average fuel mileage will be
reset when you reset the trip meter,
or if the vehicle’s battery goes dead
or is disconnected.
This meter shows the number of
miles or kilometers driven since you
last reset it.
There are two trip meters: TRIP A
and TRIP B. Switch between these
displays by pressing the SEL/
RESET button repeatedly.
Each trip meter works independently,
so you can keep track of two
different distances.
To reset a trip meter, display it, and
then press and hold the SEL/RESET
button until the number resets to
‘‘0.0.’’
Average Fuel Mileage Fuel GaugeTrip Meter
Gauges
Instruments and Controls
67
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
08/07/19 09:35:34 31SNC630 0072 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
±±
−−−−
−−−
If the outside temperature is
incorrectly displayed, you can adjust
it up to 5°F ( 3°C) warmer or
cooler.
The temperature must be
stabilized before doing this
procedure.
Select the outside temperature
display, then press and hold the
SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds.
The following sequence will appear
for1secondeach:0,1,2,3,4,5, 5,
4, 3, 2, 1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2,
3, 3, 2, 1, 0 (Canada).
In certain weather conditions,
temperature readings near freezing
(32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice is
forming on the road surface.
When it reaches the desired value,
release the SEL/RESET button. You
should see the new outside
temperature displayed.
This indicator displays the outside
temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.
models) or Celsius (Canadian
models). To see the outside
temperature, press and release the
SEL/RESET button until the
temperature is shown on the
information display.
The temperature sensor is in the
front bumper. Therefore, the
temperature reading can be affected
by heat reflection from the road
surface, engine heat, and the
exhaust from surrounding traffic.
This can cause an incorrect
temperature reading when your
speed is under 19 mph (30 km/h).
The sensor delays the display update
until it reaches the correct outside
temperature. This may take several
minutes.
Outside Temperature Indicator
Gauges
68
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:35:41 31SNC630 0073 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The information display in the
instrument panel shows you the
engine oil life and maintenance
service items when the ignition
switch is in the ON (II) position. This
information helps to keep you aware
of the periodic maintenance your
vehicle needs for continued trouble-
free driving. Refer to page for
more information.
Your vehicle’s onboard diagnostic
system will detect a loose or missing
fuel fill cap as an evaporative system
leak. The first time a leak is detected
a ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ message
appears on the information display.
Turn the engine off, and confirm the
fuel fill cap is installed. If it is, loosen
it, then retighten it until it clicks at
least once. The message should go
off after several days of normal
driving once you tighten or replace
the fuel fill cap. To scroll to another
display, press the SEL/RESET
button. The ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’
message will appear each time you
restart the engine until the system
turns the message off.
If the system still detects a leak in
the vehicle’s evaporative emissions
system, the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill
cap was not already tightened, turn
the engine off, and check or
retighten the fuel fill cap until it
clicks at least once. The MIL should
go off after several days of normal
driving once the cap is tightened or
replaced. If the MIL does not go off,
have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer. For more information, see
page .337
289
Maintenance MinderCheck Fuel Cap Message
Gauges
Instruments and Controls
69
08/07/19 09:35:46 31SNC630 0074 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This gauge shows you the state of
charge of the battery for the
Integrated Motor Assist (IMA). This
battery is recharged by the IMA
motor, and discharged by the IMA
when it is assisting the engine with
powering the vehicle.
Since the level is not read directly,
small sensing errors can, over time,
cause the gauge to read higher than
the actual battery level. The system
will then perform a correction, and
the battery level gauge reading will
drop suddenly. When this happens,
IMA assist and Auto Idle Stop are
disabled until the IMA battery is
sufficiently recharged by normal
driving. This should take only a few
minutes.
This correction of the battery level
gauge is normal and does not
indicate a problem. If the IMA
battery develops a problem or
becomes deteriorated, the IMA
system indicator will come on. If this
happens, have the vehicle checked
by your dealer as soon as possible.
The gauge reading may drop near
the bottom under driving conditions
that require IMA motor assistance
for a long time, such as prolonged
acceleration or climbing a long hill.
TheIMAmotorwillrechargethe
battery as you continue driving.
The IMA battery is charged at a
higher rate when the transmission is
in LOW (L) range (see page ).
If the battery is mostly discharged,
the Auto Idle Stop function is
disabled (see page ).
The battery level gauge does not
read the battery level directly. It
calculates the level by continuously
measuring the current flow, voltage,
and temperature.
274
276
IMA Battery Level Gauge
Gauges
70
BATTERY LEVEL GAUGE
08/07/19 09:35:54 31SNC630 0075 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This gauge shows you the status of
the Integrated Motor Assist (IMA).
When the IMA battery is being
charged, the bottom side of the
gauge illuminates. When the IMA is
assisting the engine, the upper side
of the gauge illuminates.
If the IMA battery is too hot or too
cold, the IMA system limits the IMA
battery’s output power to protect the
battery. This disables the IMA assist
and Auto Idle Stop, even though the
Battery Level Gauge may show that
the battery is well-charged.
Therefore, if the motor assist is
frequently used, the battery
becomes hot and starts to limit its
output power.
It takes the IMA system a few
minutes in cold weather to normalize
the IMA battery’s output power, and
about 15 minutes in hot weather.
Charge/Assist Gauge
Gauges
Instruments and Controls
71
IMA ASSIST GAUGE
IMA CHARGE GAUGE
08/07/19 09:35:59 31SNC630 0076 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system, refer to the navigation system manual.
To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.1:
2:
3:
4:
If equipped
Canadian model only
Controls Near the Steering Wheel
72
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
(P. 31)
PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF INDICATOR
(P. 96)
HAZARD WARNING
BUTTON
SEL/RESET BUTTON
DISPLAY CHANGE BUTTON
HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
(P. 176)HORN
Vehicle with navigation system is shown.
CRUISE CONTROL
BUTTONS
HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS
INSTRUMENT PANEL
BRIGHTNESS (P. 75)
(P. 66)
(P. 65)
VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST
(VSA ) SYSTEM OFF SWITCH
(P. 286)
REMOTE AUDIO CONTROL
BUTTONS
(P. 210)
BLUETOOTH
HANDSFREELINK SYSTEM
VOICE CONTROL BUTTONS
(P. 219)
(P. 74)(P. 73)
(P. 76)
(P. 77)
HEATED MIRRORS
(P. 214)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE
CONTROL BUTTONS (P. 219)
STEERING WHEEL
ADJUSTMENTS(P. 77)
1
2
4
4
3
4
08/07/19 09:36:07 31SNC630 0077 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
MIST
OFF
INT Intermittent
LO Low speed
HI High speed
Windshield washers
Push the right lever up or down to
select a position.
The wipers run at high
speed until you release the
lever.
The wipers are not activated.
The length of the wiper
interval is varied
automatically according to
the vehicle’s speed.
The wipers run at low speed.
The wipers run at high speed.
Pull the
wiper control lever toward you,
andholdit.Thewashersspray
until you release the lever. The
wipers run at low speed, then
complete one more sweep after
you release the lever.
Vary the delay by turning the
adjustment ring. If you turn it to
the shortest delay
( position), the wipers
change to low speed operation
when the vehicle speed exceeds 12
mph (20 km/h).
While the vehicle is stopped and in
gear, the wipers sweep the
windshield whenever you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
MIST
OFF
INT
LO
HI
Windshield Washers
Windshield Wipers and Washers
Instruments and Controls
73
ADJUSTMENT RING
08/07/19 09:36:17 31SNC630 0078 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Turn signal
Off
Parking and interior lights
Headlights
High beams
Flashhighbeams
Push down on the
lever to signal a left turn and up to
signal a right turn. To signal a lane
change, push lightly on the lever,
and hold it. The lever will return to
center when you release it or
complete a turn.
Turning the switch to
the ‘‘ ’’ position turns on the
parking lights, taillights,
instrument panel lights, side-
marker lights, and rear license
plate lights.
When the light switch is in the
‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ position, the
lights on indicator comes on as a
reminder. This indicator stays on
if you leave the light switch on and
turn the ignition switch to the
ACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK (0)
position.
Turning the switch to the
position turns on the headlights.
If you leave the lights on with the
key removed from the ignition
switch, you will hear a reminder
chime when you open the driver’s
door.
Push the lever
forward and the high beam
indicator will come on (see page
). Pull it back to return to low
beams.
To flash the high beams, pull the
lever back lightly, then release it.
The high beams will stay on as
long as you hold the lever back.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
60
Turn Signals and Headlights
Turn Signal
Headlights
High Beams
74
08/07/19 09:36:24 31SNC630 0079 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
+−
The buttons under the left side vent
control the brightness of the
instrument panel. Push the or
button to adjust the brightness.
With the headlight switch off or
position, the high beam
headlights come on with reduced
brightness when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position and release the parking
brake. They remain on until you turn
the ignition switch off, even if you
set the parking brake.
The headlights revert to normal
operation when you turn them on
with the switch.
There are six brightness levels.
When you push either button, the
information display indicates the
current level. You will hear a tone
when you reach the maximum or
minimum brightness. The display
returns to the odometer 5 seconds
after you stop adjusting the
brightness.
To reduce glare at night, the
instrument panel illumination dims
when you turn the light switch to the
or position.
The center of each meter (upper and
lower) illuminates with reduced
brightness when you unlock and
open the driver’s door, and then goes
back to the selected brightness when
you turn the ignition switch to the
ON (II) position.
If you insert the key but do not turn
the ignition switch to the ON (II)
position, the illumination turns off in
about 10 seconds.
Daytime Running Lights Instrument Panel Brightness
Headlights, Instrument Panel Brightness
Instruments and Controls
75
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL BUTTONS
08/07/19 09:36:32 31SNC630 0080 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Make sure the rear window is clear
and you have good visibility before
starting to drive.
Thedefoggerwiresontheinsideof
the rear window can be accidentally
damaged. When cleaning the glass,
always wipe side-to-side.
Pushing this button also turns the
mirror heaters on or off. For more
information, see page .
The rear window defogger will clear
fog, frost, and thin ice from the
window. Push the defogger button to
turn it on and off. The indicator in
the button comes on to show the
defogger is on. If you do not turn it
off, the defogger will shut itself off
after about 15 minutes. It also shuts
off when you turn off the ignition
switch. You have to turn the
defogger on again when you restart
the vehicle.
Pushthebuttontoturnonthe
hazard warning lights (four-way
flashers). This causes all four
outside turn signals and both turn
indicators in the instrument panel to
flash. Use the hazard warning lights
if you need to park in a dangerous
area near heavy traffic, or if your
vehicle is disabled.
99
On Canadian models
Rear Window DefoggerHazard Warning Button
Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Defogger
76
Canadian
model
U.S. model
08/07/19 09:36:39 31SNC630 0081 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in that position.
Make sure you have securely
locked the steering wheel in place
by trying to move it up, down, in,
and out.
Push the lever under the steering
column all the way down.
Make any steering wheel adjustment
before you start driving.
Move the steering wheel up or
down, and in or out, so it points
toward your chest, not toward
your face. Make sure you can see
the instrument panel gauges and
indicators.
1.
4.
2.
3.
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Instruments and Controls
77
Adjusting the steering wheel
position while driving may
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured
inacrash.
Adjust the steering wheel only
when the vehicle is stopped.
08/07/19 09:36:46 31SNC630 0082 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Protect the keys from direct
sunlight, high temperature, and
high humidity.
Donotdropthekeysorsetheavy
objects on them.
Keep the keys away from liquids.
If they get wet, dry them
immediately with a soft cloth.
The keys without a remote
transmitter do not contain batteries.
Do not try to take them apart.
These keys contain electronic
circuits that are activated by the
immobilizer system. They will not
work to start the engine if the
circuits are damaged.
The master key fits all the locks on
your vehicle.
The valet key works only in the
ignition and the door locks. You can
keep the trunk and trunk release
handle locked when you leave your
vehicle and the valet key at a parking
facility.
Youshouldhavereceivedakey
number tag with your set of keys.
You will need this key number if you
ever have to get a key replaced. Use
only Honda-approved key blanks.
Keys and Locks
78
KEY
NUMBER
TAG
VALET
KEY
(Gray)
MASTER KEYS
WITH REMOTE
TRANSMITTER
08/07/19 09:36:54 31SNC630 0083 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of your key,
contact your dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
If you have lost your key and cannot
start your engine, contact your
dealer.
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, the immobilizer
system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator
starts to blink, it means the system
does not recognize the coding of the
key. Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position, remove the key,
reinsert it, and turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position again.
The system may not recognize your
key’s coding if another immobilizer
key or other metal object (i.e. key
fob) is near the ignition switch when
you insert the key.
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an
improperly coded key (or other
device) is used, the engine’s fuel
system is disabled.
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry
Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Immobilizer System
Instruments and Controls
79
Always take the ignition key with you
whenever you leave the vehicle alone.
08/07/19 09:37:02 31SNC630 0084 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The ignition switch has four
positions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY
(I), ON (II), and START (III).
You will hear a reminder beeper if
you leave the key in the LOCK (0) or
the ACCESSORY (I) position and
open the driver’s door. Remove the
key to turn off the beeper.
TheshiftlevermustbeinPark
before you can remove the key from
the ignition switch.
You can insert or
remove the key only in this position.
To turn the key, the shift lever must
be in Park, and you must push the
key in slightly.
If the front wheels are turned, the
anti-theft lock may make it difficult
to turn the key. Firmly turn the
steering wheel to the left or right as
you turn the key.
You can
operate the audio system and the
accessory power sockets in this
position.
This is the normal key
position when driving. Several of the
indicators on the instrument panel
come on as a test when you turn the
ignition switch from the
ACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)
position.
Use this position
only to start the engine. The switch
returns to the ON (II) position when
you let go of the key.
LOCK (0)
ACCESSORY (I)
ON (II)
START (III)
Ignition Switch
80
08/07/19 09:37:09 31SNC630 0085 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To lock the doors when getting out
of the vehicle, remove the key from
the ignition switch, and push the top
of the master door lock switch, then
close the door.
With any door open and the key in
the ignition, both master door lock
switches and driver’s door lock tab
are disabled. They are not disabled
when all the doors are closed, or
when the key is not in the ignition.
To lock any door when getting out of
the vehicle, pull the lock tab out, and
close the door.
Each front door has a master door
lock switch. Either switch locks and
unlocks all doors. Push the top of the
switch to lock all doors; push the
bottom to unlock them.
The lock tab on each door locks and
unlocks that door. Pulling out on the
driver’s door lock tab locks all doors.
To unlock the driver’s door from the
outside, turn the key and release it.
Ifyouturnitagain,allthedoors
unlock.
Each door has a lock tab next to the
inside door handle. Pull out the tab
to lock the door, and push it in to
unlock.
Lockout Prevention
Power Door Locks
Door Locks
Instruments and Controls
81
LOCK TAB
To lock
To unlock
To lock
To unlock
MASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
08/07/19 09:37:17 31SNC630 0086 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The childproof door locks are
designed to prevent children seated
in the rear from accidentally opening
the rear doors. Each rear door has a
lock lever near the edge. With the
lever in the LOCK position, the door
cannot be opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock
tab. To open the door, push the lock
tab in, and use the outside door
handle.
Your vehicle has customizable
settings for the doors to
automatically lock and unlock. There
are default settings for each of these
features. You can turn off or change
the settings for these features as
described on the following pages.
The auto door locking feature has
three possible settings:
The auto door locking is
deactivated all the time.
The doors lock whenever you
move the shift lever out of the
Park (P) position.
The doors lock when the vehicle
speed reaches 9 mph (15 km/h).
This is the default setting.
When you customize the setting,
make sure your vehicle is parked
safely, the engine is off, and the
parking brake is applied. Make all
settings before you start driving.
Childproof Door Locks Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking
Door Locks
82
LEVER
Unlock
Lock
08/07/19 09:37:27 31SNC630 0087 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Locks all doors when the shift lever is
moved out of the Park (P) position.
Pushandholdthefrontofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door until you hear a click
(after about 5 seconds).
Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and open the driver’s
door.
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
To turn off the Auto Door Lock
modes:
To program the Park Lock mode:
Door Locks
Instruments and Controls
83
08/07/19 09:37:36 31SNC630 0088 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Push and hold the brake pedal,
and move the shift lever out of the
Park (P) position.
Release the switch and, within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the ACCESSORY (I) position.
Move the shift lever to the Park
(P) position.
Pushandholdthefrontofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click.
Keep holding the switch until you
hear another click (after about 5
seconds).
Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.
Pushandholdthefrontofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click.
Keep holding the switch until you
hear another click (after about 5
seconds).
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position.
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
1.
2.
3.
5.
4.
6.
3.
4.
Locks all doors when the vehicle’s speed
reaches about 9 mph (15 km/h).
To program the Drive Lock mode:
Door Locks
84
08/07/19 09:37:45 31SNC630 0089 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pushandholdtherearofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click,
and after about 5 seconds, you will
hear another click.
The auto door unlocking feature has
five possible settings:
The driver’s door unlocks when
you move the shift lever to the
Park (P) position.
The auto door unlocking is
deactivated all the time.
Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.
All doors unlock whenever you
turn the ignition switch to the
ACCESSORY (I) position.
The driver’s door unlocks
whenever you turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
position.
All doors unlock when you move
the shift lever to the Park (P)
position.
This is the default setting.
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and open the driver’s
door.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
To turn off the Auto Door Unlock
modes:
Auto Door Unlocking
Door Locks
Instruments and Controls
85
08/07/19 09:37:55 31SNC630 0090 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pushandholdtherearofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click.
Continue to hold down the switch:
Until you hear another click
(after about 5 seconds) to
activate
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
Make sure the shift lever is in the
Park (P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to
close the driver’s door.
Or, until you hear two more
clicks (after about 10 seconds)
to activate
Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.
1.
2.
4.
3.
1.
2.
Unlocks the driver’s door or all doors
when the shift lever is moved into the
Park (P) position.
driver’s door unlock
feature.
Unlocks the driver’s door or all doors
when the ignition switch is moved out of
the ON (II) position.
all doors unlock feature.
To program the Park Unlock mode: To program the Ignition Switch
Unlock mode:
Door Locks
86
08/07/19 09:38:06 31SNC630 0091 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pushandholdtherearofthe
master door lock switch on the
driver’s door. You will hear a click.
Continue to hold the switch:
Release the switch and, within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the ACCESSORY (I) position.
Move the shift lever to the Park
(P) position.
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position.
Push and hold the brake pedal,
then move the shift lever out of
the Park (P) position.
Even if your vehicle’s battery is
removed or goes dead, the system
keeps the auto door lock/unlock
setting which you selected.
Until you hear another click
(after about 5 seconds) to
activate
Or, until you hear two more
clicks (after about 10 seconds)
to activate
5.
4.
6.
3.
driver’s door unlock
feature.
all doors unlock feature.
Door Locks
Instruments and Controls
87
08/07/19 09:38:13 31SNC630 0092 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Parents should decide if their
children should be shown how to use
this feature. For more information
about child safety, see page .
To open the trunk, pull the trunk
release handle on the left side of the
driver’s seat. To protect items in the
trunk when you need to give the key
to someone else, lock the trunk
release handle with the master key,
and give the other person the valet
key.
As a safety feature, your vehicle has
a release lever on the trunk latch so
the trunk can be opened from the
inside. To open the trunk, push the
release lever to the left.
Press and hold the trunk release
button on the remote transmitter.
To close the trunk, press down on
the trunk lid.
Keep the trunk lid closed at all times
while driving to avoid damaging it,
and to prevent exhaust gas from
getting into the interior. See
,page .
38
52
Emergency Trunk Opener
Carbon
Monoxide Hazard
Trunk
88
MASTER KEY
TRUNK RELEASE
HANDLE
RELEASE LEVER
PULL
08/07/19 09:38:21 31SNC630 0093 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−−
Press this button once to
lock all doors. Some exterior lights
will flash once. When you push
LOCK twice within 5 seconds, you
will hear a horn to verify that the
doors are locked. You cannot lock
the doors if any door is not fully
closed or the key is in the ignition
switch.
Press this button once
to unlock the driver’s door. Push it
twice to unlock the other doors.
Some exterior lights will flash twice
each time you press the button. This
button does not work when the key
is in the ignition switch.
The ceiling light (if the ceiling light
switch is in the door activated
position) will come on when you
press the UNLOCK button. If you do
not open any door, the light stays on
for about 30 seconds, then fades out.
If you relock the doors with the
remote transmitter before 30
seconds have elapsed, the light goes
off immediately.
If you unlock the doors with the
remote transmitter, but do not open
any of the doors within 30 seconds,
the doors automatically relock and
the security system will also set.
Pressthisbuttonfor
about 1 second to attract attention;
the horn will sound and the exterior
lights will flash for about 30 seconds.
To cancel panic mode, press any
other button on the remote
transmitter, or turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position.
If you push the LOCK button twice
within 5 seconds, you will hear a
horn to verify that the security
system has set.
Press this
button for about 1 second to open
the trunk. You cannot open the trunk
if the key is in the ignition switch.
Avoid dropping or throwing the
transmitter.
Protect the transmitter from
extreme temperature.
Do not immerse the transmitter in
any liquid.
If you lose a transmitter, the
replacement needs to be
reprogrammed by your dealer.
LOCK
UNLOCK PANIC
TRUNK RELEASE
Remote Transmitter Care
Remote Transmitter
Instruments and Controls
89
LOCK
BUTTON
PANIC BUTTON
TRUNK
RELEASE
BUTTON
UNLOCK
BUTTON
08/07/19 09:38:31 31SNC630 0094 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To replace the battery:
Remove the screw at the base of
the transmitter with a small
Phillips-head screwdriver.
Separate the transmitter by prying
its middle seam with your
fingernail.
Inside the transmitter, separate
the inner cover from the keypad
by releasing the two tabs on the
cover.
Battery type: CR1616
If it takes several pushes on the
button to lock or unlock the doors,
replace the battery as soon as
possible.
1.
2.
3.
Replacing the Transmitter
Battery
Remote Transmitter
90
SCREW
BATTERY
TAB
08/07/19 09:38:39 31SNC630 0095 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To adjust the seat forward or
backward, pull up on the bar under
the seat cushion’s front edge. Move
the seat to the desired position, and
releasethebar.Trytomovetheseat
to make sure it is locked in position.
Remove the old battery from the
back of the inner cover, and note
the polarity. Make sure the
polarity of the new battery is the
same ( side facing down), then
insert it into the back of the cover.
An improperly disposed of battery
can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations
for battery disposal.
Install the parts in reverse order.
Make all adjustments before you
start driving.
4.
5.
See pages for important safety
information and warnings about how to
properly position seats and seat-backs.
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry
Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
1311
CONTINUED
FrontSeatAdjustments
Remote Transmitter, Seats
Instruments and Controls
91
08/07/19 09:38:48 31SNC630 0096 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To change the seat-back angle of the
front seat, pull up the lever on the
outside of the seat bottom.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly,
rock it back and forth to make sure it
is locked in position.
The height of your driver’s seat is
adjustable. To raise the seat,
repeatedly pull up the lever on the
outside of the seat cushion. To lower
the seat, push the lever down
repeatedly.
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints in all seating positions to
help protect you and your
passengers from whiplash and other
injuries.
See page for important safety
information and a warning about
improperly positioning head restraints.
13
Driver’s Seat Height Adjustment Head Restraints
Seats
92
08/07/19 09:38:55 31SNC630 0097 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When a passenger is seated in the
rear center seating position, make
sure the center head restraint is
adjusted to its highest position.
The head restraints adjust for height.
You need both hands to adjust a
restraint. Do not attempt to adjust it
while driving. To raise it, pull upward.
To lower the restraint, push the
release button sideways, and push
the restraint down.
Theyaremosteffectivewhenyou
adjust them so the center of the back
of the occupant’s head rests against
the center of the restraint.
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Seats
Instruments and Controls
93
Rear Center Position
CUSHION CUSHION LEG
LEGS RELEASE
BUTTON
SEAT-BACK SEAT-BACK RELEASE BUTTON
Front
08/07/19 09:39:02 31SNC630 0098 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This reduces the distance between
the restraint and the occupant’s head.
It also helps protect the occupants
against whiplash and injuries to the
neck and upper spine.
After a collision, the activated
restraint should return to its normal
position.
If the restraints do not return to their
normal position, or in the event of a
severe collision, have the vehicle
inspected by a Honda dealer.
The driver’s and front passenger’s
seats have active head restraints. If
the vehicle is struck severely from
the rear, the occupant properly
secured with the seat belt will be
pushed against the seat-back and the
head restraint will automatically
move forward.
To remove a head restraint for
cleaning or repair, pull it up as far as
it will go. Push the release button,
then pull the restraint out of the seat-
back.
When reinstalling a head restraint,
put the legs back in place. Then
adjust it to the appropriate height
while pressing the release button.
Make sure the head restraint locks
in position when you reinstall it.
Active Head RestraintsRemoving the Head Restraint
Seats
94
Failure to reinstall the head
restraints can result in severe
injury during a crash.
Always replace the head
restraints before driving.
08/07/19 09:39:11 31SNC630 0099 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The lid of the console compartment
canbeusedasanarmrestbymoving
it forward and backward. Make sure
the armrest is securely latched.
Make sure your passenger’s hands
orfingersareawayfromthearmrest
before moving it.
For a head restraint system to work
properly:
Do not hang any items on the head
restraints, or from the restraint
legs.
Do not place any object between
an occupant and the seat-back.
Install each restraint in its proper
location.
Only use genuine Honda
replacement head restraints.
Armrest
Seats
Instruments and Controls
95
08/07/19 09:39:18 31SNC630 0100 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
In the HI setting, the heater turns off
when the seat gets warm, and turns
back on after the seat’s temperature
drops.
In the LO setting, the heater runs
continuously. It does not cycle with
temperature changes.
Follow these precautions whenever
you use the seat heaters:
If the engine is left idling for an
extended period, do not use the
seat heaters even on the LO
setting. It can weaken the battery,
causing hard starting.
Use the HI setting only to heat the
seats quickly, because it draws
large amounts of current from the
battery.
Push the front of the switch, HI, to
rapidly heat up the seat. After the
seat reaches a comfortable
temperature, select LO by pushing
the back of the switch. This will keep
the seat warm.
Both front seats are equipped with
seat heaters. Because of the sensors
for the side airbag cutoff system,
there is no heater in the passenger’s
seat-back. The ignition switch must
be in the ON (II) position to use the
heaters.
If equipped
Seat Heaters
96
Passenger’s
Seat
Driver’s
Seat
HEATERS SEAT HEATER SWITCH
08/07/19 09:39:26 31SNC630 0101 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To open or close the
driver’s window, push or pull the
window switch firmly down or up to
the second detent, and release it.
The window will automatically go
down or up all the way. To stop the
window, pull or push the window
switch briefly.
If the driver’s
window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction, and then stop. To
close the window, remove the
obstacle, then use the window switch
again.
Auto reverse stops sensing when the
window is almost closed. You should
always check that all passengers and
objects are away from the window
before closing it.
If the MAIN switch is OFF, the
passenger windows cannot be raised
or lowered. Keep the MAIN switch
offwhenyouhavechildreninthe
vehicle so they do not injure
themselves by operating the
windows unintentionally.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position to raise or lower any
window. To open the window, push
the switch down and hold it. Release
the switch when you want to stop the
window. To close the window, pull
back on the switch and hold it.
Thewindowsoperateforupto10
minutes after you turn off the
ignition switch. Opening either front
door cancels this function.
AUTO
AUTO REVERSE
Power Windows
Instruments and Controls
97
DRIVER’S WINDOW SWITCH
MAIN SWITCH
Closing a power window on
someone’s hands or fingers can
cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are
away from the windows before
closing them.
08/07/19 09:39:33 31SNC630 0102 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to move the
mirrorright,left,up,ordown.
When you finish, move the
selector switch to the center (off)
position. This turns the
adjustment switch off to keep your
settings.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position.
Move the selector switch to L
(driver’s side) or R (passenger’s
side).
Keeptheinsideandoutsidemirrors
clean and adjusted for best visibility.
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before
you start driving.
The inside mirror has day and night
positions. The night position reduces
glare from headlights behind you.
Flip the tab on the bottom edge of
the mirror to select the day or night
position.
3.
4.
1.
2.
Mirrors
Adjusting the Power Mirrors
98
ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
SELECTOR SWITCH
TAB
08/07/19 09:39:41 31SNC630 0103 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
On Canadian models
The outside mirrors are heated to
remove fog and frost. With the
ignition switch in the ON (II)
position, turn on the heaters by
pressing the button. The indicator in
the button comes on as a reminder.
Press the button again to turn the
heaters off. Pressing this button also
turns the rear window defogger on
and off.
To apply the parking brake, pull the
lever up fully. To release it, pull up
slightly, push the button, and lower
the lever. The parking brake
indicator on the instrument panel
should go out when the parking
brake is fully released (see page ).58
Heated Mirrors Parking Brake
Mirrors, Parking Brake
Instruments and Controls
99
PARKING BRAKE LEVER
HEATED MIRROR BUTTON
Driving the vehicle with the parking
brake applied can damage the rear
brakes and hubs. A beeper will sound if
the vehicle is driven with the parking
brake on.
08/07/19 09:39:48 31SNC630 0104 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Interior Convenience Items
100
COIN BOX CENTER POCKET
GLOVE BOX
BEVERAGE HOLDERS
VANITY MIRROR
ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
COAT HOOK
ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
: If equipped
USB ADAPTER CABLE
08/07/19 09:39:53 31SNC630 0105 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Be careful when you are using the
beverage holders. A spilled liquid
that is very hot can scald you or your
passengers. Spilled liquids can
damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the
interior.
To open the console compartment,
pull up on the lever, and lift the lid.
To close, lower the lid, and push it
down until it latches.
Open the front beverage holder by
sliding its cover backward.
This socket is intended to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories
that are rated 120 watts or less (10
amps). It will not power an
automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
To use an accessory power socket,
the ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Another accessory power socket is in
the center console compartment.
When more than one socket is being
used, the combined power rating of
the accessories should be 120 watts
or less (10 amps).
Open the glove box by pulling the
handle to the left. Close it with a firm
push.
On models without navigation system
Beverage Holders Console Compartment
Accessory Power Socket
Glove Box
Interior Convenience Items
Instruments and Controls
101
LEVER
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
POWER SOCKET
An open glove box can cause
serious injury to your passenger
inacrash,evenifthe
passenger is wearing the seat
belt.
Always keep the glove box
closed while driving.
08/07/19 09:40:03 31SNC630 0106 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Open any door.
Unlock the doors with the key or
remote transmitter.
Remove the key from the ignition.
The front ceiling light has two
spotlights. Push the spotlight lenses
to turn them on and off.
The ceiling light has a three-position
switch: ON, Door Activated, and
OFF. In the Door Activated (center)
position, the light comes on when
you:
If you leave either door open without
the key is in the ignition switch, the
ceiling light will go off after 3
minutes.
After all doors are closed tightly, the
light dims slightly, then fades out in
about 30 seconds.
If you do not open any door after you
unlock the driver’s door or remove
the key from the ignition switch, the
light(s) fades out in about 30
seconds.
Ceiling Light Spotlights
Interior Lights
102
DOOR ACTIVATED
ON
OFF
08/07/19 09:40:11 31SNC630 0107 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The climate control system in your
vehicle provides a comfortable
driving environment in all weather
conditions.
The standard audio system has
many features. This section
describes those features and how to
use them. (If you have an optional
audio system, refer to the operating
instructions that came with it.)
Your vehicle has an anti-theft audio
system that requires a code number
to enable it.
The security system helps to dis-
courage vandalism and theft of your
vehicle.
.............................Climate Control . 104
................................Audio System . 110
Audio System (Models without
...................navigation system) . 112
..........Playing the AM/FM Radio . 113
.....................Adjusting the Sound . 115
................Playing the XM Radio . 116
................................Playing a Disc . 121
.......Disc Player Error Messages . 128
Optional Disc Changer Error
...................................Messages . 129
............................PlayinganiPod .130
.................iPod Error Messages . 138
Playing a USB Flash Memory
........................................Device . 139
USB Flash Memory Device
........................Error Messages . 146
Audio System (Models with
...................navigation system) . 147
..........Playing the AM/FM Radio . 148
................Playing the XM Radio . 151
.....................Adjusting the Sound . 158
................................Playing a Disc . 160
.......Disc Player Error Messages . 169
.........................Playing a PC Card . 170
.............PC Card Error Messages . 182
............................PlayinganiPod .183
.................iPod Error Messages . 192
Playing a USB Flash Memory
........................................Device . 193
USB Flash Memory Device
........................Error Messages . 203
............AM/FM Radio Reception . 204
..................Protecting Your Discs . 206
.................Radio Theft Protection . 209
................Remote Audio Controls . 210
......................Auxiliary Input Jack . 211
..........................Setting the Clock . 212
............................Security System . 213
...............................Cruise Control . 214
.......Bluetooth HandsFreeLink .217
Features
Features
103
08/07/19 09:40:17 31SNC630 0108 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Climate Control
104
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER BUTTON
FAN CONTROL DIAL
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
DIAL
AUTO BUTTON
MODE CONTROL BUTTON
AIR CONDITIONING BUTTON
FRESH AIR BUTTON
RECIRCULATION BUTTON
WINDSHIELD DEFROST BUTTON
OFF BUTTON
08/07/19 09:40:21 31SNC630 0109 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Only on models equipped with
Navigation System
The climate control system for your
vehicle can also be operated using
the voice control system. See the
NavigationsectioninyourQuick
Start Guide for an overview of this
system and the Navigation System
manual for complete details.
The automatic climate control
system adjusts the fan speed and
airflow levels to maintain the interior
temperature you select.
You can manually select various
functions of the climate control
system when it is in full automatic
mode. All other features remain
automatically controlled.
Making any manual selection causes
thewordAUTOinthedisplaytogo
out.
Turn this dial to increase or decrease
the fan speed and airflow.
Turning this dial clockwise increases
the temperature of the airflow.
Set the desired temperature by
turning the temperature control
dial. You will see AUTO in the
system’s display.
Press the AUTO button.
The system automatically selects the
proper mix of conditioned and/or
heated air that will, as quickly as
possible, raise or lower the interior
temperature to your preference.
When you set the temperature to its
lower limit ( ) or its upper limit
( ), the system runs at full
cooling or heating only. It does not
regulate the interior temperature.
In cold weather, the fan will not
come on automatically until the
heater starts to develop warm air.
In ‘‘AUTO’ mode, the air conditioner
may not work if the humidity inside
the vehicle is low. To activate the air
conditioner, press A/C button.
Voice Control System Semi-automatic Operation
Using Automatic Climate Control Fan Control Dial
Temperature Control Dial
Climate Control
Features
105
08/07/19 09:40:34 31SNC630 0110 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Airflow is divided between
the floor vents and defroster vents at
the base of the windshield.
Air flows from the defroster
vents at the base of the windshield.
When you select , the system
automatically switches to fresh air
mode and turns on the A/C.
In AUTO mode, the system controls
the airflow direction automatically
between the dashboard vents and
the floor vents.
This button turns the air
conditioning on and off. The
indicatorinthebuttonisonwhen
the A/C is on.
When the recirculation indicator is
on, air from the vehicle’s interior is
sent throughout the system again.
To select recirculation mode when
driving through dusty or smoky
conditions, then return to fresh air
mode.
The outside air intakes for the
heating and cooling system are at
the base of the windshield. Keep this
area clear of leaves and other debris.
When the flesh air indicator is on, air
is brought in from the outside of the
vehicle.
Thesystemshouldbeleftinfresh
air mode under almost all conditions.
Keeping the system in recirculation
mode, particularly with the A/C off,
can cause the windows to fog up.
Use the mode control buttons to
select the vents air flows from. Some
air will flow from the dashboard
corner vents in all modes.
Air flows from the center
and corner vents in the dashboard.
Airflow is divided between
the vents in the dashboard and the
floor vents.
Air flows from the floor
vents. When you select , the
system automatically switches to
fresh air mode.
Air Conditioning (A/C) Button
Recirculation Button
Fresh Air Button
Mode Control Button
Climate Control
106
08/07/19 09:40:48 31SNC630 0111 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Set the temperature to the lower
limit.
Make sure the A/C is off.
Select and fresh air mode.
Set the fan to the desired speed.
The heater uses engine coolant to
warm the air. If the engine is cold, it
will be several minutes before you
feel warm air coming from the
system.
Air conditioning places an extra load
on the engine. Watch the engine
coolant temperature gauge (see page
). If it moves near the red zone,
turn off the A/C until the gauge
reading returns to normal.
Turn on the A/C by pressing the
button. The indicator in the button
comesonwhenafanspeedis
selected.
Make sure the temperature is set
to maximum cool.
Select .
If the outside air is humid, select
recirculation mode. If the outside
air is dry, select fresh air mode.
Set the fan to the desired speed.
you can
cool it down more rapidly by partially
opening the windows, turning on the
A/C, and setting the fan to
maximum speed in fresh air mode.
Air conditioning, as it cools, removes
moisture from the air. When used in
combination with the heater, it
makes the interior warm and dry and
can prevent the windows from
fogging up.
Select .
When you select , the system
automatically switches to the fresh
air mode.
Set the fan to the desired speed.
Adjust the warmth of the air with
the temperature control dial.
This setting is suitable for all driving
conditions whenever the outside
temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
Turn the fan on.
Turn on the air conditioning.
Select and fresh air mode.
Adjust the temperature to your
preference.
The flow-through ventilation system
draws in outside air, circulates it
through the interior, then releases it
through vents near the rear window.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
66
If the interior is very warm,
Climate Control
Ventilation
Using the Heater
Using the A/C Dehumidify the Interior
Features
107
08/07/19 09:41:01 31SNC630 0112 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To clear the windows faster, you can
close the dashboard corner vents by
rotating the wheel below each vent.
This sends more warm air to the
windshield defroster vents. Once the
windshield is clear, select fresh air
mode to avoid fogging the windows.
For your safety, make sure you have
a clear view through all the windows
before driving.
Select . When you select
, the system automatically
switches to fresh air mode and
turns on the A/C. The A/C
indicator will not come on, if it was
previously off.
Select .
Set the fan and temperature
controls to maximum level.
Set the fan to the desired speed, or
high for faster defrosting.
Select . When you select
, the system automatically
switches to fresh air mode and
turns on the A/C. The A/C
indicator will not come on, if it was
previously off.
Adjust the temperature so the
airflow feels warm.
Select to help clear the
rear window.
To increase airflow to the
windshield, close the corner vents.
To remove fog from the inside of the
windows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
Climate Control
To Defog and Defrost To Remove Exterior Frost or Ice
From the Windows
108
08/07/19 09:41:08 31SNC630 0113 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Press the OFF button. However, a
lack of airflow can cause the
windowstofogup.Youshouldkeep
the fan on at all times so stale air and
moisture do not build up in the
interior and cause fogging.
To regulate the interior temperature
and humidity, the climate control
system has two sensors. A sunlight
sensor is located in the top of the
dashboard and a temperature/
humidity sensor is next to the
steering column. Do not cover the
sensors or spill any liquid on them.
To Turn Everything Off Sunlight, Temperature, and
Humidity Sensors
Climate Control
Features
109
TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR
SUNLIGHT SENSOR
08/07/19 09:41:13 31SNC630 0114 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Read the appropriate pages in this
section for operation of the audio
systems installed in your vehicle.
For vehicles without navigation
system, see pages through .
For vehicles with navigation system,
see pages through .
If your vehicle has a different audio
system, refer to its manual for
operating instructions.
112 146
147 203
Audio System
110
On models without navigation system
08/07/19 09:41:19 31SNC630 0115 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Audio System
Features
111
U.S. model with navigation system
08/07/19 09:41:22 31SNC630 0116 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Audio System (Models without navigation system)
112
TUNE/SOUND KNOB
PWR/VOL KNOB
PRESET BUTTONS
SEEK BUTTON
AUTO SELECT BUTTONSCAN BUTTON AM/FM BUTTON
08/07/19 09:41:26 31SNC630 0117 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
If you do nothing, the system will
then scan for the next strong station
andplayitfor10seconds.Whenit
plays a station you want to listen to,
press the SCAN button again.
Use the TUNE knob to
tune the radio to a desired frequency.
Turn the knob right to tune to a
higher frequency, or left to tune to a
lower frequency.
The seek function
searches up and down from the
current frequency to find a station
with a strong signal. To activate it,
press the or side of the
SEEK bar, then release it.
The scan function samples
all stations with strong signals on the
selected band. To activate it, press
the SCAN button, then release it.
You will see SCAN in the display.
The system will scan for a station
with a strong signal. When it finds
one, it will stop and play that station
for about 10 seconds.
Each side of the buttons
(1 through 6) can store one
frequency on AM, and two
frequencies on FM.
Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a
total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM.
Pick a preset number (1 6), and
hold it until you hear a beep.
Usethetune,seek,orscan
function to tune the radio to a
desired station.
Select the desired band, AM or
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store
six stations each.
You can use any of five methods to
find radio stations on the selected
band: the
preset buttons, and .
The ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II)
position. Turn the system on by
pushingthePWR/VOLknoborthe
AM/FM button. Adjust the volume
by turning the same knob.
The band and frequency that the
radio was last tuned to is displayed.
To change bands, press the AM/FM
button. On the FM band, ST will be
displayed if the station is
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo
reproduction in AM is not available.
1.
2.
3.
4.
To Select a Station
TUNE
SEEK
SCAN
Preset
To Play the AM/FM Radio
TUNE,SEEK,SCAN,
AUTO SELECT
Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models without navigation system)
Features
113
08/07/19 09:41:36 31SNC630 0118 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To turn off auto select
,pressthe
A. SEL (auto select) button. This
restores the presets you originally
set.
If you are
traveling far from home and can no
longer receive your preset stations,
you can use the auto select feature to
find stations in the local area.
Press the A. SEL button. ‘‘A.SEL’’
flashes in the display, and the system
goes into scan mode for several
seconds. It stores the frequencies of
six AM, and twelve FM stations in
the preset buttons.
You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed after
pressing a preset button if auto
select cannot find a strong station for
that preset button.
If you do not like the stations auto
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.
For information on AM/FM radio
frequencies and reception, see page
.204
AUTO SELECT
Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models without navigation system)
114
08/07/19 09:41:41 31SNC630 0119 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can use the instrument panel
brightness control buttons to adjust
the illumination of the audio system
(see page ). The audio system
illuminates when the parking lights
are on, even if the radio is off.
These two
modes adjust the strength of the
sound coming from each speaker.
BALANCE adjusts the side-to-side
strength, while FADER adjusts the
front-to-back strength.
The SVC
mode controls the volume based on
vehicle speed. The faster you go, the
louder the audio volume becomes.
As you slow down, the audio volume
decreases.
The SVC has four modes; SVC OFF,
SVC LOW, SVC MID, and SVC
HIGH. The default setting is MID.
Turn the SOUND (TUNE) knob to
adjust the setting to your liking.
If you feel the sound is too loud,
choose low. If you feel the sound is
too quiet, choose high.
Press the SOUND (TUNE) knob
repeatedly to display the BASS,
TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE, and
SVC (speed-sensitive volume
compensation) settings.
Eachmodeisshowninthedisplayas
it changes. Turn the SOUND
(TUNE) knob to adjust the setting to
your liking. When the level reaches
the center, you will see ‘‘ ’’ in
the display. The system will
automatically return the display to
the selected audio mode about 5
seconds after you stop adjusting a
mode.
Use the TREBLE/
BASS modes to adjust the tone to
your liking.
75
Audio System LightingBalance/Fader
Speed-sensitive volume
compensation (SVC)
Treble/Bass
Adjusting the Sound (Models without navigation system)
Features
115
08/07/19 09:41:49 31SNC630 0120 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your audio system is capable of
receiving XM Radio anywhere in the
United States, except Hawaii and
Alaska.
XM is a registered trademark of
XM Satellite Radio ,Inc.
XM Radio receives signals from two
satellites to produce clear, high-
quality digital reception. It offers
many channels in several categories.
Along with a large selection of
different types of music, XM Radio
allows you to view channel and
category selections in the display.
Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
Optional on U.S. models
116
DISPLAY BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
PRESET BUTTONS
CD BUTTON
TUNE KNOB
POWER/VOLUME KNOB
AUX BUTTON
08/07/19 09:41:55 31SNC630 0121 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You may experience periods when
XM Radio does not transmit the
artist’s name and song title
information. If this happens, there is
nothing wrong with your system.
Turn the TUNE knob to
change channel selections. Turn the
knob right for higher numbered
channels and left for lower
numbered channels. In the category
mode, you can only select channels
within that category.
Press either side of the CATEGORY
button ( or ) to select
another category.
In channel mode, you can select all
of the available channels. In category
mode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical,
etc., you can select all of the
channels within that category.
To listen to XM Radio, turn the
ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
(I) or the ON (II) position. Push the
power/volume knob to turn on the
audio system, and press the ‘‘AUX’’
button. Adjust the volume by turning
the knob. The last channel you
listened to will show in the display.
To switch between
channel mode and category mode,
press and hold the DISP button until
themodechanges.
Each time you press and release the
DISP button, the display changes in
the following sequence: Channel
name, channel number, category,
artist name, and music title.
CONTINUED
Operating the XM Radio
TUNE
SEEK/SKIP (CATEGORY)
MODE
Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
Features
117
08/07/19 09:42:02 31SNC630 0122 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The scan function gives
you a sampling of all channels while
in the channel mode. In the category
mode, only the channels within that
category are scanned. To activate
scan, press the SCAN button. The
system plays each channel in
numerical order for a few seconds,
then selects the next channel. When
you hear a channel you want to
continue listening to, press the
button again.
Youcanstoreupto12
preset channels using each side of
the preset button. Each side of the
button stores one channel from the
XM1 band and one channel from the
XM2 band.
To store a channel:
Usethetune,seek,orscan
function to tune to a desired
channel.
In category mode, only channels
within that category can be selected.
In channel mode, all channels can be
selected.
XM is loading the
audio or program information.
The channel
currently selected is no longer
broadcasting.
The encryption
code is being updated. Wait until the
encryption code is fully updated.
Channels 0 and 1 should still work
normally.
The signal is
currently too weak. Move the vehicle
to an area away from tall buildings,
and with an unobstructed view of the
southern horizon.
Pick a preset number you want for
that channel. Press and hold the
button until you hear a beep.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the
first six channels.
Once a channel is stored, press and
release the proper side of the preset
button to tune to it.Press the AUX button. Either XM1
or XM2 will show in the display.
Press the AUX button again. Store
the next six channels using steps 2
and 3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SCAN
Preset
XM Radio Display Messages
‘‘LOADING’’
‘‘OFF AIR’’
‘‘UPDATING’’
‘‘NO SIGNAL’’
Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
118
08/07/19 09:42:12 31SNC630 0123 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The XM satellites are in orbit over
the equator; therefore, objects south
of the vehicle may cause satellite
reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.
Satellite signals are more likely to be
blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you
travel from the equator. Carrying
large items on a roof rack can also
block the signal.
The selected channel
number does not exist, or is not part
of your subscription, or this channel
has no artist or title information at
this time.
There is a problem
with the XM antenna. Please consult
your dealer.
CONTINUED
‘----’
‘‘ANTENNA’’
Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
Features
119
Signal may be blocked by
mountains or large obstacles to
the south.
Signal weaker in
these areas.
SATELLITE
GROUND REPEATER
08/07/19 09:42:19 31SNC630 0124 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Depending on where you drive, you
may experience reception problems.
Interference can be caused by any of
these conditions:
Driving on the north side of a
large commercial truck on an
east/west road.
Driving in tunnels.
Driving on a road beside a vertical
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south
of you.
Driving on the lower level of a
multi-tiered road.
Driving on a single lane road
alongside dense trees taller than
50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
Driving on the north side of an
east/west mountain road.
Large items carried on a roof rack.
There may be other geographic
situations that could affect XM Radio
reception.
If your XM Radio service has expired
or you purchased your vehicle from
a previous owner, you can listen to a
sampling of the broadcasts available
on XM Radio. With the ignition
switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON
(II) position, push the power/volume
knob to turn on the audio system and
press the AUX button. A variety of
music types and styles will play.
If you decide to purchase XM radio
service, contact XM Radio at
,orat
1-800-852-9696. You will need to give
them your radio I.D. number and
your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, turn the TUNE
knob until ‘‘0’’ appears in the display.
Your I.D. will appear in the display.
After you’ve registered with XM
Radio, keep your audio system in the
satellite radio mode while you wait
for activation. This should take about
30 minutes.
While waiting for activation, make
sure your vehicle remains in an open
area with good reception. Once your
audio system is activated, you’ll be
able to listen to XM Radio broadcasts.
XM Radio will continue to send an
activation signal to your vehicle for
at least 12 hours from the activation
request. If the service has not been
activated after 36 hours, contact
XM Radio.
As required by the FCC:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
www.xmradio.com
Receiving XM Radio Service
Playing the XM Radio (Models without navigation system)
120
08/07/19 09:42:29 31SNC630 0125 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
Features
121
REPEAT
BUTTON
FOLDER KNOBPWR/VOL KNOB
CD BUTTON
DISPLAY
BUTTON
RANDOM
BUTTON
LOAD INDICATOR
SCAN BUTTON
EJECT BUTTON
SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
08/07/19 09:42:33 31SNC630 0126 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To load or play discs, the ignition
switch must be in the ACCESSORY
(I) or ON (II) position.
You operate the CD player with the
same controls used for the radio. To
select the CD player, press the CD
button. You will see ‘‘CD’’ in the
display. The number of the track
playing is shown in the display. The
system will continuously play a disc
until you change modes.
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
Insert the disc about halfway into the
disc slot. The drive will pull the disc
in the rest of the way and begin to
play it. When the system reaches the
end of the disc, it will return to the
beginning and play the disc again.
The disc player can also play CD-Rs
andCD-RWscompressedinCD-
TEXT,MP3,andWMAformats.
When playing a disc in MP3 or WMA,
you will see ‘‘MP3’’ or ‘‘WMA’’ in the
display. You can select up to 255
folders or tracks.
Video CDs and DVDs will not work
in this unit.
You cannot load and play 3-inch
(8-cm)discsinthissystem.
The specifications for compatible
WMA files are:
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320 kbps
(MPEG1)
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
Bitrate:
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
To play the radio when a disc is
playing, press the AM/FM button.
Press the CD button again to switch
back to the disc player.
To Play a Disc
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
122
Do not use discs with adhesive labels.
The label can curl up and cause the
disc to jam in the unit.
08/07/19 09:42:46 31SNC630 0127 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Each time you press the DISP button,
the display shows you the text data
on a disc, if the disc was recorded
with text data.
You can see the album, artist, and
track name in the display. If a disc is
recorded in MP3 or WMA, you can
see the folder and file name, and the
artist, album, and track tag.
With the folder name, you will see
the FOLDER indicator in the display.
The TRACK indicator is shown with
the file or track name.
The display shows up to 16
characters of selected text data (the
foldername,filename,etc.).Ifthe
text data has more than 16
characters, you will see the first 15
characters and the indicator in
the display. Press and hold the DISP
button until the next 16 characters
are shown.
You will also see some text data
under these conditions:
When a new folder, file, or track is
selected.
When you change the audio mode
to play a disc with text data or in
MP3 or WMA.
Use the SEEK/SKIP button while a
disc is playing to select passages and
change tracks (files in MP3/WMA
mode).
When you insert a disc, and the
system begins to play.
When playing a CD-DA with text
data, the album and track name are
showninthedisplay.Withadiscin
MP3 or WMA, the display shows the
folder and file name.
In MP3/WMA mode, use the
FOLDER knob to select folders on
the disc, and use the SEEK/SKIP
button to change files.
CONTINUED
To Change or Select Tracks/FilesText Data Display Function
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
Features
123
08/07/19 09:42:56 31SNC630 0128 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−−
Each time you
press and release the side of
the SEEK/SKIP button, the player
skips forward to the beginning of the
next track (file in MP3 or WMA
mode). Press and release the
side to skip backward to the
beginning of the current track. Press
it again to skip to the beginning of
the previous track.
To move rapidly within a track, press
and hold the or side of the
SEEK/SKIP button.
To
select a different folder, turn the
TUNE knob to move to the
beginning of the next folder. Turn
theknobtotherighttoskiptothe
next folder, and to the left to move to
the beginning of the current folder.
Turn it again to skip to the beginning
of the previous folder. Turning the
TUNE knob more than one click
skips several folders at a time.
To continuously replay
atrack(filesinMP3orWMAmode),
press and release the RPT button.
You will see ‘‘RPT’’ in the display.
Press and hold the RPT button for 2
seconds to turn it off.
In MP3 or WMA mode
SEEK/SKIP
FOLDER SELECTION
REPEAT (TRACK/FILE
REPEAT)
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
124
08/07/19 09:43:01 31SNC630 0129 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−−
In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode
This feature,
when activated, replays all files in
the selected folder in the order they
are compressed. To activate folder
repeat, press the RPT button twice.
You will hear a beep and see F-RPT
in the display. The system
continuously replays the current
folder. Press the RPT button again to
turn it off. Pressing the RDM button,
or selecting a different folder with
the TUNE knob also turns off the
repeat feature.
Each time you press and release the
RPT button, the mode changes from
file repeat to folder repeat, then to
normal play.
This feature plays
the tracks within a disc (the files
within a folder in MP3 or WMA
mode) in random order. To activate
random play, press and release the
RDM button. In MP3 or WMA mode,
press the RDM button repeatedly to
select RDM (within a folder random
play). You will see RDM in the
display. Press the RDM button for 2
seconds to return to normal play.
This
feature, when activated, plays all
filesineachfolderinrandomorder.
To activate folder random, press the
RDM button twice. You will hear a
beep and see F-RDM in the display.
The system will then select and play
files randomly. This continues until
you deactivate folder random by
pressing the RDM button again, or
by selecting a different folder with
the TUNE knob.
Each time you press and release the
RDM button, the mode changes
from folder random play to random
play (within a folder random play),
then to normal play.
CONTINUED
FOLDER-REPEAT
RANDOM (Random within a
disc/folder) FOLDER-RANDOM
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
Features
125
08/07/19 09:43:08 31SNC630 0130 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pressing either side of the SEEK/
SKIP button also turns off the scan
feature.
Each time you press and release the
SCAN button, the mode changes
from file scan to folder scan, then to
normal play.
Press the eject button ( ) to
remove the disc. If you eject the disc,
but do not remove it from the slot,
the system will automatically reload
it after 10 seconds and put it in pause
mode. To begin playing, press the
CD button.
You can also eject the disc when the
ignition switch is off.
The scan function samples all tracks
(files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in
the order they are recorded on the
disc. To activate scan, press the
SCAN button. In MP3 or WMA
mode, press the SCAN button
repeatedly to select SCAN. You will
see SCAN in the display. You will get
a10secondsamplingofeachtrack/
file on the disc. Press the SCAN
button again to get out of scan mode
and play the last track/file sampled.
This
feature, when activated, samples the
first file of each folder on the disc.
To activate folder scan, press the
SCAN button twice. You will see
F-SCAN in the display.
The system plays the first file in the
first folder for about 10 seconds. If
you do nothing, the system will then
play the first files in the next folders
for 10 seconds. After playing the first
file of the last folder, the system
plays normally.
Pressing either side of the SEEK/
SKIP button, selecting a different
folder with the TUNE knob, or
pressing the SCAN button, also turns
off the folder scan.
To play the radio when a disc is
playing, press the AM/FM button.
Press the AUX button to switch to an
appropriate audio unit (if it is
connected to the auxiliary input jack
or the USB adapter cable). Press the
CD button again to switch back to
the disc player.
In MP3 or WMA mode
To Stop Playing a DiscSCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN)
F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN)
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
126
08/07/19 09:43:16 31SNC630 0131 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−+
−+
If you turn the system off while a
disc is playing, either with the
power/volume knob or by turning
off the ignition switch, the disc will
stay in the drive. When you turn the
system back on, the disc will begin
playing where it left off.
Load the desired discs in the
magazine, and load the magazine in
the changer according to the
instructions that came with the unit.
To select the disc changer, press the
CD button. The disc and track
numbers will be displayed. To select
a different disc, use the preset 4
(DISC ) or the preset 1 (DISC )
on the preset button. To select the
previous disc, press the preset 4
(DISC ), or the preset 1 (DISC )
to select the next disc in sequence.
If you select an empty slot in the
magazine, the changer will search
for the next available disc to load and
play.
An optional six or eight disc changer
is available for your vehicle. This
disc changer uses the same controls
used for the in-dash disc player or
the radio. For information on how to handle
and protect compact discs, see page
.206
Operating the Optional Disc
Changer
Protecting Discs
Playing a Disc (Models without navigation system)
Features
127
08/07/19 09:43:23 31SNC630 0132 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Cause
Thechartontherightexplainsthe
error messages you may see in the
display while playing a disc.
If you see an error message in the
display while playing a disc, press
the eject button. After ejecting the
disc, check it for damage or
deformation. If there is no damage,
insert the disc again.
For additional information on
damaged discs, see page .
Theaudiosystemwilltrytoplaythe
disc. If there is still a problem, the
error message will reappear. Press
the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
Error
Message
Solution
207
High Temperature
Track/File format not
supported
Mechanical Error
Servo Error
Will disappear when the temperature returns to
normal.
Current track will be skipped. The next
supported track or file plays automatically.
Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc(s).
Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
(see page 207). Insert the disc again. If the code
does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannot be
removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
force the disc out the player.
Disc Player Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
128
HEAT ERROR
FORMAT
BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNER’S
MANUAL PUSH
EJECT
BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNER’S
MANUAL
08/07/19 09:43:30 31SNC630 0133 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Error
Message
SolutionCause
Thechartontherightexplainsthe
error messages you may see in the
display while playing a disc.
If you see an error message in the
display while playing a disc, press
the eject button. After ejecting the
disc, check it for damage or
deformation. If there is no damage,
insert the disc again.
If there is still a problem, the error
message will appear again. Press the
eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
Press the magazine eject button, and pull the
magazine out. If the message does not
disappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,
see your dealer.
Insert disc.
Press the magazine eject button, pull the
magazine out, check for an error message, then
insert the magazine again. If the message does
not disappear, or the magazine cannot be pulled
out, see your dealer.
Insert disc magazine.
Will disappear when the temperature returns to
normal.
FOCUS Error
No disc in the disc
magazine
Mechanical Error
No disc magazine in the
disc changer
High Temperature
Optional Disc Changer Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
Features
129
08/07/19 09:43:38 31SNC630 0134 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
130
SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON
RPT (REPEAT)
BUTTON
iPod INDICATOR
AUX
BUTTON
CD
BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME KNOB
TUNE KNOB
DISP (DISPLAY)
BUTTON
08/07/19 09:43:43 31SNC630 0135 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The audio system reads and plays
sound files to be playable on the iPod.
The system cannot operate an iPod
as a mass storage device. The
system will only play songs stored on
the iPod with iTunes.
iPod and iTunes are registered
trademarks owned by Apple Inc.
iPods that are compatible with your
audio system are listed below.
Use the latest firmware.
This audio system can select and
play the audio files on the iPod with
the same controls used for the disc
player. To play an iPod, connect it to
the USB adapter cable in the console
compartment by using your dock
connector, then press the AUX
button. The ignition switch must be
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position. The iPod will also be
charged with the ignition switch in
these positions.
Use only compatible iPods with the
latest firmware. iPods that are not
compatible will not work in this audio
unit.
:
Model
iPod 5G
iPod classic
iPod nano
iPod nano
2nd generation
iPod nano
3rd generation
iPod touch
iPhone
CONTINUED
Firmware
Ver. 1.2 or more
Ver. 1.0 or more
Ver. 1.2 or more
Ver. 1.1.2 or more
Ver. 1.0 or more
Ver. 1.1.1 or more
Ver. 1.1.1 or more
To Play an iPod
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
Features
131
08/07/19 09:43:51 31SNC630 0136 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Do not connect your iPod using a
hub.
DonotkeeptheiPodinthe
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high
heat will damage it.
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable
equipped with your vehicle and
your dock connector.
We recommend backing up your
data before playing it.
In AAC format, DRM (digital rights
management) files cannot be played.
If the system finds a DRM file, the
audio unit displays UNPLAYABLE,
andthenskipstothenextfile.
Install the dock connector to the
USB adapter cable securely.
Connect your dock connector to
the iPod correctly and securely.
Pull out the USB connector from
the holder and remove the cable
from the clip in the console
compartment.
1. 2.
3.
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
NOTE:
Connecting an iPod
132
DOCK CONNECTOR
USB CONNECTOR
USB ADAPTER
CABLE
CABLE
08/07/19 09:44:00 31SNC630 0137 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the audio system still does not
recognize the iPod, the iPod may
need to be reset. Follow the
instructions that came with your
iPod, or you can find reset
instructions online at
If the iPod indicator does not appear
in the audio display, check the
connections, and try to reconnect the
iPod a few times.
When the iPod is connected and the
iPod mode is selected on the audio
display, ‘‘USB LOAD’’ is shown for a
few seconds, then the iPod indicator
is shown in the display. In the radio
or disc mode, the display shows a
‘‘USB CONNECTED’’ message for a
few seconds. After loading, you will
see the Honda mark on the iPod.
That means you can only operate
your iPod with the vehicle’s audio
unit.
Itmaytakeafewminutesfor
the Honda mark to display on
the iPod. If the display does not
change, this function is not
supported on your iPod model
or firmware.
Each time you press the DISP button,
the display mode switches between
the album name, the song/track
name, the artist name, or name off
(which turns off the text display).
The display shows up to 16
characters of the selected data. If the
text data has more than 16
characters, you will see the first 15
characters and the indicator in
the display. Press and hold the DISP
button until the next 16 characters
are shown.
:
www.apple.com/
ipod.
CONTINUED
Text Data Display Function
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
Features
133
Sample Display
OK to disconnect.
08/07/19 09:44:08 31SNC630 0138 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can use the SEEK/SKIP button
while an iPod is playing to select
passages and change files.
Each time you press and
releasethe sideoftheSEEK/
SKIP button, the system skips
forward to the beginning of the next
file. Press and release the side
ofthebuttontoskipbackwardtothe
beginning of the current file. Press it
again to skip to the beginning of the
previous file.
To move rapidly within a file, press
andholdeitherside( or )
of the SEEK/SKIP button.
You can also select a file from the
iPod menu: ALBUM (albums),
SONG (songs), P-LIST (playlists),
and ARTIST (artists), by using the
TUNE knob. Push the TUNE
(SOUND) knob to switch the display
to an iPod menu, then turn the
TUNE knob to select a desired mode.
If you stop adjusting, the displayed
mode is selected after about five
seconds. The system begins to play
the first file stored in the selected
mode.
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
To Change or Select Files To Select a File from iPod Menu
SKIP
134
Push the TUNE knob.
Turn the TUNE knob.
08/07/19 09:44:15 31SNC630 0139 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Turn
the TUNE knob to select a different
item in the selected mode. The
selected item will be shown on the
display for a few seconds. When you
stop turning, the system begins to
play the first file from the selected
item.
For example, with the album mode
selected, turn the TUNE knob right
or left to select a different album.
Turn to the right to skip to the next
album, and turn to the left to skip to
the previous album. When the album
is selected, the system begins to play
the first song on that album. With
the artist mode, turning the knob
selects a different artist.
If you select ‘‘ALL,’’ all available files
on the selected menu (album or
artist) are played.
If you press and release the TUNE
(SOUND) knob repeatedly, the
display switches from the iPod menu
to the sound settings (see page ).115
CONTINUED
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
Selection within a Mode
Features
135
08/07/19 09:44:21 31SNC630 0140 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can select any type of repeat and
shuffle modes by using the RPT and
RDM buttons.
This feature
plays all available files in a selected
mode (playlists, artists, albums or
songs) in random order. To activate
this, press and release the RDM
button. You will see RDM in the
display.
This
feature plays all available albums in a
selected mode (playlists, artists,
albums or songs) in random order.
The files in each album are played in
the recorded order. To activate this,
press and release the RDM button
repeatedly until you see F-RDM in
the display.
Each time you press and release the
RDM button, the mode changes
from all random, to album random,
then to normal play.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either random
mode.
Pressing either side of the SEEK/
SKIP button or turning the TUNE
knob changes a file while keeping
the random function.
Available operating functions vary on
models or versions. Some functions
may not be available on the vehicle’s
audio system.
This
feature continuously plays a file. To
activate repeat, press and release the
RPT button. You will see RPT in the
display. Press the button again to
turn it off.
Pressing either side of the SEEK/
SKIP button or turning the TUNE
knob changes the file while keeping
the repeat feature.
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
To Select Repeat or Random Mode:
RDM (All Random)
F-RDM (Album Random)
NOTE:
RPT (Repeat one track)
136
RDM INDICATOR
08/07/19 09:44:30 31SNC630 0141 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can disconnect the iPod at any
time when you see the ‘‘OK to
disconnect’’ message in the iPod
display. With the AUX mode, you will
see a ‘‘USB NO DATA’’ message in
the display. Always make sure you
see ‘‘OK to disconnect’’ in the iPod
display before you disconnect it.
Make sure to follow the iPod’s
instructions on how to disconnect
the dock connector from the USB
adapter cable.
The displayed message may
vary on models or versions. On
some models, there is no
message to disconnect.
If you reconnect the same iPod, the
system may begin playing where it
left off, depending on what mode the
iPod is in when it is reconnected.
If you see an error message in the
display, see page .
To play the radio, press the AM/FM
button. Press the CD button to
switch to the disc mode (if a disc is
loaded).
:
138
Playing an iPod (Models without navigation system)
To Stop Playing Your iPod iPod Error Messages
Disconnecting an iPod
Features
137
08/07/19 09:44:37 31SNC630 0142 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message on the
audio display while playing an iPod,
findthesolutioninthecharttothe
right. If you cannot clear the error
message, take your vehicle to your
dealer.
SolutionError Message
The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the iPod. There
is a possibility that the files have been damaged.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is inserted.
iPod Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
138
UNSUPPORTED
UNSUPPORTED VER
08/07/19 09:44:41 31SNC630 0143 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
Features
139
RDM (RANDOM) BUTTON
AUX BUTTONCD BUTTON
TUNE KNOB
SEEK/SKIP BUTTON
RPT (REPEAT)
BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME KNOB
DISP (DISPLAY)
BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
08/07/19 09:44:45 31SNC630 0144 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The recommended USB flash
memory devices are 256 Mbyte or
higher. Some digital audio players
maybecompatibleaswell.
Some USB flash memory devices
(such as devices with security lock-
out features, etc.) will not work in
this audio unit.
Do not use a device such as a card
reader or hard drive as the device
or your files may be damaged.
Do not connect your USB flash
memory device using a hub.
Do not use an extension cable to
the USB adapter cable equipped
with your vehicle.
Do not keep a USB flash memory
device in the vehicle. Direct
sunlight and high heat will damage
it.
We recommend backing up your
data before playing a USB flash
memory device.
Depending on the type and
number of files, it may take some
time before they begin to play.
Depending on the software the
files were made with, it may not be
possible to play some files, or
displaysometextdata.
This audio system can select and
play the audio files on a USB flash
memory device with the same
controls used for the disc player. To
play a USB flash memory device,
connect it to the USB adapter cable
in the console compartment, then
press the AUX button. The ignition
switch must be in the ACCESSORY
(I) or ON (II) position.
The audio system reads and plays
the audio files on the USB flash
memory device in MP3, WMA or
AAC formats. The USB flash
memory device limit is up to 700
folders or up to 65535 files.
Only AAC format files recorded
with iTunes are playable on this
audio unit.
:
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
To Play a USB Flash Memory
Device
NOTE:
140
08/07/19 09:44:55 31SNC630 0145 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320/VBR kbps
(MPEG1)
Supported standards:
MPEG1 Audio Layer3
MPEG2 Audio Layer3
Partition: Top partition only
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
Maximum layers: 8
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate:
48 320/VBR kbps (Max 384)
The specifications for compatible
AAC files are:
Even if recorded in MP3, WMA or
AAC format, a file with unsupported
version cannot be played. If the
system finds it, the audio unit
displays UNSUPPORTED, and then
skips to the next file.
In WMA or AAC format, DRM
(digital rights management) files
cannot be played. If the system finds
a DRM file, the audio unit displays
UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
to the next file.
Supported standards:
MPEG4/AAC LC
MPEG2/AAC LC
Partition: Top partition only
Maximum layers: 8
Sampling frequency:
8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/
44.1/48 kHz
Maximum layers: 8
Partition: Top partition only
Supported standards:
WMA version 7/8/9
The specifications for compatible
WMA files are:
Bitrate:
48 320 kbps
CONTINUED
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
Features
141
08/07/19 09:45:10 31SNC630 0146 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Connect the USB flash memory
device to the USB adapter cable
correctly and securely.
Pull out the USB connector from
the holder and remove the cable
from the clip in the console
compartment.
When the USB flash memory device
is connected, the display shows a
‘‘USB CONNECTED’’ message for a
few seconds. If the AUX mode is
selected, a ‘‘USB LOAD’’ message is
displayed for a few seconds.
The display shows up to 16
characters of the selected data. If the
text data has more than 16
characters, you will see the first 15
characters and the indicator in
the display. Press and hold the DISP
button until the next 16 characters
are shown.
Each time you press the DISP button,
the display mode shows you in
sequence, the folder name, the file
name, the artist tag, the album tag,
the track tag and name off (which
turns off the text display).
When the USB flash memory device
is connected, the USB indicator is
showninthedisplay.
1. 2.
Connecting a USB Flash Memory
Device
Text Data Display Function
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
142
USB CONNECTOR
USB ADAPTER CABLE
CABLE
08/07/19 09:45:18 31SNC630 0147 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Use the SEEK/SKIP button while a
USB flash memory device is playing
to select passages and change files.
Each time you press and release the
RPT button, the mode changes from
file repeat to folder repeat, then to
normal play.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either repeat
mode. Pressing either side of the
SEEK/SKIP button also turns off
this feature.
This
feature replays all the files in the
selected folder in the order they are
stored. To activate folder repeat,
press and release the RPT button
(preset 2) repeatedly until you see
F-RPT in the display.
This feature
continuously plays a file. To activate
file repeat, press and release the
RPT button (preset 2). You will see
RPT in the display.
Each time you press and
releasethe sideoftheSEEK/
SKIP button, the system skips
forward to the beginning of the next
file. Press and release the side
ofthebuttontoskipbackwardtothe
beginning of the current file. Press it
again to skip to the beginning of the
previous file.
To
select a different folder, turn the
TUNE knob right or left. Turn to the
righttoskiptothenextfolder,and
turn to the left to skip to the previous
folder. Turning the TUNE knob
more than two clicks skips several
folders.
To move rapidly within a file, press
andholdeitherside( or )
of the SEEK/SKIP button.
CONTINUED
To Change or Select Files
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
F-RPT (Folder Repeat)
RPT (File Repeat)
SKIP
FOLDER SELECTION
Features
143
File repeat mode is shown.
RPT INDICATOR
08/07/19 09:45:27 31SNC630 0148 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This
feature plays the files in the selected
folder in random order. To activate
folder random, press and release the
RDM button (preset 3). You will see
F-RDM in the display.
This feature
plays all the files in random order.
To activate all random, press and
release the RDM button (preset 3)
repeatedly until you see RDM in the
display.
Each time you press and release the
RDM button, the mode changes
from folder random, to all random,
then to normal play.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either random
mode.
This feature
samples all files in the selected
folder in the order they are stored.
To activate the scan, press and
release the SCAN button. You will
see SCAN in the display. You will get
a 10 second sampling of each file in
the folder.
This
feature samples the first file in each
folder in the order they are stored.
To activate folder scan, press and
release the SCAN button repeatedly
until you see F-SCAN in the display.
You will get a 10 second sampling of
the first file in each folder.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either scan
mode.
Each time you press and release the
SCAN button, the mode changes
from file scan, to folder scan, then to
normal play.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
F-RDM (Folder Random)
RDM (All Random)
SCAN (File Scan)
F-SCAN (Folder Scan)
144
SCAN INDICATOR
File scan is selected.
08/07/19 09:45:34 31SNC630 0149 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message in the
display, see page .
You can disconnect the USB flash
memory device at any time even if
the USB mode is selected on the
audio system. With the AUX mode,
you will see a ‘‘USB NO DATA’’
message in the display. Make sure to
follow the USB flash memory device’s
instructions when you remove it.
If you reconnect the same USB flash
memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
To play the radio, press the AM/FM
button. Press the CD button to
switch to the disc mode (if a disc is
loaded).
If you reconnect the same USB flash
memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
146
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models without navigation system)
USB Flash Memory Device Error
Messages
To Stop Playing a USB Flash
Memory Device
Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory
Device
Features
145
08/07/19 09:45:41 31SNC630 0150 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message on the
audio display while playing a USB
flash memory device, find the
solution in the chart to the right. If
you cannot clear the error message,
take your vehicle to your dealer.
SolutionError Message
The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the USB flash
memory device. There is a possibility that the files have been
damaged.
Appears when the unsupported USB flash memory device is inserted.
USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models without navigation system)
146
UNPLAYABLE FILE
UNSUPPORTED
08/07/19 09:45:45 31SNC630 0151 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
In addition to the standard audio
controls, the audio system in your
vehicle can be operated using the
voice control system. See the
navigation section in your Quick
Start Guide for an overview of this
system, and the Navigation System
Manual for complete details.
Playing the AM/FM RadioVoice Control System
Audio System (Models with navigation system)
Features
147
TUNE BAR
SOUND ICON
AM/FM
BUTTON
AUDIO
BUTTON
SCAN
BUTTON
PRESET BUTTONS
BACKGROUND
ICON
FM1 ICON
FM2 ICON
AM ICON
AUTO SELECT
ICON
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/22 09:27:03 31SNC630 0152 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
The ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Turn the system on by pushing the
power/volume knob or the AM/FM
button. Adjust the volume by turning
the power/volume knob.
Pushing the AUDIO button will also
turn on the system.
You can also operate the audio
system without using the control
icons on the audio screen. Use the
control buttons on the left side of the
screen. The status bar appears on
the bottom of the screen each time
you operate any of the control
buttons. On the navigation screen,
you can also see audio information
by touching the AUDIO INFO icon
on the lower of the screen.
The band and frequency that the
radio was last tuned to are displayed.
To change bands, press the AM/FM
button, or touch the desired band
icon (FM1, FM2, AM, XM1, or XM2).
On the FM band, STEREO will be
displayed if the station is
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo
reproduction on AM is not available.
Use the TUNE bar to tune
the radio to a desired frequency.
Press the side of the bar to tune
to a higher frequency, and press the
side to tune to a lower
frequency.
Press and hold the or side of
the TUNE bar until you hear two
beeps to change the frequency
rapidly. Release the bar when the
display reaches the desired
frequency.
For information on XM radio, see
page .
You can use any of five methods to
find radio stations on the selected
band: the
preset buttons, and .
151
U.S. models only
To Play the AM/FM Radio To Select a Station
TUNE
TUNE,SEEK,SCAN,
AUTO SELECT
Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)
148
08/07/19 09:46:00 31SNC630 0153 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
Each preset button’s frequency is
shown on the bottom of the audio
display.
If you do nothing, the system will
then scan for the next strong station
andplayitfor10seconds.Whenit
plays a station you want to listen to,
press the SCAN button again.
Each preset button can
store one frequency on AM and two
frequencies on FM.
The seek function
searches up and down from the
current frequency to find a station
with a strong signal. To activate it,
press and hold the or side of
the TUNE bar until you hear a beep,
then release it.
The scan function samples
all stations with strong signals on the
selected band. To activate it, press
the SCAN button, then release it.
You will see SCAN in the display.
The system will scan for a station
with a strong signal. When it finds
one, it will stop and play that station
for about 10 seconds.
Select the desired band, AM or
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store
six stations each.
Usethetune,seek,orscan
function to tune the radio to a
desired station.
Pick a preset button, and hold it
until you hear a beep.
Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a
total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
Preset
SEEK
SCAN
Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)
Features
149
08/07/19 09:46:08 31SNC630 0154 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you are
traveling far from home and can no
longer receive your preset stations,
you can use the auto select feature to
find stations in the local area.
Press the AUDIO button to view the
audio control icons, then touch the
AUTO SEL icon. You will see AUTO
SEL flashes in the display, and the
system goes into scan mode for
several seconds. It stores the
frequencies of six AM, and twelve
FM stations in the preset buttons.
You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed after
pressing a preset button if auto
select cannot find a strong station for
every preset button.
If you do not like the stations auto
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.
press the
AUTO SEL icon. This restores the
presets you originally set.
For information on AM/FM radio
frequencies and reception, see page
.204
To turn off auto select,
AUTO SELECT
Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)
150
08/07/19 09:46:12 31SNC630 0155 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
U.S. models only
Features
151
TUNE BAR
SCAN BUTTON
JOYSTICK
CATEGORY
INDICATOR
AUDIO BUTTON
XM RADIO
BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
PRESET BUTTONS
AM/FM BUTTON
PRESET CHANNEL
NUMBER
XM RADIO ICON MODE ICON
08/07/19 09:46:17 31SNC630 0156 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your audio system is capable of
receiving XM Radio anywhere in the
United States, except Hawaii and
Alaska.
XM is a registered trademark of
XM Satellite Radio ,Inc.
XM Radio receives signals from two
satellites to produce clear, high-
quality digital reception. It offers
many channels in several categories.
Along with a large selection of
different types of music, XM Radio
allows you to view channel and
category selections in the display.
Whenyoupressandholdthe
AUDIO button, the display also
shows all XM information.
To switch between
channel mode and category mode,
touch the MODE icon. In channel
mode, you can select all of the
available channels. In category mode,
such as Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.,
you can select all of the channels
within that category. Each time you
touch and release the MODE icon,
the display changes between the
channel mode and the category
mode.
To listen to XM Radio, turn the
ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
(I) or the ON (II) position. Push the
power/volume knob to turn on the
audio system, and press the XM
RADIO button. Adjust the volume by
turning the knob. The last channel
you listened to will show in the
display.
You can also change to the XM
Radio while you are listening to an
FM station, AM station, disc, pc card,
etc., by touching the XM1 or XM2
icon on the audio display.
You can also operate the radio using
the control buttons on the left side of
the screen. The status bar appears
on the bottom of the screen each
time you press any of the control
buttons. On the navigation screen,
you can also see the audio
information by touching the AUDIO
INFO icon on the lower of the screen.
Operating the XM Radio MODE
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
152
08/07/19 09:46:23 31SNC630 0157 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To store a channel:
Youcanstoreupto12
preset channels using each preset
button or preset icons on the screen.
Each preset button or icon stores
one channel from the XM1 band and
one channel from the XM2 band.
Press the TUNE bar to
change channel selections. Press
for higher numbered channels
and for lower numbered
channels. In the category mode, you
can only select channels within that
category.
Press and hold
either side of the TUNE bar
( or ) until you hear a beep
to select another category.
The scan function gives
you a sampling of all channels while
in the channel mode. In the category
mode, only the channels within that
category are scanned. To activate
scan, press the SCAN button or
touch the SCAN icon on the screen.
The system plays each channel in
numerical order for a few seconds,
then selects the next channel. When
you hear a channel you want to listen
to, press the button or touch the icon
again.
On the audio display, you will see the
selected CHANNEL (number),
CATEGORY, NAME (artist name),
and TITLE (music title).
You may experience periods when
XM Radio does not transmit the
artist’s name and song title
information. If this happens, there is
nothing wrong with your system.
Press the XM RADIO button.
Either XM1 or XM2 will show in
the display.
Usethetune,seek,orscan
function to tune to a desired
channel.
In category mode, only channels
within that category can be selected.
In channel mode, all channels can be
selected.
Pick the preset button (icon) you
want for that channel. Press and
hold the button (icon) until you
hear a beep.
1.
2.
3.
CONTINUED
PresetTUNE
CATEGORY
SCAN
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
Features
153
08/07/19 09:46:33 31SNC630 0158 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
Touch the CHANNEL LIST icon to
switch the display to the channel list
which shows all channels in all
categories. Select and touch a
desired channel.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the
first six channels.
You can also select a desired channel
from the list shown on the screen.
Press the AUDIO button to show the
audio control display on the
navigation screen.
Once a channel is stored, press and
release the proper preset button
(icon) to tune to it. Each preset
button’s channel is shown on the
bottom of the audio display.
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon on the
screen.
Press the XM RADIO button again
or touch the other XM icon (XM1
or XM2) on the audio display.
Store the next six channels using
steps 2 and 3.
4.
5.
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
To Select a Channel from List
154
CHANNEL LIST ICON
08/07/19 09:46:42 31SNC630 0159 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
The signal is
currently too weak. Move the vehicle
to an area away from tall buildings,
and with an unobstructed view of the
southern horizon.
XM is loading the
audio or program information.
The channel
currently selected is no longer
broadcasting.
The encryption
code is being updated. Wait until the
encryption code is fully updated.
Channels 0 and 1 should still work
normally.
The selected channel
number does not exist or is not part
of your subscription.
There is a problem
with the XM antenna. Please consult
your dealer.
This channel has no
artist or title information at this time.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
‘‘NO SIGNAL’’XM Radio Display Messages
‘‘LOADING’’
‘‘OFF AIR’’
‘‘UPDATING’’
‘----’
‘‘ANTENNA’’
‘‘NO INFO’’
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
Features
155
08/07/19 09:46:49 31SNC630 0160 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
TheXMsatellitesareinorbitover
the equator; therefore, objects south
of the vehicle may cause satellite
reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.
Satellite signals are more likely to be
blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you
travel from the equator. Carrying
large items on a roof rack can also
block the signal.
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
156
Signal may be blocked by
mountains or large obstacles to
the south.
Signal weaker in
these areas.
SATELLITE
GROUND REPEATER
08/07/19 09:46:54 31SNC630 0161 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Depending on where you drive, you
may experience reception problems.
Interference can be caused by any of
these conditions:
Driving on the north side of a
large commercial truck on an
east/west road.
Driving in tunnels.
Driving on a road beside a vertical
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south
of you.
Driving on the lower level of a
multi-tiered road.
Driving on a single lane road
alongside dense trees taller than
50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
After you’ve registered with XM
Radio, keep your audio system in the
satellite radio mode while you wait
for activation. This should take about
30 minutes.
Driving on the north side of an
east/west mountain road.
If you decide to purchase XM Radio
service, contact XM Radio at
,orat
1-800-852-9696. You will need to give
them your radio I.D. number and
your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, press the TUNE
bar until ‘‘0’ appears in the display.
Your I.D. will appear in the display.
Large items carried on a roof rack.
There may be other geographic
situations that could affect XM Radio
reception.
While waiting for activation, make
sure your vehicle remains in an open
area with good reception. Once your
audio system is activated, you’ll be
able to listen to XM Radio broadcasts.
XM Radio will continue to send an
activation signal to your vehicle for
at least 12 hours from the activation
request. If the service has not been
activated after 36 hours, contact
XM Radio.
If your XM Radio service has expired
or you purchased your vehicle from
a previous owner, you can listen to a
sampling of the broadcasts available
on XM Radio. With the ignition
switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON
(II) position, push the power/volume
knob to turn on the audio system and
press the XM RADIO button. A
variety of music types and styles will
play.
As required by the FCC:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
www.xmradio.com
Receiving XM Radio Service
Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)
Features
157
08/07/19 09:47:04 31SNC630 0162 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Adjusts the front-to-back
strength of the sound. To adjust the
front/rear fader, touch the FR or RR
icon.
Adjusts the bass.
Adjusts the treble. To
adjust the treble and bass, touch
or on each side of the
treble or bass adjustment bar. The
adjustment bar on the right lower
display shows you the current
setting.
Adjusts the side-to-
side strength of the sound.
To adjust the left/right balance,
touch the L or R icon.
Adjusts the
strength of sound from the
subwoofer speaker. To adjust the
sound strength, touch or
on each side of the adjustment
bar.
The right upper display shows you
the current setting of the sound
strength coming from each speaker.
The SVC mode
controls the volume based on vehicle
speed. The faster you go, the louder
the audio volume becomes. As you
slow down, the audio volume
decreases. Touch the appropriate
icon (Low, Mid, Hi, Off) to select the
mode.
You can adjust the sound on the
navigation screen. To adjust the
sound, push the AUDIO button, then
enter the sound grid by touching the
SOUNDicononthedisplay.
FADER
BASS
TREBLE
BALANCE
SUBWOOFER
SVC (speed-sensitive volume
compensation)
Adjusting the Sound (Models with navigation system)
158
SOUND ICON
SPEAKER SETTING
BASS/TREBLE SETTING
08/07/19 09:47:15 31SNC630 0163 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can use the instrument panel
brightness control buttons to adjust
the illumination of the audio system
(see page ). The audio system
illuminates when the parking lights
are on, even if the radio is off.
You can select the background
screen to display the sound level.
There are three screen modes: level
(the sound level is shown with the
vertical bars), spectrum analysis (the
sound level appears as ripples of
water), and off. Each time you touch
the background icon, the display
changes.
You can also select the icon with the
joystick. Move it up and down to
move the highlighting and scroll
through lists. Select the icon, then
move the joystick to left or right to
change the setting.
This function is set to MID as the
default setting when the vehicle
leaves the factory. If you feel the
sound is too loud, choose low. If you
feel the sound is too quiet, choose Hi.
The system will return to the audio
display about 10 seconds after you
stop adjusting a mode.
75
Audio System Lighting
Screen Mode
Adjusting the Sound (Models with navigation system)
Features
159
08/07/19 09:47:21 31SNC630 0164 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
160
SCAN BUTTON
JOYSTICK
AUDIO BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
OPEN BUTTON
CD BUTTON
RANDOM
BUTTON
REPEAT BUTTON REWIND BUTTON
FAST FORWARD
BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
TUNE BAR
CD ICON
08/07/19 09:47:26 31SNC630 0165 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You operate the disc player with the
same controls used for the radio. To
load or play discs, the ignition switch
must be in the ACCESSORY (I) or
ON (II) position.
Video CDs and DVDs do not work in
this unit.
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
This audio system can also play CD-
RsandCD-RWscompressedinMP3
or WMA formats. When playing a
disc in MP3, you will see ‘‘MP3’’ on
the screen. In WMA format, ‘‘WMA’’
will appear on the screen. You can
select up to 99 folders and play up to
999 tracks. If the disc has a complex
structure, it takes a while to read the
disc before the system begins to play
it.
If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is
protected by digital rights
management (DRM), the audio unit
displays CD FORMAT, and then
skips to the next file.
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
The specifications for compatible
WMA files are:
Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320 kbps
(MPEG1)
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate:
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbpsSampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
CONTINUED
To Play a Disc
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
Features
161
NOTE:
Do not use discs with adhesive labels.
The label can curl up and cause the
disc to jam in the unit.
08/07/19 09:47:38 31SNC630 0166 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The disc player is behind the
navigation screen. To use the disc
player, press the OPEN button
beside the screen. The screen folds
back, and the disc player appears.
Insert a disc about halfway into the
disc slot. The drive will pull the disc
in the rest of the way and begin to
play it.
You cannot load and play 3-inch
(8-cm)discsinthissystem.
To return the screen to the upright
position, press the CLOSE button on
the edge of the screen panel. Do not
use the folded screen as a tray. If
you put a cup, for example, on the
screen, the liquid inside the cup may
spill on the screen when you go over
a bump.
To Load a Disc
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
162
OPEN BUTTON
DISC SLOT
CLOSE BUTTON
08/07/19 09:47:46 31SNC630 0167 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Push the AUDIO button beside the
screen to show the audio display and
operate the disc player.
You can also operate the audio
system without using the control
icons on the audio screen. Press the
CD button. The status bar appears
on the bottom of the screen. On the
navigation screen, you can see the
audio information whenever you
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
lower portion of the screen.
When playing a CD recorded with
text data, the track, album, and artist
name are shown on the audio display.
When playing a disc in MP3 or WMA,
the folder number and name, the file
number and name, the artist name,
and the elapsed time are shown. The
system will continuously play a disc
until you change modes. If the disc
was not recorded with text data, it
will not be displayed.
You can also select an icon with the
joystick. Move it to left, right, up, or
down to change the highlighting and
scroll through lists. Then press the
ENT on the top of the joystick to
select the icon.
Each time you press and
release (preset 6), the player
skips forward to the beginning of the
next track (file in MP3 or WMA
mode). Press and release
(preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current track.
Press it again to skip to the
beginning of the previous track.
You can use the preset buttons while
a disc is playing to select passages
and change tracks (files in MP3 or
WMA mode). Each preset button’s
function is shown on the bottom of
the screen.
To move rapidly within
a track/file, press and hold
(preset 4) or (preset 3).
CONTINUED
To Change or Select Tracks/Files
SKIP
FF/REW
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
Features
163
PRESET BUTTONS
PRESET BUTTON’S FUNCTION
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:47:55 31SNC630 0168 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To
select a different folder, press either
side of the TUNE bar to move to the
beginning of the next folder. Press
the side of the TUNE bar to skip
to the next folder, and the side to
move to the beginning of the current
folder.Pressitagaintoskiptothe
beginning of the previous folder.
To continuously replay
a track (file in MP3 or WMA mode),
press and release the RPT button
(preset 1). You will see TRACK
REPEAT in the display. Press and
hold the RPT button for 2 seconds to
turn it off.
This feature,
when activated, replays all files in
the selected folder in the order they
are compressed. To activate folder
repeat, press and hold the RPT
button (preset 1). You will see
FOLDER REPEAT in the display.
The system continuously replays the
current folder. Press the RPT button
again to turn it off. Pressing the
RDM button or selecting a different
folder with the TUNE bar also turns
off folder repeat.
This
featureplaysthetrackswithinadisc
(the files within a folder) in random
order. To activate track random,
press and release the RDM button
(preset 2). You will see TRACK
RANDOM in the display. Press and
hold the RDM button for 2 seconds
to return to normal play.
This
feature, when activated, plays all
filesineachfolderinrandomorder,
rather than in the order they are
compressed. To activate folder
random,presstheRDMbutton
(preset 2) twice. You will see
FOLDER RANDOM in the display.
The system then selects and plays
files randomly. This continues until
you deactivate folder random by
pressing the RDM button again, or if
you select a different folder with the
TUNE bar.
In MP3 or WMA modeIn MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode
FOLDER SELECTION
TRACK REPEAT (FILE
REPEAT)
FOLDER REPEAT
TRACK RANDOM (Random
within a disc/folder)
FOLDER RANDOM
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
164
08/07/19 09:48:02 31SNC630 0169 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Pressing either SKIP button (preset
5 or 6) also turns off scan.
The scan function samples all tracks
(files in MP3 or WMA) in the order
they were recorded. To activate scan,
press and release the SCAN button.
You will see TRACK SCAN in the
display. You will get a 10 second
sampling of each track/file on the
disc. Press and hold the SCAN
button for 2 seconds to get out of
scan mode and play the last track/
file sampled.
This feature,
when activated, samples all the first
files in each folder on the disc in
order. To activate folder scan, press
and hold the SCAN button. You will
see FOLDER SCAN in the display.
The system plays the first file in
each folder for about 10 seconds. If
you do nothing, the system then
plays the first file in each folder for
10 seconds each. After playing the
first file of the last folder, the system
goes to normal play.
Pressing either SKIP button (preset
5 or 6), or selecting a different folder
with the TUNE bar, or pressing the
SCAN button, also turns off folder
scan.
You can also select a track/file
directly from the folder and file lists
on the audio display. Press the
AUDIO button to show the audio
display.
In MP3 or WMA mode Using a Track List
SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN)
FOLDER SCAN
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
Features
165
CD ICON
TRACK LIST ICON
08/07/19 09:48:10 31SNC630 0170 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
Touch the Track List icon to switch
the display to the folder list, then
select and touch a desired folder.
The display changes to the file list.
Then, select and touch a desired file.
Touch the folder icon on the upper
left of the screen to move to the
parent folder.
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon on the
screen.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
PresstheAUDIObuttontogoback
to the normal audio playing display.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio control display on the screen.
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
166
FOLDER ICON
RETURN ICON
FOLDER ICON
RETURN ICON
TRACK/FILE ICON
FOLDER ICON
08/07/19 09:48:18 31SNC630 0171 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To remove a disc from the audio unit,
fold back the screen by pressing the
OPEN button (see page ). Press
the disc eject button ( ) to
remove the disc. If you eject the disc,
but do not remove it from the slot,
the system will automatically reload
it after 10 seconds and put it in pause
mode. To begin playing, press the
CD button.
To return the screen to the upright
position, press the CLOSE button.
You cannot close the screen if a disc
is partially inserted into its slot.
You can also eject the disc when the
ignition switch is off.
To play the radio when a disc is
playing, press the AM/FM button or
touch the FM1, FM2, AM, XM1, or
XM2 icon. If a PC card is in the audio
unit, touch the CARD icon to play
the PC card. Press the CD button
again or touch the CD icon to switch
back to the disc player.
When playing a CD recorded with
text data, each track name is shown
on the audio display. With a disc
recorded in MP3 or WMA, the folder
number is also displayed.
If the disc was not recorded with text
data, only the track number is shown.
To play an audio unit connected to
the auxiliary input jack or the USB
adapter cable when a disc is playing,
touch the AUX or USB icon.
If you turn the system off while a
disc is playing, either with the
power/volume knob or by turning
off the ignition switch, the disc will
stay in the drive. When you turn the
system back on, the disc will begin
playing where it left off.
142
Removing a Disc
To Stop Playing a Disc
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
Features
167
08/07/19 09:48:26 31SNC630 0172 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Load the desired discs in the
magazine, and load the magazine in
the changer according to the
instructions that came with the unit.
If you select an empty slot in the
magazine, the changer will search
for the next available disc to load and
play.
For information on how to handle
and protect discs, see page .An optional six or eight disc changer
is available for your vehicle. This
disc changer uses the same controls
used for the in-dash disc player or
the radio.
To select the disc changer, press the
CD button. The disc and track
numbers will be displayed. To select
a different disc, use either side of the
TUNE bar. To select the previous
disc, press the side. To select the
next disc, press the side.
206
Operating the Optional Disc
Changer
Protecting Discs
Playing a Disc (Models with navigation system)
168
08/07/19 09:48:32 31SNC630 0173 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Thechartontherightexplainsthe
error messages you may see in the
display while playing a disc.
If you see an error message in the
display while playing a disc, press
the eject button. After ejecting the
disc, check it for damage or
deformation. If there is no damage,
insert the disc again.
If there is still a problem, the error
message will appear again. Press the
eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
Error
Message
Cause Solution
FOCUS Error
Mechanical Error
TOC Error
High Temperature
Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Check if it is inserted correctly in the disc
player.
Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged.
For more information, see page 207.
Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Check the disc for damage or deformation.
For more information, see page 207.
If the disc cannot be pulled out, or the error
message does not disappear after the disc is
ejected, see your dealer.
Press the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Check the disc for damage or deformation.
Will disappear when the temperature returns to
normal.
Disc Player Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
Features
169
08/07/19 09:48:40 31SNC630 0174 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
170
OPEN BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
SCAN BUTTON
REPEAT BUTTON SKIP BUTTON
SKIP BUTTONRANDOM
BUTTON FAST FORWARD
BUTTON
REWIND BUTTON
CD/XM BUTTON
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
JOYSTICK
TUNE BAR
PLAY MODE
ICON
PC CARD ICONTRACK LIST ICON
08/07/19 09:48:44 31SNC630 0175 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You operate the PC card player with
the same controls used for the radio
and the disc player. To load or play a
card, the ignition switch must be in
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position.
The PC card player reads and plays
cards in MP3 or WMA formats.
Depending on the format, the screen
will indicate ‘‘MP3’’ or ‘‘WMA’’ when
a card is playing. The card limit of
the player is 99 folders and 999
tracks. If the card has a complex
structure, it takes some time for the
system to begin playing it.
Based on PCMCIA 2.1/JEIDA 4.2,
the recommended PC cards for the
PC card reader are:
Always use the recommended
memory card with the appropriate
adapter (if an adapter is needed).
Some memory cards will not work in
this unit.
When you insert a PC card into
the slot, make sure you put it in
straight. If you cannot insert it,
remove it, and insert again.
Do not keep PC cards in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high
heat will damage them.
To avoid damaging the card
reader, do not insert hard disc
drive cards into the PC card slot.
You cannot close the screen
(move it to the upright position)
until the PC card is inserted all the
way into its slot or removed.
Never insert foreign objects into
the PC card slot.
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
SD memory card
CompactFlash
Flash ATA
Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320 kbps
(MPEG1)
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
CONTINUED
To Play a PC Card
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
Features
171
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:48:56 31SNC630 0176 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
In WMA format, DRM (digital rights
management) files cannot be played.
If the system finds a DRM file, it
skips that file and plays the next
available folder or file.
The PC card slot is behind the
navigation screen. To use the PC
card player, press the OPEN button
beside the screen. The screen folds
back, and the PC card slot appears.
Insert a PC card straight into the slot.
The drive will read the PC card and
begin to play it.
Return the screen to the upright
position by pressing the CLOSE
button on the edge of the screen
panel.
Push the AUDIO button beside the
screen to show the audio display and
operate the PC card player.
You can also operate the audio
system without using the control
icons on the audio screen. Press any
of the appropriate control buttons.
The status bar appears on the
bottom of the screen. On the
navigation screen, you can see the
audio information whenever you
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
screen.
The specifications for compatible
WMA files are:
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate:
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Loading a PC Card
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
172
PC CARD SLOT
08/07/19 09:49:06 31SNC630 0177 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Artistmodeplaystracksin
alphabetical order, by artist and
song title.
Therearethreeplaymodes:Folder,
Artist, and Album. Touch the PLAY
MODE icon, then choose one of the
modes by touching its icon. When a
mode is selected, it is highlighted in
blue.
Foldermodeplaystracksinthe
order they were added to the card.
Album mode plays albums
(folders) in alphabetical order.
If play mode information was not
includedinthetrackswhenthey
were added to the card, it will not be
displayed on the screen.
To select a play mode, push the
AUDIO button to show the audio
display, then touch the PLAY MODE
icon on the display.
CONTINUED
To Select a Play Mode
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
Features
173
MODE INDICATOR
PLAY MODE ICON
PLAY MODE ICON PLAY MODE ICON
MODE INDICATOR MODE INDICATOR
FOLDER MODE
ARTIST MODE ALBUM MODE
08/07/19 09:49:17 31SNC630 0178 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you select ‘‘Play a New Track List,’’
the system goes into the selected
play mode immediately and begins to
play the files in order to the new list.
To go back to the previous screen,
presstheCANCELbuttononthe
rightsideofthescreen.Toexitthe
play mode screens, press the AUDIO
button.
Select the desired mode by touching
the appropriate icon, or move the
joystick, then press the ENT.
After you select the play mode, the
display changes to the selectable
playing menu. If you select
‘‘Continue playing the Current Song,’
the system goes into the selected
play mode after playing the current
file.
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
174
08/07/19 09:49:23 31SNC630 0179 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Iconsonthescreencanalsobe
selected with the joystick. Move the
joystick left or right and up or down
until the icon is highlighted, then
press the ENT on the top of the
joystick to select the icon.
You can use the preset buttons while
a card is playing to select or change
files. Each preset button’s function is
shownonthebottomofthescreen.
Each time you press and
release (preset 6), the player
skips forward to the beginning of the
next file. Press and release
(preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current file.
Press it again to skip to the
beginning of the previous file.
To move rapidly within
a file, press and hold (preset 4)
or (preset 3).
To
select a different folder, press either
side of the TUNE bar to move the
beginning of the next folder. Press
the side of the TUNE bar to skip
the next folder, and to the side to
move the beginning of the current
folder.Pressitagaintoskiptothe
beginning of the previous folder.
To continuously replay
a file, press and release the RPT
button (preset 1). You will see
TRACK REPEAT in the display.
Press the RPT button again to turn it
off.
This feature, when
activated, replays all the files in the
selected folder/artist/album in the
order they are recorded or listed. To
activate each repeat mode, press and
hold the RPT button (preset 1) for 2
seconds. You will see FOLDER
REPEAT, ARTIST REPEAT or
ALBUM REPEAT in the display.
The system continuously replays the
current folder/artist/album. Press
andholdtheRPTbuttonfor2
seconds again to turn it off. Pressing
the RDM button, or selecting a
different folder/artist/album with
the TUNE bar also turns off the
repeat feature.
To Change or Select Tracks/Files
SKIP
FF/REW
FOLDER SELECTION
TRACK REPEAT (FILE
REPEAT)
FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM
REPEAT
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
Features
175
PRESET BUTTONS
PRESET BUTTON’S FUNCTION
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:49:32 31SNC630 0180 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This feature
plays the files within a folder in
random order. To activate track
random, press and release the RDM
button (preset 2). You will see
TRACK RANDOM in the display.
Press and hold the RDM button for 2
seconds to return to normal play.
This feature, when
activated, plays all files in each
folder/artist/album in random order,
rather than in the order they are
recorded or listed. To activate each
random play, press the RDM button
(preset 2) 2 times. You will see
FOLDER RANDOM, ARTIST
RANDOM or ALBUM RANDOM in
the display.
The system then selects and plays
files randomly. This continues until
you deactivate each random play by
pressing the RDM button again, or
you select a different folder/artist/
album with the TUNE bar.
The scan function samples
all files on the PC card in the order
they are recorded. To activate scan,
press and release the SCAN button.
You will see TRACK SCAN in the
display. You will get a 10 second
sampling of each file on the PC card.
Press and hold the SCAN button for
2 seconds to get out of scan mode
and play the last file sampled.
Pressing either of the SKIP buttons
(preset 5 or 6) also turns off the scan
feature.
This feature, when
activated, samples the first file in
each folder/artist/album on the PC
card in order. To activate each scan
feature, press and hold the SCAN
button until you hear a beep. You will
see FOLDER SCAN, ARTIST SCAN
or ALBUM SCAN in the display.
The system plays the first file in the
folder for about 10 seconds. If you do
nothing, the system plays the first
file in each folder, in order, for 10
seconds each. After playing the first
file of the last folder/artist/album,
the system returns to normal play.
Pressing either of the SKIP buttons
(preset 5 or 6), selecting a different
folder/artist/album with the TUNE
bar, or pressing the SCAN button,
also turns off the scan feature.
TRACK RANDOM (Random
within a folder)
FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM
RANDOM
SCAN
FOLDER/ARTIST/ALBUM
SCAN
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
176
08/07/19 09:49:39 31SNC630 0181 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon.
You can also select a file directly
from the folder and track lists on the
audio display. Press the AUDIO
button to show the audio display,
then touch the Track List icon. The
folder list menu appears on the
display.
To select a folder, touch its icon on
the screen. The display changes to
the file list. Then, select and touch a
desired file. In folder mode, touch
the folder icon on the upper left of
the screen to move to the parent
folder.
The current folder is highlighted in
blue.
CONTINUED
Using a Track List
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
Features
177
RETURN ICON
FOLDER ICON
TRACK LIST ICON
08/07/19 09:49:47 31SNC630 0182 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
In artist mode, the artist name is also
displayed on the right side of each
selectable icon. Select the desired
file.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
PresstheAUDIObuttontogoback
to the normal audio playing display.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio control display on the screen.
In album mode, the album name is
also displayed on the right side of
each selectable icon. Select the
desired file.
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
178
ARTIST NAME ALBUM NAME
08/07/19 09:49:54 31SNC630 0183 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
When you select ‘‘Song Search’’ from
the track list display, the song search
menu appears.
You can then select any of three
modes to search a file: Title by
Keyword, Artist, and Album.
In Title by Keyword mode, enter the
title name, or any keyword, by
touching the letter icons on the
screen. Touch the List icon to begin
the song search. If you press the
CANCELbuttononthescreen,the
display returns to the mode menu
without doing a search.
Searching for a Song Title by KeywordSong Search Function
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
Features
179
ARTIST ICON
TITLE BY KEYWORD ICON
RETURN ICON
SONG SEARCH ICON
ALBUM ICON
Folder mode is shown.
MORE ICON
DELETE ICON LIST ICON
08/07/19 09:50:03 31SNC630 0184 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
To cancel the selected letter, select
the letter and touch the Delete icon.
To select more characters, touch the
More icon. The other character list
will be shown.
After the system searches for a song,
a file list is displayed. To scroll
through the list, touch the or
icon on the side of the screen. Select
the desired file by touching the
appropriate icon, or moving the
joystick and pressing the ENT.
Select the Artist icon, and the artist
list appears. Select the desired artist,
and the artist’s file list is displayed.
Select the Album icon, and the
album list appears. Select the desired
album, and its song list is displayed.
You can then select the desired song
from the list.
Searching for a Song by Artist Name Searching for a Song by Album Name
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
180
FILE LIST
ARTIST LIST ALBUM LIST
08/07/19 09:50:11 31SNC630 0185 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To play the radio when a PC card is
playing, press the AM/FM button or
touch the FM1, FM2, AM, XM1 , or
XM2 icon. If a disc is in the audio
unit, press the CD button or touch
theCDicontoplaythedisc.Touch
the CARD icon to switch back to the
PC card player.
To play an audio unit connected to
the auxiliary input jack or the USB
adapter cable when a PC card is
playing, touch the AUX or USB icon.
If you turn the system off while a PC
card is playing, either with the
power/volume knob or by turning
off the ignition switch, the card will
stay in the drive. When you turn the
system back on, the card will begin
playing where it left off.
When you leave the vehicle, always
remove the PC card from the audio
unit.
To remove a PC card from the audio
unit, fold back the screen by
pressing the OPEN button (see page
). Press the eject button ( )
to remove the card. If you do not
remove it from the slot, you cannot
return the screen to the upright
position.
To return the screen to the upright
position, press the CLOSE button.
You can also eject a card when the
ignition switch is off.
If there is a problem with the PC
card player, see your dealer.
U.S. models only:
162
Playing a PC Card (Models with navigation system)
To Stop Playing a PC Card PC Card Player Malfunction
Removing a PC Card
Features
181
08/07/19 09:50:20 31SNC630 0186 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message in the
display while playing a PC card, find
thesolutioninthecharttotheright.
If you cannot clear the error
message, take your vehicle to your
dealer.
Solution
Indication
The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the disc. There
is a possibility that the files have been damaged.
It appears when the PC card is empty or there are no MP3 or WMA
filesinthePCcard.SavetheMP3orWMAfilesinthePCcard.
It appears when the unsupported PC card is inserted. The system
supports CF card, Flash ATA card, and SanDisk 6-in-1 Card Adapter.
PC Card Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
182
FILE ERROR
NO MUSIC
MEDIA ERROR
08/07/19 09:50:24 31SNC630 0187 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
Features
183
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
MAP BUTTON
iPod INDICATOR
CD/XM BUTTON
AUDIO BUTTON
USB ICON
AUDIO DISPLAY
RPT (REPEAT)
BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM)
BUTTON
FAST FORWARD
BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
CANCEL BUTTON
U.S. model is shown.
JOYSTICK
REWIND BUTTON
08/07/19 09:50:28 31SNC630 0188 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
iPods that are compatible with your
audio system are listed below.
Use the latest firmware.
This audio system can select and
play the audio files on the iPod with
the same controls used for the in-
dash disc player. To play an iPod,
connect it to the USB adapter cable
in the console compartment by using
your dock connector. Press the
AUDIO button beside the screen to
show the audio display and touch the
AUX icon. The ignition switch must
be in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position. The iPod will also be
recharged with the ignition switch in
these positions.
You can also select an icon by
moving the joystick. Move it to left,
right, up, or down to change the
highlighting and scroll through lists,
then press ENT on the top of the
joystick to set your selection.
To select the USB mode without
using the icon, press the CD/XM
button repeatedly. The status bar
appears on the bottom of the screen.
The audio system reads and plays
sound files to be playable on the iPod.
The system cannot operate an iPod
as a mass storage device. The
system will only play songs stored on
the iPod with iTunes.
iPod and iTunes are registered
trademarks owned by Apple Inc.
You can select the AUX mode by
using the navigation system voice
control buttons, but cannot operate
theplaymodefunctions.
Use only compatible iPods with the
latest firmware. iPods that are not
compatible will not work in this audio
unit.
:
Firmware
Ver. 1.2 or more
Ver. 1.0 or more
Ver. 1.2 or more
Ver. 1.1.2 or more
Ver. 1.0 or more
Ver. 1.1.1 or more
Ver. 1.1.1 or more
Model
iPod 5G
iPod classic
iPod nano
iPod nano
2nd generation
iPod nano
3rd generation
iPod touch
iPhone
To Play an iPod
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
Voice Control System
184
08/07/19 09:50:37 31SNC630 0189 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Do not connect your iPod using a
hub.
DonotkeeptheiPodinthe
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high
heat will damage it.
Do not use an extension cable
between the USB adapter cable
equipped with your vehicle and
your dock connector.
We recommend backing up your
data before playing it.
In AAC format, DRM (digital rights
management) files cannot be played.
If the system finds a DRM file, the
audio unit displays UNPLAYABLE,
andthenskipstothenextfile.
Install the dock connector to the
USB adapter cable securely.
Connect your dock connector to
the iPod correctly and securely.
Pull out the USB connector from
the holder and remove the cable
from the clip in the console
compartment.
1. 2.
3.
CONTINUED
NOTE:
Connecting an iPod
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
Features
185
DOCK CONNECTOR
USB ADAPTER
CABLE
CABLE
USB CONNECTOR
08/07/19 09:50:47 31SNC630 0190 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When the iPod is connected and the
USB mode is selected on the audio
display, ‘‘LOAD’’ is shown for a few
seconds, then the iPod indicator is
shownonthedisplay.Onthe
navigation map display, the ‘‘USB
CONNECTED’’ message will be
displayed for a few seconds in the
lower part of the screen. After
loading, you will see Honda mark
on the iPod. That means you can
only operate your iPod with the
vehicle’s audio unit.
If the audio system still does not
recognize the iPod, the iPod may
need to be reset. Follow the
instructions that came with your
iPod, or you can find reset
instructions online at
If the iPod indicator does not appear
in the audio display, check the
connections, and try to reconnect the
iPod a few times.
Itmaytakeafewminutesfor
the Honda mark to display on
the iPod. If the display does not
change, this function is not
supported on your iPod model
or firmware.
When the iPod is connected and the
audio display is selected on the
screen by pressing the AUDIO
button, the AUX icon switches to the
USB icon. The display also shows
the current file number and total of
the selected playable files, the artist,
album and track (file) names on the
navigation screen.
On the map screen, you can see the
audio information whenever you
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
lower part of the screen.
:
www.apple.com/
ipod.
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
186
Sample Display
OK to disconnect.
AUDIO INFO ICON
08/07/19 09:50:54 31SNC630 0191 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Use the preset buttons while an iPod
is playing to select passages and
change files. Each preset button’s
function is shown on the bottom of
the screen.
Each time you press and
release (preset 6), the player
skips forward to the beginning of the
next file. Press and release
(preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current file.
Press it again to skip to the
beginning of the previous file.
To move rapidly within
a file, press and hold (preset 4)
or (preset 3).
You can also select a file directly
from a track list on the audio display.
Press the AUDIO button to show the
audio display, then touch the Track
List icon. The track list menu
appears on the display.
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
To Change or Select Files Using a Track List
SKIP
FF/REW
Features
187
PRESET BUTTONS
AUDIO DISPLAY
TRACK LIST ICON
U.S. model is shown. U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:51:03 31SNC630 0192 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
You can also select a file from the
iPod menu: playlists, artists, albums
and songs. Press the AUDIO button
to display the audio display on the
navigation screen. Touch the iPod
MENU icon to display the iPod menu.
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
Select a desired list by touching the
appropriate icon.
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
To Select a File from iPod Menu
188
U.S. model is shown.
iPod MENU ICON
08/07/19 09:51:10 31SNC630 0193 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
CONTINUED
The display shows the items on that
list. Touch a desired file.
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
If you select ‘‘ALL’’ on either the
artists or albums list, all available
files on the selected list are played.
You can select any type of repeat and
random modes with the RPT and
RDM buttons. To confirm the
selected mode, press the AUDIO
button to show the audio display on
the navigation screen.
PresstheAUDIObuttontogoback
to the normal audio playing display.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio display on the screen.
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
To Select Repeat or Random Mode:
Features
189
08/07/19 09:51:18 31SNC630 0194 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This feature
continuously plays a track/file. To
activate track repeat, press and
release the RPT button (preset 1).
You will see REPEAT in the display.
To turn it off, press and release the
RPT button again.
Each time you press and release the
RPT button, the mode changes
between track repeat and normal
play.
Pressing either SKIP button changes
the file while keeping this feature.
This feature
plays all available tracks/files from
the selected items in the iPod menu
list (playlists, artists, albums or
songs) in random order. To activate
track random, press and release the
RDM button (preset 2). You will see
TRACK RANDOM on the screen.
This feature
plays all available albums from the
selected items in the iPod menu list
(playlists, artists, albums or songs)
in random order. The files in each
album are played in the recorded
order. To activate the album random
feature, press and hold the RDM
button (Preset 2). You will see
‘‘ALBUM RANDOM’’ in the display.
To turn it off, press and hold the
RDM button (Preset 2).
You can also select another list from
theiPodmenuwhilekeepingthe
random function.
Available operating functions vary on
models or versions. Some functions
may not be available on the vehicle’s
audio system.
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
TRACK REPEAT
TRACK RANDOM
ALBUM RANDOM
NOTE:
190
U.S. model is shown.
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:51:27 31SNC630 0195 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
**
To play the radio, press the AM/FM
button or touch the FM1, FM2, AM,
XM1 , or XM2 icon. Press the CD
icon to switch to the disc mode (if a
disc is loaded). Each time you press
the CD/XM button, the audio mode
switches between iPod, disc and
XM radio .
U.S. models only
If a PC card is in the audio unit,
touch the CARD icon to play the PC
card.
You can disconnect the iPod at any
time when you see the ‘‘OK to
disconnect’’ message in the iPod
display. Always make sure you see
the ‘‘OK to disconnect’’ message in
the iPod display before you
disconnect it. Make sure to follow
the iPods instructions on how to
disconnect the dock connector from
the USB adapter cable.
The displayed message may
vary on models or versions. On
some models, there is no
message to disconnect.
When you disconnect the iPod while
it is playing, the audio screen (if
selected) shows NO DATA.
If you reconnect the same iPod, the
system may begin playing where it
left off, depending on what mode the
iPod is in when it is reconnected.
If you see an error message in the
screen, see page .
:
:
192
Playing an iPod (Models with navigation system)
To Stop Playing Your iPod iPod Error Messages
Disconnecting an iPod
Features
191
08/07/19 09:51:36 31SNC630 0196 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message on the
screen while playing an iPod, find
thesolutioninthecharttotheright.
If you cannot clear the error
message, take your vehicle to your
dealer.
Error Message Solution
Appears when an unsupported iPod is inserted.
There is no music information.
iPod Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
192
UNSUPPORTED
NO SONG
08/07/19 09:51:40 31SNC630 0197 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
Features
193
POWER/VOLUME
KNOB
AUDIO BUTTON
USB ICON
RPT (REPEAT)
BUTTON
RDM (RANDOM)
BUTTON
FAST FORWARD
BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
SKIP BUTTON
MP3 INDICATOR
SCAN BUTTON
TRACK LIST
ICON
SOUND ICON
REWIND BUTTON TUNE BAR
JOYSTICK
TUNE BAR
U. S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:51:45 31SNC630 0198 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can also select an icon by
moving the joystick. Move it to left,
right, up, or down to change the
highlighting and scroll through lists,
then press ENT on the top of the
joystick to set your selection.
The recommended USB flash
memory devices are 256 Mbyte or
higher. Some digital audio players
maybecompatibleaswell.
Some USB flash memory devices
(such as devices with security lock-
out features, etc.) will not work in
this audio unit.
The audio system reads and plays
the audio files on the USB flash
memory device in MP3, WMA or
AAC formats. Depending on the
format, the display shows MP3,
WMA or AAC when a USB flash
memory device is playing. The USB
flash memory device limit is up to
700 folders or up to 65535 files.
To select the USB mode without
using the icon, press the CD/XM
button repeatedly. The status bar
appears on the bottom of the screen.
Only AAC format files recorded
with iTunes are playable on this
audio unit.
This audio system can select and
play the audio files from a USB flash
memory device with the same
controls used for the in-dash disc
player. To play a USB flash memory
device, connect it to the USB adapter
cable in the console compartment.
The ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.
Press the AUDIO button beside the
screen to show the audio display and
touch the AUX icon.
:
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
To Play a USB Flash Memory
Device
194
08/07/19 09:51:52 31SNC630 0199 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Bitrate:
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320/VBR kbps
(MPEG1)
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
16/22.05/24 kHz (MPEG2)
Do not use a device such as a card
reader or hard drive as the device
or your files may be damaged.
Do not connect your USB flash
memory device using a hub.
Do not use an extension cable to
the USB adapter cable equipped
with your vehicle.
Do not keep a USB flash memory
device in the vehicle. Direct
sunlight and high heat will damage
it.
We recommend backing up your
data before playing a USB flash
memory device.
Depending on the type and
number of files, it may take some
time before they begin to play.
Depending on the software the
files were made with, it may not be
possibletoplaysomefiles,or
displaysometextdata.
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are:
You can select the AUX mode by
using the navigation system voice
control buttons, but cannot operate
theplaymodefunctions. Maximumlayers:8
Partition: Top partition only
Supported standards:
MPEG1 Audio Layer3
MPEG2 Audio Layer3
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
NOTE:
Voice Control System
Features
195
08/07/19 09:52:04 31SNC630 0200 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pull out the USB connector from
the holder and remove the cable
from the clip in the console
compartment.
Bitrate:
48 320/VBR kbps (Max 384)
Partition: Top partition only
Maximum layers: 8
Bitrate:
48 320 kbps
Supported standards:
MPEG4/AAC LC
MPEG2/AAC LC
Partition: Top partition only
Maximum layers: 8
The specifications for compatible
WMA files are:
The specifications for compatible
AAC files are:
Even if recorded in MP3, WMA or
AAC format, a file with an
unsupported version cannot be
played. If the system finds an
unsupported file, the screen displays
UNSUPPORTED, and then skips to
the next file.
In WMA or AAC format, DRM
(digital rights management) files
cannot be played. If the system finds
a DRM file, the screen displays
UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips
to the next file.
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Supported standards:
WMA version 7/8/9
Sampling frequency:
8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/
44.1/48 kHz 1.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
Connecting a USB Flash Memory
Device
196
CABLE
USB CONNECTOR
08/07/19 09:52:16 31SNC630 0201 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Connect the USB flash memory
device to the USB adapter cable
correctly and securely.
When the USB device is connected
and the audio display is selected on
the screen by pressing the AUDIO
button, the AUX icon switches to the
USB icon. The display also shows
the folder and file numbers, and the
elapsed time.
On the map screen, you can see the
audio information whenever you
touch the AUDIO INFO icon on the
lower part of the screen.
Use the preset buttons while a USB
flash memory device is playing to
select passages and change files.
Each preset button’s function is
shownonthebottomofthescreen.
2.
CONTINUED
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
To Change or Select Files
Features
197
USB ADAPTER CABLE
AUDIO INFO ICON
PRESET BUTTONS
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:52:25 31SNC630 0202 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Each time you press and
release (preset 6), the player
skips forward to the beginning of the
next file. Press and release
(preset 5), to skip backward to
the beginning of the current file.
Press it again to skip to the
beginning of the previous file.
To move rapidly within
a file, press and hold (preset 4)
or (preset 3).
To
select a different folder, press either
side of the TUNE bar. Press the
side to skip to the next folder,
andpressthe sidetoskiptothe
beginning of the previous folder.
You can also select a folder and file
from the lists shown on the screen.
Press the AUDIO button to show the
audio display on the navigation
screen.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
SKIP
FF/REW
FOLDER SELECTION
To Select a File from Folder and File
Lists
198
TRACK LIST ICON
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:52:31 31SNC630 0203 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
CONTINUED
Touch the Track List icon to switch
the display to the folder list, then
select and touch a desired folder.
The display changes to the file list.
Then, select and touch a desired file.
Touch the folder icon on the upper
left of the screen to move to the
parent folder.
To scroll through the display, touch
the or icononthesideofthe
screen.Togobacktotheprevious
display, touch the Return icon.
To select a desired icon with the
joystick, move it in the appropriate
direction, then press ENT.
PresstheAUDIObuttontogoback
to the normal audio playing display.
Pressing the CANCEL button goes
back to the previous screen, and
pressing the MAP button cancels the
audio display on the screen.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
Features
199
FOLDER ICON FOLDER ICON
08/07/19 09:52:40 31SNC630 0204 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can select any type of repeat,
random and scan modes with the
RPT, RDM and SCAN buttons. To
confirm the selected mode, press the
AUDIO button to show the audio
control display on the navigation
screen.
This feature
replays all the tracks/files in the
selected folder in the order they are
stored. To activate folder repeat,
press and hold the RPT button
(preset 1) until you see FOLDER
REPEAT in the display.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either repeat
mode. Pressing either side of the
TUNE bar also turns off this feature.
This feature
continuously plays a track/file. To
activate track repeat, press and
release the RPT button (preset 1).
You will see TRACK REPEAT in the
display.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
To Select Repeat, Random or Scan
Mode:
FOLDER REPEAT
TRACK REPEAT
200
U.S. model is shown.
08/07/19 09:52:46 31SNC630 0205 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This feature
plays all the tracks/files in random
order. To activate track random,
press and release the RDM button
(preset 2). You will see TRACK
RANDOM in the display.
This
feature plays the tracks/files in the
selected folder in random order. To
activate folder random, press and
hold the RDM button (preset 2) until
you see FOLDER RANDOM in the
display.
This feature
samples all tracks/files in the
selected folder in the order they are
stored. To activate track scan, press
and release the SCAN button. You
will see TRACK SCAN in the display.
You will get a 10 second sampling of
each track/file in the folder.
This feature
samples the first track/file in each
folder in the order they are stored.
To activate folder scan, press and
hold the SCAN button until you see
FOLDER SCAN in the display. You
will get a 10 second sampling of each
first track/file in the folder(s).
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either scan
mode. Pressing either SKIP button
also turns off this feature.
Press and hold the button until you
hear a beep to turn off either random
mode.
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
TRACK RANDOM
FOLDER RANDOM
TRACK SCAN
FOLDER-SCAN
Features
201
08/07/19 09:52:52 31SNC630 0206 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
**
To play the radio, press the AM/FM
button or touch the FM1, FM2, AM,
XM1 , or XM2 icon. Press the CD
icon to switch to the disc mode (if a
disc is loaded). Each time you press
the CD/XM button, the audio mode
switches between the USB, disc and
XM radio .
If a PC card is in the audio unit,
touch the CARD icon to play the PC
card.
You can disconnect the USB flash
memory device at any time even if
the USB mode is selected on the
audio system. Make sure to follow
the USB flash memory device’s
instructions when you remove it.
When you disconnect the USB flash
memory device while it is playing,
the audio display (if selected) shows
NO DATA.
If you reconnect the same USB flash
memory device, the system will
begin playing where it left off.
If you see an error message in the
screen, see page .
U.S. models only:
203
Playing a USB Flash Memory Device (Models with navigation system)
To Stop Playing a USB Flash
Memory Device
USB Flash Memory Device Error
Messages
Disconnecting a USB Flash Memory
Device
202
08/07/19 09:52:59 31SNC630 0207 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you see an error message on the
screen while playing a USB flash
memory device, find the solution in
the chart to the right. If you cannot
clear the error message, take your
vehicle to your dealer.
SolutionError Message
The system cannot read the file(s). Check the files in the USB flash
memory device. There is a possibility that the files have been damaged.
Appears when the unsupported USB flash memory device is inserted.
There is no music information.
USB Flash Memory Device Error Messages (Models with navigation system)
Features
203
UNPLAYABLE FILE
UNSUPPORTED
NO SONG
08/07/19 09:53:03 31SNC630 0208 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The radio can receive the complete
AM and FM bands.
Those bands cover these frequen-
cies:
AM band: 530 to 1,710 kHz
FM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz
How well the radio receives stations
is dependent on many factors, such
as the distance from the stations
transmitter, nearby large objects,
and atmospheric conditions.
Driving very near the transmitter of
a station that is broadcasting on a
frequency close to the frequency of
the station you are listening to can
also affect your radio’s reception.
You may temporarily hear both
stations,orhearonlythestationyou
are close to.
A radio station’s signal gets weaker
as you get farther away from its
transmitter. If you are listening to an
AM station, you will notice the sound
volume becoming weaker, and the
stationdriftinginandout.Ifyouare
listening to an FM station, you will
see the stereo indicator flickering off
and on as the signal weakens.
Eventually, the stereo indicator will
go off and the sound will fade
completely as you get out of range of
the station’s signal.
Radio stations on the AM band are
assigned frequencies at least 10 kHz
apart (530, 540, 550). Stations on the
FM band are assigned frequencies at
least 0.2 MHz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3).
Stations must use these exact
frequencies. It is fairly common for
stations to round-off the frequency in
their advertising, so your radio could
display a frequency of 100.9 even
though the announcer may identify
the station as ‘‘FM101.’’
Radio Frequencies Radio Reception
AM/FM Radio Reception
204
08/07/19 09:53:12 31SNC630 0209 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Radio signals, especially on the FM
band, are deflected by large objects
such as buildings and hills. Your
radio then receives both the direct
signal from the station’s transmitter,
and the deflected signal. This causes
the sound to distort or flutter. This is
a main cause of poor radio reception
in city driving.
Radio reception can be affected by
atmospheric conditions such as
thunderstorms, high humidity, and
even sunspots. You may be able to
receive a distant radio station one
day and not receive it the next day
because of a change in conditions.
Electrical interference from passing
vehicles and stationary sources can
cause temporary reception problems.
As required by the FCC:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
AM/FM Radio Reception
Features
205
08/07/19 09:53:18 31SNC630 0210 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When a disc is not being played,
store it in its case to protect it from
dust and other contamination. To
prevent warpage, keep discs out of
direct sunlight and extreme heat.
To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.
Wipe across the disc from the center
to the outside edge.
A new disc may be rough on the
inner and outer edges. The small
plastic pieces causing this roughness
can flake off and fall on the
recording surface of the disc,
causing skipping or other problems.
Remove these pieces by rubbing the
inner and outer edges with the side
of a pencil or pen.
Handle a disc by its edges; never
touch either surface. Do not place
stabilizer rings or labels on the disc.
These, along with contamination
from finger prints, liquids, and felt-
tip pens, can cause the disc to not
play properly, or possibly jam in the
drive.
When recording a CD-R or
CD-RW, the recording must be
closedforittobeusedbythe
system.
When using CD-R or CD-RW discs,
use only high quality discs labeled
for audio use.
Never try to insert foreign objects in
the disc player.
Handle your discs properly to
prevent damage and skipping.
Play only standard round discs.
Odd-shaped discs may jam in the
driveorcauseotherproblems.
General Information Protecting Discs
Protecting Your Discs
206
Do not use discs with adhesive labels.
The label can curl up and cause the
disc to jam in the unit.
08/07/19 09:53:27 31SNC630 0211 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The in-dash disc player/changer has
a sophisticated and delicate
mechanism. If you insert a damaged
disc as indicated in this section, it
maybecomestuckinsideand
damage the audio unit.
Examples of these discs are shown
to the right:
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick discs
Damaged discs Poor quality discs
1.
2. 3.
CONTINUED
Additional Information on
Recommended Discs
Protecting Your Discs
Features
207
Sealed
Warped Burrs
Chipped/
Cracked
With Label/
Sticker
With Plastic
Ring
Using Printer
Label Kit
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
08/07/19 09:53:38 31SNC630 0212 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Small, irregular shaped discs Discs with scratches, dirty discs
CD-R or CD-RW may not play due
to the recording conditions.
Scratches and fingerprints on the
discs may cause the sound to skip.
Recommended discs are printed
with the following logo.
Audio unit may not play the
following formats.
4. 5.
Protecting Your Discs
208
Fingerprints, scratches, etc.
3-inch (8-cm) CD Triangle Shape
Arrow ShapeCan Shape
08/07/19 09:53:49 31SNC630 0213 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you lose the card, you must obtain
the code number from a dealer. To
do this, you will need the systems
serial number.
Your vehicle’s audio system will
disable itself if it is disconnected
from electrical power for any reason.
To make it work again, you must
enter a specific five-digit code
(except for model with navigation
system)/four-digit code (model with
navigation system) in the preset
buttons. Because there are hundreds
of number combinations possible
from five or four-digits, making the
system work without knowing the
exact code is nearly impossible.
Youshouldhavereceivedacardthat
lists your audio system’s code and
serial numbers. It is best to store this
card in a safe place at home. In
addition, you should write the audio
system’s serial number in this owner’s
manual.
If you make a mistake entering the
code, do not start over; complete the
five-digit (except for model with
navigation system)/four-digit (model
with navigation system) sequence,
then enter the correct code. You
have 10 tries to enter the correct
code. If you are unsuccessful in 10
attempts, you must then leave the
system on for 1 hour before trying
again.
If your vehicle’s battery is
disconnected or goes dead, or the
radio fuse is removed, the audio
system will disable itself. Use the
preset buttons to enter the five-digit
code (except for model with
navigation system)/four-digit code
(model with navigation system). The
code is on the radio code card
included in your owner’s manual kit.
When it is entered correctly, the
radio will start playing.
Radio Theft Protection
Features
209
08/07/19 09:53:54 31SNC630 0214 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
▲▼
The VOL button adjusts the volume
up ( ) or down ( ). Press the top
or bottom of the button, hold it until
the desired volume is reached, then
release it.
The MODE button changes the
mode. Pressing the button
repeatedly selects FM1, FM2, AM,
disc (if a disc is loaded), or a PC card
(if it is loaded). On models with
satellite radio system, you can also
select XM radio.
Three controls for the audio system
are mounted in the steering wheel
hub. These let you control basic
functions without removing your
hand from the wheel.
To activate the seek function, press
and hold the top ( ) or bottom ( )
of the CH button until you hear a
beep. The system searches up or
down from the current frequency to
find a station with a strong signal.
If you are playing a disc, the system
skips to the beginning of the next
track (file in MP3 or WMA format)
each time you press the top ( ) of
the CH button. Press the bottom
( ) to return to the beginning of the
current track or file. Press it twice to
return to the previous track or file.
You will see the track/file number
and the elapsed time. If the disc has
text data or is compressed in MP3 or
WMA, you can also see any other
information (track title, file name,
folder name, etc.).
If you are listening to the radio, use
the CH button to change stations.
Each time you press and release the
top ( ) of the button, the system
goes to the next preset station on the
band you are listening to. Press and
releasethebottom( )togobackto
the previous station.
If an iPod or a USB flash memory
device is plugged into the system,
you can also select AUX.
Remote Audio Controls
210
CH BUTTON
MODE BUTTON
VOL BUTTON
08/07/19 09:54:02 31SNC630 0215 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you are playing a PC card, press
the top ( ) of the CH button to
advance to the next file. Press the
bottom( )togobacktothe
previous file.
In MP3 or WMA mode, you can use
the seek function to select folders.
Press and hold the top ( ) of the
CH button until you hear a beep, to
skip forward to the first file of the
next folder. Press the bottom ( ) to
skip backward to the previous folder.
The auxiliary input jack is
underneath the accessory power
socket on the front panel. The
system will accept auxiliary input
from standard audio accessories.
When playing a USB flash memory
device, you can also use the seek
function to skip the folder. To
activate this, press and hold either
side of the CH button until you hear
a beep.
When a compatible audio unit is
connected to the jack, press the AUX
button(AUXicononmodelswith
navigation system) to select it.
IfyouareplayingaUSBflash
memory device or iPod with the USB
adapter cable (if equipped), press
and release the top ( ) of the CH
button to skip forward to the
beginning of the next file. Press the
bottom( )toskipbackwardtothe
beginning to the current file. Press it
twice to return to the previous file.
Remote Audio Controls, Auxiliary Input Jack
Auxiliary Input Jack
Features
211
AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
08/07/19 09:54:09 31SNC630 0216 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Change the hours by pressing the H
(preset 1) button until the numbers
advance to the desired time. Change
the minutes by pressing the M
(preset 2) button until the numbers
advance to the desired time.
To set the time, press the CLOCK
button until the displayed time
begins to blink, then release the
button.
Press the CLOCK button again to
enter the set time.
You can quickly set the time to the
nearest hour. If the displayed time is
before the half hour, pressing the
CLOCK button until you hear a beep,
then pressing the R (preset 3) button
sets the clock back to the previous
hour. If the displayed time is after
the half hour, the clock sets forward
to the beginning of the next hour.
The navigation system receives
signals from the global positioning
system (GPS), and the displayed
time is updated automatically by the
GPS. Refer to the navigation system
manual for how to adjust the time.
For example: 1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:52 will reset to 2:00
On models with navigation system
On models without navigation system
Setting the Clock
212
HOUR BUTTON RESET BUTTON
CLOCK BUTTON
MINUTE BUTTON
08/07/19 09:54:17 31SNC630 0217 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The security system helps to protect
your vehicle and valuables from theft.
The horn sounds and a combination
of headlights (low beam), parking
lights, side marker lights, and
taillights flash if someone attempts
to break into your vehicle or remove
the radio. This alarm continues for 2
minutes, then it stops. To reset an
activated system before the 2
minutes have elapsed, unlock the
driver’s door with the key or the
remote transmitter.
The security system automatically
sets 15 seconds after you lock the
doors, hood, and trunk. For the
system to activate, you must lock the
doors from the outside with the key,
driver’s lock tab, door lock master
switch, or remote transmitter. The
security system indicator on the
instrument panel starts blinking
immediately to show you the system
is setting itself.
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the key or the
remote transmitter will cause it to
alarm. It also alarms if the radio is
removed from the dashboard or the
wiring is cut.
With the system set, you can still
open the trunk with the master key
or the remote transmitter without
triggering the alarm. The alarm will
sound if the trunk lock is forced, or
the trunk is opened with the trunk
release handle.
The security system will not set if
the hood, trunk, or either door is not
fully closed. If the system will not set,
turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and check the
indicators on the instrument panel.
Close either door or the trunk
indicatedonthedisplay.Checkthe
hood visually since it is not part of
the display, and shut it if necessary.
To see if the system is set
after you exit the vehicle, press the
LOCK button on the remote
transmitter within 5 seconds. If the
system is set, the horn will beep
once.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it.
Security System
Features
213
NOTE:
SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR
08/07/19 09:54:24 31SNC630 0218 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel. The CRUISE
MAIN indicator on the instrument
panel comes on.
Accelerate to the desired cruising
speedabove25mph(40km/h).
Cruise control may not hold the set
speed when you are going up and
down hills. If your speed increases
going down a hill, use the brakes to
slowdown.Thiswillcancelcruise
control. To resume the set speed,
press the RES/ACCEL button. The
indicator on the instrument panel will
come back on.
When climbing a steep hill, the
automatic transmission may
downshifttoholdthesetspeed.
Cruise control allows you to maintain
asetspeedabove25mph(40km/h)
without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. It should be used
for cruising on straight, open
highways. It is not recommended for
city driving, winding roads, slippery
roads, heavy rain, or bad weather.
Press and release the SET/
DECELbuttononthesteering
wheel. The CRUISE CONTROL
indicator on the instrument panel
comes on to show the system is
now activated.
1.
2.
3.Using the Cruise Control
Cruise Control
214
CANCEL
BUTTON
CRUISE BUTTON RES/ACCEL
BUTTON
SET/DECEL
BUTTON
Improper use of the cruise
control can lead to a crash.
Use the cruise control only
when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
08/07/19 09:54:32 31SNC630 0219 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can increase the set cruising
speed in any of these ways:
Press and hold the RES/ACCEL
button. When you reach the
desired cruising speed, release the
button.
To increase your speed in very
small amounts, tap the RES/
ACCEL button. Each time you do
this, the vehicle will speed up
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
Press and hold the SET/DECEL
button. Release the button when
you reach the desired speed.
To slow down in very small
amounts, tap the SET/DECEL
button. Each time you do this,
your vehicle will slow down about
1 mph (1.6 km/h).
You can decrease the set cruising
speed in any of these ways:
Even with the cruise control turned
on, you can still use the accelerator
pedal to speed up for passing. After
completing the pass, take your foot
off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will return to the set cruising speed.
Push on the accelerator pedal.
Accelerate to the desired cruising
speed, then press the SET/
DECEL button.
Resting your foot on the brake pedal
causes cruise control to cancel.
Tap the brake pedal lightly with
your foot. The CRUISE
CONTROL indicator on the
instrument panel will go out.
When the vehicle slows to the
desired speed, press the SET/
DECEL button.
Changing the Set Speed
Cruise Control
Features
215
08/07/19 09:54:42 31SNC630 0220 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can cancel cruise control in any
of these ways:
Push the CANCEL button on the
steering wheel.
When you push the CANCEL button,
or tap the brake or clutch pedal, the
system will remember the previously
set cruising speed. To return to that
speed, accelerate to above 25 mph
(40 km/h), and then press and
release the RES/ACCEL button. The
CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes
on. The vehicle will accelerate to the
same cruising speed as before.
Pressing the CRUISE button turns
the system off and erases the
previous cruising speed.
Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel.
Tap the brake pedal.
Canceling Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed
Cruise Control
216
CRUISE BUTTON
CANCEL
BUTTON
08/07/19 09:54:48 31SNC630 0221 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is equipped with the
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL).
HFL uses Bluetooth technology to
link your cell phone to your vehicle.
With HFL, you can place and receive
calls through your vehicle’s audio
system, without the distraction of
handling your cell phone. To use this
feature, you need a Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone with the
Hands Free Profile. For more
information, and a list of compatible
cell phones, visit
, or call (888) 528-7876. In
Canada, visit , or call
(888) 9-HONDA-9.
Here are the main features of HFL.
Instructions for using HFL begin on
page .
HFL recognizes simple voice
commands, such as phone numbers
and names. It uses these commands
to automatically dial, receive, and
store numbers. For more
information on voice control, see
UsingVoiceControlonpage .
The Bluetooth name and logos are
registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Honda Motor Co.,
Ltd. is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
Bluetooth is the wireless technology
that links your phone to HFL. HFL
uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, which
means the maximum range between
yourphoneandvehicleis30feet(10
meters).
To use HFL, your phone must have
approved Bluetooth capability along
with the Hands Free Profile. This
type of phone is available through
many phone makers and cellular
carriers. You can also find an
approved phone by visiting
, or by calling
the HandsFreeLink consumer
support at (888) 528-7876. In Canada,
visit , or call (888) 9-
HONDA-9.The HFL is available in English on
U.S. models, and in both English and
French on Canadian models. To
change the language, see page .
The voice of HFL is set to female.
221
221
251
handsfreelink.honda.
com
www.honda.ca
handsfreelink.honda.com
www.honda.ca
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
On models with navigation system
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Voice Control HFL
Features
217
08/07/19 09:54:57 31SNC630 0222 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
With a linked phone, HFL allows you
to send and receive calls in your
vehicle without holding the phone.
The HFL system has a help function
to provide instructions for pairing a
phone, and give hints on how to
operate HFL properly. If your
response or command is not correct,
or the system cannot recognize a
command, the HFL system will give
you an appropriate command or play
the help prompt.
HFL can store up to 50 names and
phone numbers in its phonebook.
Withalinkedphone,youcanthen
automatically dial any name or
number in the phonebook.
Your vehicle’s HFL system has the
cellular phonebook import function.
This allows you to import your
cellular phonebook to HFL. Using
the navigation system, you can make
acalldirectlyandstoreadesired
number in HFL from the list shown
on the navigation display. For
more information on how to import
the phonebook, see page . To
make a call, see page .
Your phone may not have
phonebook import function. Visit
,orcallthe
HandsFreeLink consumer support
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your
phone’s owner’s manual for
information.
The HFL microphone is on the
ceiling, between the spotlights. The
microphone is shared with the
navigation system.
You can also store the desired
number to the HFL phonebook
directly from your cell phone using
the receive contact function in HFL.
HFL and the navigation system have
separate voice recognition systems.
When HFL is in use, a voice
command for the navigation system
willnotberecognizedevenifyou
press the navigation Talk button. In
this case, you will hear two short
beeps, and the HFL system has no
prompt.
243
232
handsfreelink.honda.com
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Incoming/Outgoing Calls
Help Assistance
Phonebook
Microphone
218
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:55:05 31SNC630 0223 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
TheHFLbuttonsareusedas
follows:When HFL is in use, the sound
comes through the vehicle’s front
audio system speakers. If the audio
system is in use while operating
either of the HFL buttons or making
a call, HFL overrides the audio
system. To change the volume level,
use the audio system volume knob or
the steering wheel volume controls.
To operate HFL, use the HFL Talk
and Back buttons on the left side of
the steering wheel.
Ensure that you use the HFL
buttons, not the NAVI buttons, to
give HFL voice commands.
HFLTalk:Thisbuttonisusedbefore
you give a command, and to answer
incoming calls.
HFLBack:Thisbuttonisusedto
endacall,gobacktotheprevious
voice control command, and to
cancel an operation.
Press and release the button, then
wait for a beep before giving a
command.
HFL ButtonsAudio System
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
219
NOTE:
HFL TALK
BUTTON
HFL BACK BUTTON
NAVI VOICE
CONTROL
BUTTONS
08/07/19 09:55:13 31SNC630 0224 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When you are operating HFL, dialing
or receiving calls with the audio
system in use, you will see the above
screen on the navigation display.
On the map screen, you will see a
‘‘HFL’’ message on the screen.
A indicator will also be
displayed on the screen if your
phone is linked to HFL.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Information Display
220
HFL MESSAGE
BLUETOOTH INDICATOR
08/07/19 09:55:20 31SNC630 0225 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
HFL is operated by the HFL Talk
and Back buttons on the left side of
the steering wheel. The next few
pages provide instructions for all
basic features of HFL.
Here are some guidelines for using
voice control:
Adjust the airflow from both the
dashboard and side vents so they
do not blow against the
microphone on the ceiling.
Close the windows and the
moonroof.
To enter a command, press and
release the HFL Talk button. After
the beep, say your command in a
clear, natural tone.
Lower the A/C fan speed during
voice recognition operation.
If the microphone picks up voices
other than yours, the system may
not interpret your voice
commands correctly.
If HFL does not recognize a
command, its response is ‘‘Pardon.’’
If it doesn’t recognize the
command it plays an appropriate
Help prompt. Response time may
vary depending on the voice
command.
To hear a list of available options
at any time, press the HFL Talk
button, wait for the beep, and say
‘‘Hands free help’’ or ‘‘Help.’’
When you are at the main menu,
you can hear general HFL
information such as pairing or
setting up the system. Press the
HFL Talk button, wait for the beep,
and say ‘‘Tutorial.’’
Many commands can be spoken
together. For example, you can
say, ‘‘Dial 123-456-7891.’’
To enter a string of numbers in a
Call or Dial command, you can say
them all at once, or you can
separate them in blocks of 3, 4, 7,
10, and 11.
To skip a voice prompt, press the
HFL Talk button while HFL is
speaking. HFL will then begin
listening for your next command.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
How to Use HFL
All phones may not
operate identically, and some
may cause inconsistent operation
of HFL.
Using Voice Control
Features
221
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:55:33 31SNC630 0226 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To go back one step in a command
process, say ‘‘Go back,’’ or press
the HFL Back button.
If nothing is said while HFL is
listening for a command, HFL will
time out and stop its voice
recognition, then prompt you with
available options or help
information. The next time you
press the HFL Talk button, HFL
begins listening from the point at
which it timed out.
To end a command sequence at
any time, press and hold the HFL
Back button, or press and release
the HFL Talk button, wait for the
beep, and say ‘‘Cancel.’’ The next
time you press the HFL Talk
button, HFL begins from the main
menu.
When you finish a command
sequence, HFL returns to idle. For
example, when you store the name
‘‘Eric,’’ the HFL system response
is ‘‘Eric has been stored.’’ The
next time you press the HFL Talk
button, HFL begins from the main
menu.
Your Bluetooth compatible phone
with Hands Free Profile must be
paired to HFL before you can make
and receive hands-free calls. To
confirm that your phone is
Bluetooth compatible, visit
, or call (888)
528-7876. In Canada, call (888) 9-
HONDA-9. Your phone retailer
should also be able to confirm that
your phone is Bluetooth compatible.
HFL does not allow you to pair
your phone if the vehicle is
moving.
For pairing, your phone must be in
its discovery mode (searching for
a Bluetooth related device).
Up to six phones can be paired to
HFL.
The following procedure works for
most phones. If you cannot pair
your phone to HFL with this
procedure, refer to your phone’s
operating manual, visit
,callthe
HandsFreeLink consumer
support at (888) 528-7876, or call
your phone retailer. In Canada,
call (888) 9-HONDA-9.
Your phone’s battery may drain
faster when it is paired to HFL.
handsfreelink.honda.com
handsfreelink.honda.com
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Pairing Your Phone
NOTE:
222
08/07/19 09:55:42 31SNC630 0227 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
CONTINUED
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, if you say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Entering phone
set up: pair menu. The pairing
process requires operation of your
Bluetooth phone. For safety, only
perform this function while the
vehicle is stopped.’’
HFL responds ‘‘For proper system
function a compatible Bluetooth
phone is required. Please visit the
HandsFreeLink website, listed in
the owner’s manual, for a list of
approved phones and other system
information. HandsFreeLink is
waiting to pair with a Bluetooth
phone. From your phone, search
for Bluetooth devices and select
HandsFreeLink.’’
During the pairing process, turn
off any previously paired phones
before pairing a new phone.
Each time a phone is paired with
HFL, the system selects a pairing
code randomly or sequentially.
You can switch this setting
between random mode and fixed
mode. To select a pairing code
setting between Random and
Fixed, refer to page .
If after three minutes your phone
is not ready to pair or a phone is
not found, the system will time out
andreturntoidle.
Park your vehicle. With your
phone on and the ignition switch in
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position, press and release the
Talk button.
HFL prompts ‘‘Welcome to
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. This
system enables hands-free usage
of a mobile phone. Before using
this system, a phone needs to be
paired or connected with
HandsFreeLink. Would you like to
pair a phone now? Press the
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Talk
button, and after the beep, say Yes,
to begin the pairing process, or No,
to continue.’’
HFL responds ‘‘When prompted
by your mobile phone, enter the
pairing code: 1234 .’’
Go to Step 4.
1.
2.
: For example
228
To pair your first phone, follow the
prompts on the HFL system:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
223
08/07/19 09:55:51 31SNC630 0228 
2009 Civic Hybrid
228
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
Steps 4 and 5 show a
common way to get your phone into
its discovery mode (searching for a
Bluetooth related device). If these
steps do not work on your phone,
refer to the phone’s operating
manual.
Follow the prompts on your phone
to get it into its discovery mode.
The phone will search for HFL.
When it comes up, select
HandsFreeLink from the list of
options displayed on your phone.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, if you say No, HFL
responds ‘‘Would you like to hear
the Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
tutorial now? Press the Talk
button and after the beep, say yes
to begin the tutorial, or say No to
exit HandsFreeLink.’’
If you say Yes, HFL will begin the
tutorial. Follow the prompts on
HFL.
When asked by the phone, enter
the four-digit code from step 3 into
your phone.
HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLink
has connected to a new phone. A
name is needed to identify this
phone. Press the Talk button and
say a name. For example, John’s
phone.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
want to use. For example, say
‘‘John’s phone.’’
HFL responds ‘‘ John’s phone
has been successfully paired.’’
HFL responds ‘Would you like to
hear the Bluetooth
HandsFreeLink tutorial now?
Press the Talk button and after
the beep, say Yes to begin the
tutorial, or say No to exit
HandsFreeLink.’’
If you press and release the Talk
button and say ‘‘Yes,’’ HFL begins
Tutorial. If you say ‘‘No,’’ HFL
returns to idle.
3.
6.4.
5.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
224
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:55:59 31SNC630 0229 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
<>
CONTINUED
To pair another phone, do this: To rename a paired phone, do this:
With your phone on and the
ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position, press and release the
Talk button. After the beep, say
‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Pair.’’
Repeat steps 2 through 6 on pages
and .
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Edit.’’ HFL
responds ‘‘Which phone would like
to edit? Press the Talk button, and
say a name, or say List, to hear the
names of the paired phones’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name of
the phone you want to rename.
For example, say ‘‘John’s phone.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the new
name for John’s phone? Press the
Talk button and say a name.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the new name
of the phone. For example, say
‘‘Lisa’s phone.’’
HFL responds ‘‘The name has
been changed.’’
With only one paired phone, for
example, John’s phone , HFL
responds ‘What is the new name
for John’s phone ?’’ Then go to
step 4.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
1.
4.
223 224
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
225
08/07/19 09:56:11 31SNC630 0230 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
<>
To delete a paired phone, do this: To list all paired phones, do this:
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’
HFL responds by listing the name
of each paired phone. When all
phones paired to the system have
been read, HFL responds ‘‘The
entire list has been read.’’
‘‘Go back’’ or ‘‘Cancel’’ does not
delete the phone.
HFL responds ‘‘The phone has
been deleted.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, if you say
‘‘Continue.’’
HFL responds ‘Preparing to
delete John’s phone. Press the
Talk button and say Continue;
otherwise say Go Back or Cancel.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name of
the phone you want to delete. For
example, say ‘‘John’s phone.’’ HFL
responds ‘‘Would you like to delete
John’s phone? Press the Talk
button and say Yes or No.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Delete.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Which phone
would like to delete? Press the
Talk button and say a name, or say
list, to hear the names of the
paired phone.’’
With only one paired phone, for
example, John’s phone , HFL
responds ‘‘Would you like to delete
John’s phone ?’’ Then go to
step 4.
1.
4.
5.
2.
3.
2.
1.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
226
08/07/19 09:56:23 31SNC630 0231 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
CONTINUED
To find out the status of the phone being
used, do this:
To change from the currently linked
phone to another paired phone, do this:
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
If no other phones are found or
paired, the first phone remains
linked. For example, HFL
responds ‘‘No other paired phones
were found/have been paired.
Returning to John’s phone .’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘Status.’ For
example, HFL responds ‘‘John’s
phone is linked. Battery strength
is three bars. Signal strength is
five bars, and the phone is
roaming.’’
Some Phones may not send the
status information to the HFL
system.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Next phone.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Searching for the
next phone.’’
The system then disconnects the
linkedphoneandsearchesfor
another paired phone. If the
system finds it, for example, HFL
responds ‘‘Paul’s phone is linked.’’
2.
1. 1.
2.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
227
08/07/19 09:56:33 31SNC630 0232 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When you pair your phone to HFL,
the HFL system will automatically
select a pairing code at random or in
order. You can customize this setting
mode between Random and Fixed. If
you select the fixed mode, the HFL
system will select a pairing code
sequentially.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Set Pairing
Code.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Each time a phone
is paired with HandsFreeLink, a
pairing code is used for security.
This code can be randomly
generated by HandsFreeLink, or
fixed, which is needed for some
Bluetooth devices with a preset
pairing code. Would you like to set
the pairing code as Random or
Fixed?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, to select the fixed
mode, say ‘‘Fixed.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the four-
digit number you would like to see
as the pairing code? Press the Talk
button and say the number.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say a desired four-
digit number. For example, say
‘‘1000.’’
HFL responds ‘‘1000. Is this
correct? Press the Talk button and
say Yes or No.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and
say a command.’’
If the number is not correct, say
‘‘No.’’ HFL goes back to step 3.
HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLink
willusethiscodewhenpairingtoa
Bluetooth device.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, if the number is
correct, say ‘‘Yes.’’
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
To change the setting mode, do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Setting a Pairing Code
228
08/07/19 09:56:43 31SNC630 0233 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
You can select or change some
settings for the HFL system. Here
are the settings you can select or
change. To do this, make sure your
vehicle is parked safely, with your
phone on and the ignition switch in
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position.
You can set a four-digit security
passcode to lock the HFL system
for security purposes.
If you forget your passcode, you
cannot activate HFL. Consult your
dealer to cancel the passcode.
The incoming notification can be
set to a ring tone, a prompt, or no
notification. The default setting is
aprompt.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘System setup
options are security, change
passcode, call notification, auto
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Security.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Security is
disabled. Would you like to enable
security? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the four-
digit number you would like to set
as your security passcode? Press
the Talk button and say the
number.’
If you say ‘‘No,’’ HFL returns to
idle.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the four-digit
passcode you want to use. For
example,say‘1,2,3,4.
HFLresponds‘1,2,3,4.Isthis
correct? Press the Talk button and
say Yes or No.’’
You can also select a ‘‘System
Clear’ command to reset HFL
(see page ).
You can change the security
passcode.
3.
1.
2.
4.
250
To set a security passcode, do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Setting Up the System
Setting a security passcode
Selecting the incoming
notification
Changing a security passcode
Features
229
08/07/19 09:56:56 31SNC630 0234 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Security is on.
Each time the vehicle is turned on,
the passcode will be required to
use the system. If you forget this
passcode, you must either go to
the dealer to have it reset, or clear
the entire system using the
System Clear command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, HFL prompts ‘‘The
system is locked. What is the four-
digit passcode?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say your four-digit
passcode.Forexample,say‘1,2,3,
4.’’
Ifthepasscodeiscorrect,HFL
responds ‘System is unlocked.’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘System setup
options are security, change
passcode, call notification, auto
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Change
passcode.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the four
digit number you would like to see
as your security passcode? Press
the Talk button and say the
number.’
Ifthepasscodeisnotcorrect,please
try again according to the HFL’s
guidance.
Once a passcode is set, HFL will
prompt you for your passcode each
time the ignition switch is turned to
the ON (II) position and you press
the Talk button. You will only be
askedforthepasscodeonceper
ignition cycle.
You can also select a ‘‘System Clear’
command to reset HFL (see page
).
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say your four-digit
passcode,forexample,say1,2,3,
4.’’
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
5.
250
To enter your passcode, do this; To change your security passcode, do
this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
230
08/07/19 09:57:07 31SNC630 0235 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To set the incoming notification, do this:
If you say, ‘‘Prompt.’’ HFL responds
‘‘An incoming call prompt will be
used.’’ You will hear a ‘‘You have an
incoming call.’’ prompt when
receiving an incoming call.
If you say, ‘‘Off,’’ no audible
notification of an incoming call will
be selected. During an incoming call,
thereisnoringtoneorprompt
playback. The audio system will still
mute, and the HFL message or the
HFL notification screen will be
displayed.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘System setup
options are security, change
passcode, call notification, auto
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Call
notification.’’
HFL responds: ‘Would you like
the incoming call notification to be
aringtone,apromptoroff?
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, for example, say
‘‘Ring tone.’’
HFL responds ‘‘A ring tone will be
used.’’ You will hear a ring tone
through the audio speakers to
announce an incoming call.
Ifthepasscodeiscorrect,HFL
responds‘1,2,3,4.Isthiscorrect?
Press the Talk button and say Yes
or No.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Security passcode
has been changed.’
2.
1.
3.
4.
5.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
231
08/07/19 09:57:16 31SNC630 0236 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You can make calls using any phone
number, or by using a name in the
HFL phonebook. You can also redial
the last number called. During a call,
HFLallowsyoutotalkupto30
minutes after you remove the key
from the ignition switch. Continuing
a call without running the engine
may discharge and weaken the
vehicle’s battery.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Calling’’ or
‘‘Dialing.’’
Once connected, you will hear the
person you called through the
audio speakers. To change the
volume, use the audio system
volume knob or the steering wheel
volume controls.
To end the call, press the Back
button.
With your phone on and the
ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position, press and release the
Talk button. After the beep, say
‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name or
number would you like to call/
dial? Press the Talk button and say
a name, a number, or say list to
hear the phonebook entries.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the number
you want to call. For example, say
‘‘123 456 7891.’’
HFL responds ‘‘123 456 7891.
Press the Talk button and
continue to add numbers, or say
Call or Dial to place a call.’’
4.
2.
1.
3.
To make a call using a phone number,
do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Making a Call
232
08/07/19 09:57:25 31SNC630 0237 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To make a call from the list shown on
the navigation display, do this:
Press the INFO button to show
the information screen, then select
a ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ icon.
The screen is changed as shown
above.
Say or select a ‘‘Search Imported
Phonebook’ icon.
Select a desired phonebook (see
page ).
Select a name from the list on the
screen. The ‘‘Select a number to
call’’ screen is displayed.
Select the desired number from
the list to store it in HFL.
The ‘Select a number to store’’
screen is displayed. Select a
desired number to call.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
244
CONTINUED
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
233
08/07/19 09:57:36 31SNC630 0238 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To redial the last number called by the
phone, do this:
To make a call using a name in the HFL
phonebook, do this:
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Redial.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Redialing.’’
Once connected, you will hear the
person you called through the audio
speakers. To change the volume, use
the audio system volume knob or the
steering wheel volume controls.
To end the call, press the Back
button.
Once connected, you will hear the
person you called through the
audio speakers. To change the
volume, use the audio system
volume knob or the steering wheel
volume controls.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Calling’’ or
‘‘Dialing.’’
HFL responds ‘Would you like to
call John? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
want to call. For example, say
‘‘John.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name or
number would you like to call/
dial? Press the Talk button and say
a name, a number, or say list to
hear the phonebook entries.’’
With your phone on and the
ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position, press and release the
Talk button. After the beep, say
‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Call.’’ HFL
responds ‘‘Dialing the number
received from the navigation
system. To end the call, please
press the Bluetooth
HandsFreeLink Back button on
the steering wheel.’’
1.
2.
3.
4.
8.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
234
08/07/19 09:57:46 31SNC630 0239 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
HFL allows you to send numbers or
names during a call. This is useful
when you call a menu-driven phone
system. You can also program
account numbers into the HFL
phonebook for easy retrieval during
menu-driven calls.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name or
number would you like to send?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the number
you want to send. For example,
say‘1,2,3.
HFLresponds‘1,2,3.Pressthe
Talk button and continue to add
numbers or say send.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name or
number would you like to send?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
want to send. For example, say
‘‘Account number.’’
HFL responds ‘Would you like to
send account number? Press the
Talk button and say Yes or No.’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’ The dial
tones will be sent, and the call will
continue.
To send a pound ( ), say
‘‘pound.’’ To send a star (*), say
‘‘star.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’ The
dial tones will be sent, and the call
will continue.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
1.
To send a number during a call, do this: To send a name during a call, do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Sending Numbers or Names
During a Call
Features
235
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:57:58 31SNC630 0240 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you receive a call when you are not
on the phone, HFL interrupts the
audio system (if it is on), and plays
the incoming call notification, if
activated. To answer the call, press
the Talk button and begin speaking.
If you don’t want to answer the call,
press the Back button.
If your phone has call waiting, and
you receive a call when you are on
the phone, press and release the
Talk button to answer it. When you
do this, the original call is placed on
hold. To return to the original call,
press the Talk button again. If you
don’t want to answer the new call,
disregard it, and continue with your
original call. If you want to hang up
the original call and answer the new
call, press the Back button.
You can transfer a call from HFL to
your phone, or from your phone to
HFL.
To transfer a call from HFL to your
phone, or from your phone to HFL,
do this:
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Transfer.’’ The
audio switches between HFL and the
phone.
This function allows you to transfer a
call automatically to the HFL system.
If you get into the vehicle while you
are on the phone, a call will be
transferred automatically to the HFL
system when you turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
position.
With this function activated, you can
also make a call by dialing with the
number keys on the phone which
has been paired to the HFL system.
The automatic transferring function
can be set to on or off.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Receiving a Call Transferring a Call Automatic Transferring
236
08/07/19 09:58:06 31SNC630 0241 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To activate this function, do this:
To mute your voice, do this:
To unmute your voice, do this:
During a call, you can mute or
unmute your voice to the person you
are talking to.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Mute.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Mute is active.’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Mute.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Mute is canceled.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘System setup
options are security, change
passcode, call notification, auto
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Auto transfer.’’
If this feature is set to off, HFL
responds ‘‘Auto transfer is
disabled. Calls dialed on the phone
do not automatically transfer to
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would
you like to enable Auto Transfer?
Press the Talk button and say Yes
or No.’’
Never try to dial from your
phonedirectlyifthevehicleis
moving.
To end the call, press the Back
button.
When you make a call directly from
the phone with the auto transfer on,
make sure to stop your vehicle safely.
HFL responds ‘‘Auto transfer is
enabled.’’
If the setting changes from off to
on, press and release the Talk
button. After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
If this feature is set to on, HFL
responds ‘Auto-transfer is enabled.
Calls dialed on the phone will be
automatically transferred to
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would
you like to disable Auto Transfer?
Press the Talk button and say Yes
or No.’’
If the setting changes from on to off,
HFL responds ‘‘Auto transfer is
disabled. Use the Transfer command
at the HandsFree main menu to
manually transfer calls dialed on the
phone.’’
1.
2.
3.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Muting a Call
Features
237
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:58:20 31SNC630 0242 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
<>
<>
<>
The HFL phonebook can store up to
50 names with their associated
numbers. These can be any types of
numbers. For example, you can store
a phone number and use it to make a
call, or you can store an account
number and use it during a call to a
menu-driven phone system.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
would like to store. For example,
say ‘‘ John Smith .’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the
number for John Smith ? Press
the Talk button and say the
number.’
Avoid using duplicate name
entries.
Avoid using ‘‘home’’ as a name
entry.
HFLwillbeabletobetter
recognize multisyllabic name
entries (‘‘Peter’’ instead of ‘‘Pete’’),
or using a longer name (‘‘John
Smith’’ instead of ‘‘John’’).Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘Store.’
HFL responds ‘‘What name would
you like to store? Press the Talk
button and say a name.’’
You can also say an account
number instead of John Smith .
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the number.
For example, say ‘‘123 456 7891.’’
HFL responds ‘‘123 456 7891.
Press the Talk button and
continue to add numbers or say
Enter.’’
Useaconsistent,eventoneand
reduce background noise when
storing names, as the HFL voice
recognition can be sensitive.
HFL responds ‘‘ John Smith
has been stored.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Enter.’’
5.
4.1.
2.
3.
To add a name, do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
NOTE:Setting Up the Phonebook
238
08/07/19 09:58:33 31SNC630 0243 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
To delete a name, do this:To edit the number of a name, do this:
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
would like to edit. For example,
say ‘‘Eric.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What is the new
number for Eric? Press the Talk
button and say the number.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Edit.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name would
you like to edit? Press the Talk
button and say a name or say list
to hear the phonebook entries.’’
If only one number is stored, HFL
responds ‘What is the new
number for Eric?’’ Then go to step
4.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the new
number for Eric. For example, say
‘‘987 654 3219.’’
HFL responds ‘‘987 654 3219.
Press the Talk button and
continue to add numbers or say
enter.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Enter.’’
HFL responds ‘‘The number has
been changed.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Delete.’’
HFL responds ‘‘What name would
you like to delete? Press the Talk
button and say a name or say list
to hear the phonebook entries.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
would like to delete. For example,
say ‘‘Eric.’’
HFL responds ‘Would you like to
delete Eric? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.’
2.
3.
5.
1.
2.
1.
4.
3.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
239
08/07/19 09:58:46 31SNC630 0244 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
<>
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘The name has
been deleted.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’
HFL responds by listing the names
in the phonebook in the order which
they were stored. After all names are
listed, HFL responds ‘‘The entire list
has been read.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’
HFL responds by listing the
names in the phonebook. When it
saysthenameyouwanttocall,for
example, Eric , press and
release the Talk button. After the
beep, say ‘‘Call.’’ HFL responds
‘‘Would you like to call Eric ?
Press the Talk button and say Yes
or No.’’
Once connected, you will hear the
person you called through the audio
speakers. To change the volume, use
the audio system volume knob or the
steering wheel volume controls.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’ HFL
responds ‘Calling.’’
1.
4.
2.
1.
2.
3.
To list all names in the phonebook, do
this:
To call a name from the phonebook list,
do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
240
08/07/19 09:58:57 31SNC630 0245 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
<>
CONTINUED
You can store the desired number to
the HFL phonebook directly from
your cell phone.
Your phone may not have
phonebook import function. Visit
,orcallthe
HandsFreeLink consumer support
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your
phone’s owner’s manual for
information.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say the name you
would like to store. For example,
say ‘‘Neil at work.’’
With your phone on and the
ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)
position, press and release the
Talk button. After the beep, say
‘‘Phonebook.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Receive
contact.’’
HFL responds ‘‘The receive
process requires operation of your
Bluetooth device. For safety, only
perform this function while the
vehicle is stopped. HandsFreeLink
is now waiting to receive a contact
from a Bluetooth device.’’
Select a desired number from the
list on your phone, and send it via
Bluetooth (steps will vary for
phone types, follow your phone’s
operating manual).
HFL responds, for example ‘‘ 2
phone numbers have been
received for this contact. What
name would you like to store for
the mobile number
1234567891 ? Press the Talk
button and say a name or say
Discard, to discard this number.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Neil at work will
be stored. Is this correct? Press
the Talk button and say Yes or No.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Neil at work has
been stored. Would you like
HandsFreeLink to receive another
contact? Press the Talk button and
say Yes or No.’’
Go to step 6.
If you say, ‘‘No,’’ HFL returns to
idle.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, if you say ‘‘Yes.’’
2. 4.
1.
3.
5.
handsfreelink.honda.com
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Storing a Phone Number Directly
from Your Phone
Features
241
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:59:08 31SNC630 0246 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The cellular phonebook option
allows you to store up to 1,000 names
and 10,000 phone numbers in the
phonebook of Bluetooth
HandsFreeLink from your cellular
phonebook. The maximum names
and numbers to be stored varies on
the data size. With HFL, you can
then automatically dial any name or
number in the phonebook.
Your phone may not have
phonebook import function. Visit
,orcallthe
HandsFreeLink consumer support
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your
phone’s owner’s manual for
information.
To use the cellular phonebook with
HFL, say or select a ‘‘Cellular
Phonebook’ icon from the
information screen. The navigation
display will change as shown above.
If any phonebook is not stored and
your phone is not linked to HFL,
Cellular Phonebook icon is grayed
out.
If you want to continue to store
any other numbers, press and
release the Talk button. After the
beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLink is
now waiting to receive a contact
from a Bluetooth device.’’
Go back to step 3.
6.
handsfreelink.honda.com
Cellular Phonebook Options
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
242
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:59:15 31SNC630 0247 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
To import the cellular phonebook
Search Imported Phonebook: This
option allows you to search the
phone numbers stored in HFL.
When you enter a person’s first
name or last name, the system will
find the number you want and let
you make calls.
Import Cellular Phonebook: This
option allows you to store the
phonebook of your cellular phone in
HFL. When you link your phone to
HFL and select this option, the
system will start importing and
loading the phonebook.
Delete Imported Phonebook: This
option allows you to delete the stored
phonebook from HFL. When you
link your phone to HFL and select
this option, the system will
automatically delete the phonebook
of the linked phone from HFL (see
page ).
Before selling or discarding
your vehicle, make sure to delete the
imported phonebook data.
PIN Number: This option allows you
to add, change, or remove a PIN
number for any phonebook that has
been imported.
You can import the phonebook of
your cellular phone into HFL. Link
your phone to HFL, and select
‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ from the
information screen, then select
‘‘Import Cellular Phonebook’’ from
the ‘‘Select an option’’ screen. When
the message ‘‘The import was
successful’’ is displayed, touch the
screen to select ‘‘OK.’’247
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
243
NOTE:
08/07/19 09:59:24 31SNC630 0248 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To search the imported phonebook
You can search the stored number
by entering keywords to make calls
by using HFL.
Select ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ from
the information screen, then select
‘‘Search Imported Phonebook’’ from
the ‘‘Select an option’’ screen. The
display will change as shown above.
Select a phonebook from the
displayed list. If the phonebook you
select has a PIN icon, you will need
the four-digit PIN number to access
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.
HFL does not allow you to import
your phone if your phone is not
paired to HFL.
For more information on pairing
your cell phone to HFL, see page
.222
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
NOTE:
244
IMPORTED PHONEBOOK PIN ICON
IMPORTED DATE
08/07/19 09:59:31 31SNC630 0249 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
The system will display a list of
person’s names, with the closest
match to the name you entered at
the top of the list.
Enter the PIN number. You cannot
access a PIN protected phonebook if
you do not use the correct PIN
number.
Enter the person’s first name or last
name, using the joystick or touching
an appropriate icon. If the system
does not find an exact match, say or
select ‘‘LIST’’ when you finish
entering the keyword.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
245
List ICON
08/07/19 09:59:38 31SNC630 0250 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Select the desired number from the
list to store it in HFL.
The following category icons will
appear:
Say or select ‘‘Store in
HandsFreeLink’’ from the ‘‘Select a
number to call’’ screen. The screen
shown above will appear.
Up to three category icons are
displayed in the left side of the list.
These category icons indicate how
many numbers are stored for the
person. If a name has more than
three category icons, ‘‘…’’ is
displayed.
After selecting a person, the system
will display a list of the person’s
phone numbers.
Select the desired number from the
list to make a call.
To store a number in the Bluetooth
HandsFreeLink
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
246
Work
Home
Preference
Mobile
Pager
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
08/07/19 09:59:51 31SNC630 0251 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
To delete the imported phonebook
You can delete the stored
phonebook from HFL. Link your
phone to HFL and select ‘‘Cellular
Phonebook’ from the information
screen, then select ‘‘Delete Imported
Phonebook’ from the ‘‘Select an
option’’ screen. The display will
change as shown above.
Select a phonebook from the
displayed list. If the phonebook you
select has a PIN icon, you will need
the four-digit PIN number to access
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.
Enter the PIN number. You cannot
access a PIN protected phonebook if
you do not use the correct PIN
number.
After you enter the correct PIN
number, or if the phonebook you
select is not PIN protected, the
following screen appears.
Say or select ‘‘Yes’’, and the message
‘‘The imported phonebook has been
deleted.’’ will appear. Select ‘‘OK’’ to
complete the deletion.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
247
08/07/19 09:59:59 31SNC630 0252 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To add, change, or remove a PIN
number from any phonebook
To add a PIN number
You can add, change, or remove a
PIN number from any phonebook.
Select ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ from
the information screen, then select
‘‘PIN Number’’ from the ‘‘Select an
option’’ screen. The display will
change as shown above.
Select the phonebook you wish to
add the PIN number to. When you
select the phonebook without a
PIN icon, the display will change
as shown above.
Enter the four-digit PIN number.
Youwillbeaskedtore-enterthe
PIN to verify.
1. 2.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
248
08/07/19 10:00:07 31SNC630 0253 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To change a PIN number
Enteryournewfour-digitPIN
number. You will be asked to re-
enter the PIN to verify.
Select the phonebook that you
wish to change the PIN number
for. The display will change as
shown above.
Enter your current PIN number.
1.
2.
3.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Features
249
08/07/19 10:00:14 31SNC630 0254 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This operation clears the HFL of
your passcode, your paired phones,
all names in the HFL phonebook,
and all imported phonebooks.
Clearing is recommended before you
sell your vehicle.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’
HFL responds ‘Preparing to clear
the system, which may take up to
two minutes to complete. To
proceed, press the Talk button and
say Continue, otherwise say Go
Back or Cancel.’’
After saying Continue, HFL
responds ‘‘Please wait while the
system is cleared.’’ HFL responds
‘‘The system has been cleared.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’
HFL responds ‘‘System setup
options are security, change
passcode, call notification, auto
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
button and say a command.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘Clear.’’
HFL responds ‘‘This process will
clear all paired phones, clear all
entries in the phonebook, clear the
security passcode, and restore the
defaults in the system setup. Is
this what you would like to do?
press the Talk button and say yes
or no.’’
2. 4.
1.
3.
To clear the system, do this:
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Clearing the System
250
08/07/19 10:00:22 31SNC630 0255 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
<>
Canadian models only
All paired phones missing a French
name tag are recorded, the HFL
system returns to idle.
This process will also be required if
there are paired phones without
English tags when changing from
French to English. HFL responds
‘‘For the system to identify phones
that were paired while in another
language, the phone names need to
be re-recorded.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Oui’’ or ‘‘Yes.’’
If there are no paired phones
without French name tags, HFL
responds ‘‘Veuillez attendre que le
système change de langue. Please
wait while the language is changed.’’
HFL responds ‘‘La langue a été
changée.’’
To change language, say a command
with the current selected language.
The following example is changing
the language from English to French.
If there are paired phones
without French name tags, the
following prompts will continue.
If there are paired phones without
French name tags, HFL responds
‘‘La langue a é changée. Pour que
le système identifie les téléphones
qui ont é jumelés dans une autre
langue, les noms des téléphones
doivent etre ré-enregistrés.’’
Example for changing name tags:
HFL responds ‘‘Quel est le nom
Français pour Paul’s phone ?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Téléphone de
Paul.’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Change
language.’’
HFL responds ‘‘English or
French?’’
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘French.’’
HFL responds ‘‘Vous avez
selectionné Français. Les noms
enregistres en mode Anglais ne
seron pas accessible en mode
Français. Voulez-vous continuer?
You have selected French. Name
tags that were stored while in
English mode will not be
accessible in french mode. Would
you like to continue? Press the
Talk button and say Yes or No.’
2.
4.
1.
3.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Changing Language
Features
251
NOTE:
08/07/19 10:00:32 31SNC630 0256 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Canadian models only
To select a language quickly, do the
following.
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry
Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say ‘‘Anglais.’’
HFL responds ‘You have selected
English. Name tags that were
stored while in French mode will
not be accessible in English mode.
Would you like to continue? Press
the Talk button and say Yes or No.’’
For example, to change from French
to English.
If you want to continue, follow steps
3and4onpage .
1.
251
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Quick Language Selection
252
08/07/19 10:00:40 31SNC630 0257 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Before you begin driving your
vehicle, you should know what
gasoline to use and how to check the
levels of important fluids. You also
need to know how to properly store
luggage or packages. The
information in this section will help
you. If you plan to add any
accessories to your vehicle, please
read the information in this section
first.
.............................Break-in Period . 254
.................Fuel Recommendation . 254
.........Service Station Procedures . 255
....................................Refueling . 255
OpeningandClosingthe
.......................................Hood . 256
...................................Oil Check . 257
.............Engine Coolant Check . 258
...............................Fuel Economy . 259
...Accessories and Modifications . 262
.............................Carrying Cargo . 264
Before Driving
Before Driving
253
08/07/19 10:00:44 31SNC630 0258 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Help assure your vehicle’s future
reliability and performance by paying
extra attention to how you drive
during the first 600 miles (1,000 km).
During this period:
Avoid full-throttle starts and rapid
acceleration.
You should also follow these
recommendations with an
overhauled or exchanged engine, or
when the brakes are replaced.
Your vehicle is designed to operate
on unleaded gasoline with a pump
octane number of 87 or higher. Use
of a lower octane gasoline can cause
a persistent, heavy metallic rapping
noise that can lead to engine damage.
Do not change the oil until the
scheduled maintenance time.
Avoidhardbrakingforthefirst
200 miles (300 km).
Use of gasoline with these additives
may adversely affect performance,
and cause the malfunction indicator
lamp on your instrument panel to
come on. If this happens, contact
your authorized dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with
oxygenates such as ethanol or
MTBE. Your vehicle is designed to
operate on oxygenated gasoline
containing up to 10% ethanol by
volume and up to 15% MTBE by
volume. Do not use gasoline
containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable
operating symptoms, try another
service station or switch to another
brand of gasoline.
For further important fuel-related
information, please refer to your
.
In addition, in order to maintain good
performance, fuel economy, and
emissions control, we strongly
recommend, in areas where it is
available, the use of gasoline that
does NOT contain manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT.
We recommend using quality
gasolines containing detergent
additives that help prevent fuel
system and engine deposits.
Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation
Quick Start Guide
Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation
254
08/07/19 10:00:54 31SNC630 0259 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To open the fuel fill door, push
down the lever on the left of the
driver’s seat.
Stop filling the tank after the fuel
nozzle automatically clicks off. Do
not try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. This
leaves some room in the fuel tank
for the fuel to expand with
temperature changes.
Park with the driver’s side closest
to the service station pump.
Removethefuelfillcapslowly.
You may hear a hissing sound as
pressure inside the tank escapes.
The fuel fill cap is attached to the
fuel filler with a tether. Place the
cap in the holder on the fuel fill
door.
even though the tank is not full,
there may be a problem with your
vehicle’s fuel vapor recovery
system. The system helps keep
fuel vapor from going into the
atmosphere. Try filling at another
pump. If this does not fix the
problem, consult your dealer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off
Service Station Procedures
Refueling
Before Driving
255
Push
HOLDER FUEL FILL CAP
TETHER
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. You can be
burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors.
Wipe up spills immediately.
08/07/21 20:22:31 31SNC630 0260 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the hood latch handle moves
stiffly, or if you can open the hood
without lifting the handle, the
mechanism should be cleaned and
lubricated.
Put your fingers under the front
edge of the hood near the center.
Slide your hand to the left until
you feel the hood latch handle.
Push this handle up to release it.
Lift up the hood.
Push the fuel fill door closed until
it latches.
Screw the fuel fill cap back on
until it clicks at least once. If you
do not properly tighten the cap,
the malfunction indicator lamp
maycomeon(seepage ).You
will also see a ‘‘CHECK FUEL
CAP’’ message on the information
display.
Holding the grip, pull the support
rod out of its clip. Insert the end
into the designated hole in the
hood.
Park the vehicle, and set the
parking brake. Pull the hood
release handle located under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
The hood will pop up slightly.
2.
1.
3.
5.
6.
337
Service Station Procedures
Opening and Closing the Hood
256
LATCH
HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
08/07/19 10:01:11 31SNC630 0261 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Remove the dipstick again, and
check the level. It should be
between the upper and lower
marks.
To close the hood, lift it up slightly to
remove the support rod from the
hole. Put the support rod back into
its holding clip. Lower the hood to
about a foot (30 cm) above the
fender, then let it drop. Make sure it
is securely latched.
If it is near or below the lower mark,
see on page .
Wait a few minutes after turning the
engine off before you check the oil.
Remove the dipstick (orange loop).
Wipe off the dipstick with a clean
cloth or paper towel.
Insert the dipstick all the way back
into its hole.
2.
3.
1.
4.
297
Service Station Procedures
Oil Check
Adding Engine Oil
Before Driving
257
DIPSTICK
UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK
SUPPORT ROD
CLIP
GRIP
08/07/19 10:01:22 31SNC630 0262 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Look at the coolant level in the
radiator reserve tank. Make sure it is
between the MAX and MIN lines. If
it is below the MIN line, see
on page for
information on adding the proper
coolant.
Refer to
on page for information
about checking other items on your
vehicle.
300
294
Engine Coolant Check
Adding
Engine Coolant
Owner’s Maintenance
Checks
Service Station Procedures
258
MAX
MIN
RESERVE TANK
08/07/19 10:01:27 31SNC630 0263 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Fuel economy is not a fixed number.
It varies based on driving conditions,
driving habits and vehicle condition.
Therefore, it is not possible for one
set of estimates to predict fuel
economy precisely for all drivers in
all environments.
Provides an estimated annual fuel
cost, based on 15,000 miles (20,000
km) per year multiplied by the cost
pergallon(basedonEPAfuelcost
data) divided by the combined fuel
economy.
For more information on fuel
economy ratings and factors that
affect fuel economy, visit
(Canada: Visit
)
Represents urban
driving in a vehicle in light traffic. A
range of miles per gallon achieved is
also provided.
The EPA fuel economy estimates
shownintheexampletotheright
are a useful tool for comparison
when buying a vehicle. EPA
estimates include:
Represents a combination of city and
highway driving. The scale
represents the range of combined
fuel economy for other vehicles in
the class.
Represents a
mixture of rural and interstate
driving, in a warmed-up vehicle,
typical of longer trips in free-flowing
traffic. A range of miles per gallon
achieved is also provided.
www.
fueleconomy.gov www.
vehicles.gc.ca
Actual Mileage and EPA Fuel
Economy Estimates Comparison.
Estimated Annual Fuel Cost
City MPG
Combined Fuel Economy
Highway MPG
Fuel Economy
Before Driving
259
Combined Fuel
Economy
(Sample U.S. EPA label shown)
Estimated Annual
Fuel Cost
City MPG Highway MPG
08/07/19 10:01:36 31SNC630 0264 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Aggressive driving (hard
acceleration and braking)
Excessive idling, accelerating and
braking in stop-and-go traffic
Cold engine operation (engines
aremoreefficientwhenwarmed
up)
Driving with a heavy load or the
air conditioner running
Improperly inflated tires
An underinflated tire increases
‘‘rolling resistance,’’ which reduces
fuel economy.
It puts a heavier
load on the engine, increasing fuel
consumption.
In
particular, a build-up of snow or
mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and rolling resistance.
Frequent cleaning helps your fuel
economy.
The following factors can lower your
vehicle’s fuel economy:
A properly maintained vehicle
maximizes fuel economy. Poor
maintenance can significantly reduce
fuel economy. Always maintain your
vehicle according to the maintenance
messages displayed on the multi-
information display (see
on page ).
For example:
Idling
results in 0 miles per gallon.
If your vehicle has a
manual transmission, you can
boost your fuel economy by up
shifting as early as possible.
Aerodynamic drag has a big effect
on fuel mileage at speeds above 45
mph (75 km/h). Reduce your
speed and you reduce the drag.
Trailers, car top carriers, roof
racks and bike racks are also big
contributors to increased drag.
Rapid
acceleration, abrupt cornering,
and hard braking increase fuel
consumption.
294
Fuel Economy Factors Use the recommended viscosity
motor oil, displaying the API
Certification Seal (see page
).
Maintain proper tire inflation
Avoid carrying excess weight in
your vehicle
Keep your vehicle clean
Improving Fuel Economy
Owner’s
Maintenance Checks
Avoid excessive idling
Always drive in the highest gear
possible
Observe the speed limit
Drive moderately
297
Drive Efficiently
Vehicle Maintenance
Fuel Economy
260
08/07/19 10:01:49 31SNC630 0265 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Fill the fuel tank until the nozzle automatically clicks off.
Reset trip counter to zero.
Record the total gallons (liters) needed to refill.
Follow one of the simple calculations above.
Direct calculation is the
recommended source of information
about your actual fuel economy.
Using frequency of fill-ups or taking
fuel gauge readings are NOT
accurate measures of fuel economy.
Fuel economy may improve over the
first several thousand miles.
The A/C
puts an extra load on the engine
which makes it use more fuel. Use
the fresh-air ventilation when
possible.
Combine several short trips into
one. A warmed-up engine is more
fuel efficient than a cold one.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Checking Your Fuel Economy
Measuring Techniques
Calculating Fuel Economy
Minimize the use of the air
conditioning system
Plan and combine trips
Fuel Economy
Before Driving
261
Miles
driven
Gallons
of fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Kilometers Lper
100 km
Liter
08/07/19 10:01:58 31SNC630 0266 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your dealer has Honda accessories
that allow you to personalize your
vehicle. These accessories have
been designed and approved for your
vehicle, and are covered by warranty.
Before installing any accessory:
Make sure the accessory does not
obscure any lights, or interfere
with proper vehicle operation or
performance.
Modifying your vehicle, or installing
some non-Honda accessories, can
make it unsafe. Before you make any
modifications or add any accessories,
be sure to read the following
information.
Although non-Honda accessories
may fit on your vehicle, they may not
meet factory specifications, and
could adversely affect your vehicle’s
handling and stability.
Be sure electronic accessories do
not overload electrical circuits
(see page ) or interfere with
the proper operation of your
vehicle.
Do not install accessories on the
side pillars or across the rear
windows. Accessories installed in
theseareasmayinterferewith
proper operation of the side
curtain airbags.
Before installing any electronic
accessory, have the installer
contact your dealer for assistance.
If possible, have your dealer
inspect the final installation.
When properly installed, cellular
phones, alarms, two-way radios, and
low-powered audio systems should
not interfere with your vehicle’s
computer controlled systems, such
as your airbags, anti-lock brakes, and
tire pressure monitoring system (if
equipped).
339
Accessories
Accessories and Modifications
262
Improper accessories or
modifications can affect your
vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a
crash in which you can be hurt
or killed.
Follow all instructions in this
owner’s manual regarding
accessories and modifications.
08/07/19 10:02:07 31SNC630 0267 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Some examples are:
Removing parts from your vehicle,
or replacing components with
non-Honda components could
seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, and reliability.
If you plan to modify your vehicle,
consult your dealer.
Modifying your steering wheel or
any other part of your vehicle’s
safety features can make the
systems ineffective.
Larger or smaller wheels and tires
can interfere with the operation of
your vehicle’s anti-lock brakes and
other systems.
Non-Honda wheels, because they
are a universal design, can cause
excessive stress on suspension
components and will not be
compatible with the tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) .
Raising your vehicle with a
non-Honda suspension kit can
affect the handling and stability.
Lowering your vehicle with a
non-Honda suspension kit that
significantly reduces ground
clearance can allow the
undercarriage to hit speed bumps
or other raised objects, which
could cause the airbags to deploy.
: If equipped
Modifying Your Vehicle
Accessories and Modifications
Before Driving
263
08/07/19 10:02:15 31SNC630 0268 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle has several convenient
storage areas:
Glove box
Door pockets
However, carrying too much cargo,
or improperly storing it, can affect
your vehicle’s handling, stability,
stopping distance, tires, and make it
unsafe. Before carrying any type of
cargo, be sure to read the following
pages.
Trunk
Console compartment
Center pocket
Carrying Cargo
264
CONSOLE COMPARTMENT
CENTER POCKET
TRUNK
DOOR POCKETS
GLOVE BOX
08/07/19 10:02:22 31SNC630 0269 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−×
The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the ‘XXX’ amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb. passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs.
(1,400 750 (5 150) = 650 lbs.)
Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
Ifyourvehiclewillbetowinga
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
Locate the statement ‘‘The
combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.’’ on your vehicle’s
placard.
Steps for Determining Correct Load
Limit
See Tire And Loading Information
label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
The maximum load for your vehicle
is 850 lbs (385 kg) for U.S. vehicles,
and 395 kg for Canadian vehicles.
Label Example
This figure includes the total weight
of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if
you are towing a trailer.
Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(6)
(5)
(4)
CONTINUED
Load Limits
Carrying Cargo
Before Driving
265
Overloading or improper
loading can affect handling and
stability and cause a crash in
which you can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this
manual.
08/07/19 10:02:35 31SNC630 0270 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
In addition, the total weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both
areonalabelonthedrivers
doorjamb.
Example 1
Example 2
Example 3
Carrying Cargo
266
Max Load (850 lbs) Cargo Weight
(550 lbs)
Max Load (850 lbs)
Max Load (850 lbs)
Cargo Weight
(250 lbs)
Cargo Weight
(100 lbs)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs x 4 = 600 lbs)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs)
08/07/19 10:02:46 31SNC630 0271 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Store or secure all items that could
be thrown around and hurt
someone during a crash.
Distribute cargo evenly on the
floor of the trunk, placing the
heaviest items on the bottom and
as far forward as possible.
Do not put any items on the rear
shelf that could cover the IMA
battery air intake. They can block
your view, or be thrown around
the vehicle during a crash.
The air intake for the IMA battery
and electronics is located on top of
the rear shelf. Do not block this air
intake; it may cause the IMA battery
and the power control unit to
overheat, causing the IMA system to
shut down. It will start working again
after it cools.
Be sure items placed on the floor
behind the front seats cannot roll
underneath and interfere with the
proper operation of the seats, the
sensors under the seats, or the
driver’s ability to operate the
pedals.
If you carry large items that
prevent you from closing the trunk
lid, exhaust gas can enter the
passenger area. To avoid the
possibility of carbon monoxide
poisoning, follow the instructions
on page .
Keep the glove box closed while
driving. If it is open, a passenger
could injure their knees during a
crash or sudden stop.
52
CONTINUED
Air IntakeCarrying Cargo in the TrunkCarrying Items in the Passenger
Compartment
Carrying Cargo
Before Driving
267
AIR INTAKE
08/07/19 10:02:55 31SNC630 0272 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Do not spill any liquids over the air
intake or put any small foreign
objects in it. This may damage the
IMA battery and the power control
unit.
Carrying Cargo
268
08/07/19 10:02:58 31SNC630 0273 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This section gives you tips on
starting the engine under various
conditions, and how to operate the
automatic transmissions (CVT). It
also includes important information
on parking your vehicle, the braking
system, the vehicle stability assist
(VSA ) system, and the tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS).
........................Preparing to Drive . 270
.......................Starting the Engine . 271
.Automatic Transmission (CVT) . 272
...........................................Parking . 278
.............................Braking System . 279
...............Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) . 280
...........................Towing a Trailer . 281
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
......................................(TPMS) . 282
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ),
aka Electronic Stability
........Control (ESC), System . 285
Driving
Driving
269
08/07/19 10:03:01 31SNC630 0274 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Make sure all windows, mirrors,
and outside lights are clean and
unobstructed. Remove frost, snow,
or ice.
Check that any items you may be
carrying are stored properly or
fastened down securely.
Check the seat adjustment (see
page ).
Check the adjustment of the
inside and outside mirrors (see
page ).
Check the steering wheel
adjustment (see page ).
Make sure the doors are securely
closed and locked.
Fasten your seat belt. Check that
your passengers have fastened
their seat belts (see page ).
Youshoulddothefollowingchecks
and adjustments before you drive
your vehicle.
When you start the engine, check
the gauges and indicators in the
instrument panel (see page ).
Check that the hood and trunk are
fully closed.
Visually check the tires. If a tire
looks low, use a gauge to check its
pressure (see page ).
1.
2.
3.
8.
7.
6.
14
9.4.
5.
57
10.
315
91
98
77
Preparing to Drive
270
08/07/19 10:03:11 31SNC630 0275 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Apply the parking brake.
In cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories to reduce
the drain on the battery.
If the engine does not start within
15 seconds, or starts but stalls
right away, repeat step 4 with the
accelerator pedal pressed halfway
down. If the engine starts, release
pressure on the accelerator pedal
so the engine does not race.
If the engine fails to start, press
the accelerator pedal all the way
down, and hold it there while
starting to clear flooding. If the
engine still does not start, return
to step 5.
In cold weather, the conventional
starter is used instead of the IMA
system starter. This is normal.
Make sure the shift lever is in
Park. Press on the brake pedal.
Without touching the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to the
START (III) position. Do not hold
the key in the START (III)
position for more than 15 seconds
at a time. If the engine does not
start right away, pause for at least
10 seconds before trying again.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Starting the Engine
Starting in Cold Weather
Driving
271
The engine is harder to start in cold
weather. Also, the thinner air found at
altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters) adds to this problem.
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled. For
more information, see page .79
08/07/19 10:03:20 31SNC630 0276 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Honda’s Continuously Variable
Transmission’s unique design
provides a smooth, constant flow of
power. It is electronically controlled
for more precise operation and
better fuel economy.
These indicators on the instrument
panel show which position the shift
lever is in.
The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for a
few seconds when you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. If it flashes while driving (in
any shift position), it indicates a
possible problem in the transmission.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on along with the ‘‘D’’
indicator, there is a problem with the
automatic transmission control
system. Avoid rapid acceleration, and
have the transmission checked by
your dealer as soon as possible.
Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT)
Shift Lever Position Indicators
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
272
08/07/19 10:03:26 31SNC630 0277 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To shift from Park to any position,
press firmly on the brake pedal and
pressthereleasebuttononthefront
of the shift lever, then pull the lever.
YoucannotshiftoutofParkwhen
the ignition switch is in the LOCK
(0) or the ACCESSORY (I) position.
This position mechani-
cally locks the transmission. Use
Park whenever you are turning off or
starting the engine. To shift out of
Park, you must press on the brake
pedal and have your foot off the
accelerator pedal. Press the release
buttononthefrontoftheshiftlever
to move it.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot move the lever out of
Park, see on
page .
You must also press the release
button to shift into Park. To avoid
transmission damage, come to a
complete stop before shifting into
Park. The shift lever must be in Park
before you can remove the key from
the ignition switch.
275
To shift from:
PtoR
RtoP
NtoR
StoL
LtoS
StoD
DtoN
DtoS
NtoD
RtoN
Do this:
Press the brake pedal and
press the release button.
Press the release button.
Move the lever.
CONTINUED
Park (P)
Shift Lock Release
Shifting
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
Driving
273
SHIFT LEVER
RELEASE BUTTON
08/07/19 10:03:34 31SNC630 0278 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Press the brake
pedal and press the release button
on the front of the shift lever to shift
from Park to reverse. To shift from
reverse to neutral, come to a
completestop,andthenshift.Press
the release button before shifting
into reverse from neutral.
Use this position for
your normal driving. The
transmission automatically adjusts to
keep the engine at the best speed for
driving conditions. To help the
engine warm up faster, the
transmission will select ratios that
allow the engine to run at higher
speedswhenitiscold.
Use neutral if you
need to restart a stalled engine, or if
it is necessary to stop briefly with
the engine idling. Shift to the Park
position if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason. Press on the
brake pedal when you are moving
the shift lever from neutral to
another gear.
Selecting Second
shifts the transmission into a lower
range of ratios for better
acceleration and increased engine
braking. Use Second when you are
going down a steep hill.
To shift to Low, press
the release button on the front of the
shift lever. Use Low to get more
power when climbing, and for
maximum engine braking when
going down steep hills.
In L, the IMA charge and discharge
characteristics will be different than
when the vehicle is in D or S. In L,
the battery is charged at a higher
rate both while driving and when the
engine is idling at a stop. The engine
will idle at higher speeds when the
IMA battery state of charge is low
and decrease as the battery reaches
a full state of charge.
ForfasteraccelerationwheninD,S
or L, the transmission will
automatically ‘‘kick down’’ to a lower
range of ratios by pushing the
accelerator pedal to the floor.
When the vehicle reaches the
maximum speed in any shift position,
you may feel the engine cut in and
out. This is caused by a limiter (112
mph, 180 km/h) in the engine’s
computer controls. The engine will
run normally when you reduce the
speed to below the maximum.
Reverse (R)
Drive (D)
Neutral (N)
Second (S)
Low (L)
Engine Speed Limiter
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
274
08/07/19 10:03:42 31SNC630 0279 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
Set the parking brake.
Remove the key from the shift
lock release slot, then install the
cover. Make sure the notch on the
cover is on the shift lever side.
Return the key to the ignition
switch, press the brake pedal, and
restart the engine.
If you need to use the shift lock
release, it means your vehicle is
developing a problem. Have it
checked by your dealer.
Putaclothonthenotchofthe
shift lock release slot cover. Using
a small flat-tipped screwdriver or a
metal fingernail file, carefully pry
on the notch of the cover to
remove it.
Do this if pushing on the brake pedal
and pressing the release button does
not let you shift the transmission out
of Park:
Push down on the key while you
pressthereleasebuttononthe
shift lever and move the shift lever
out of Park to neutral.
Insert the key in the shift lock
release slot.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Shift Lock Release
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
Driving
275
SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE SLOT
RELEASE
BUTTON
NOTCH COVER
08/07/19 10:03:51 31SNC630 0280 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The Auto Idle Stop function may
activate when you slow down.
The engine will start again when you
release the brake pedal. It will also
restart, even if you are still pressing
the brake pedal, under these
conditions:
You move the shift lever from D
or N to R or L.
You press the accelerator pedal.
You are on an incline, and the
vehicle begins rolling.
To help maximize fuel economy,
your Civic Hybrid has an Auto Idle
Stop function. Depending on
environmental conditions and vehicle
operation, the engine will shut off
when you come to a stop.
The engine coolant is nearly up to
normal operating temperature.
The IMA battery is charged
enough to operate the system.
Outside temperature is between
10 100 degrees F.
The vehicle is not climbing a hill.
The shift lever is in D or N.
You are not pressing on the
accelerator pedal.
You are pressing on the brake
pedal.
Fan speed lower fan speeds, in
either AUTO or manual modes.
The front window defroster is off.
Auto Idle Stop
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
According to driving conditions
According to vehicle controls
276
08/07/21 20:21:13 31SNC630 0281 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you open the driver’s door when
Auto Stop is active, the indicator will
blink and you will hear a continuous
beep. The beep will stop when you
close the door.
With the driver’s door open, you will
hear a continuous beep even if the
Auto Idle Stop function is
deactivated and the engine restarts.
Always turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK (0) position and remove
the key if you are getting out of the
vehicle.The indicator blinks as a reminder
that the engine has stopped because
of the Auto Idle Stop function. You
cannot restart the engine with the
ignition switch when this indicator is
blinking.
Auto Idle Stop Indicator
Automatic Transmission (CVT)
Driving
277
AUTO IDLE STOP INDICATOR
08/07/19 10:04:09 31SNC630 0282 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Make sure the windows are closed.
Turn off the lights.
Place any packages, valuables, etc.,
in the trunk or take them with you.
If the vehicle is facing downhill,
turn the front wheels toward the
curb.
Make sure the parking brake is
fully released before driving away.
Driving with the parking brake
partially set can overheat or
damage the rear brakes.Lock the doors.
Check the indicator on the
instrument panel to verify that the
security system is set.
Never park over dry leaves, tall
grass, or other flammable
materials. The hot three way
catalytic converter could cause
these materials to catch on fire.
If the vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb.
Set the parking brake before you put
the transmission in Park. This keeps
the vehicle from moving and putting
pressure on the parking mechanism
in the transmission.
Always use the parking brake when
you park your vehicle. Make sure
the parking brake is set firmly, or
your vehicle may roll if it is parked
on an incline.
Parking Tips
Parking
278
Never install a sunshade between the
upper and lower meters on the
instrument panel. If you do, you could
cause heat damage to the upper meter
on a very hot day.
08/07/19 10:04:19 31SNC630 0283 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is equipped with front
disc brakes. The brakes on the rear
wheels are drum. A power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on
thebrakepedal.TheABShelpsyou
retain steering control when braking
very hard.
Resting your foot on the pedal keeps
the brakes applied lightly, builds up
heat, reduces their effectiveness and
reduces brake pad life. In addition,
fuel economy can be reduced. It also
keeps your brake lights on all the
time, confusing drivers behind you.
Check the brakes after driving
through deep water. Apply the
brakes moderately to see if they feel
normal. If not, apply them gently and
frequently until they do. Be extra
cautious in your driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced hydraulic booster.
The advanced hydraulic booster has
some features.
This feature enables you to press the
brakepedalwithlessforcebythe
help of hydraulic pressure in the oil
pressure pump.
This feature controls the braking
pressure appropriately, coordinating
with the regenerating brake of the
IMA motor.
When you release the brake pedal
while the Auto Idle Stop function
activates, this feature keeps the
braking pressure until the engine
starts, and prevents the vehicle from
dropping back.
This feature helps you apply the
brakes with less force during an
emergency braking situation.
Constant application of the brakes
when going down a long hill builds
up heat and reduces their effective-
ness. Use the engine to assist the
brakes by taking your foot off the
accelerator and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Power-Assist
Cooperative Control with Regenerative
Brake
Creep Aid System
Brake-Assist
Braking System
Driving
279
08/07/19 10:04:28 31SNC630 0284 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The electronic brake distribution
(EBD) system, which is part of the
ABS, also balances the front-to-rear
braking distribution according to
vehicle loading.
The hydraulic system that operates
the brakes has two separate circuits.
Each circuit works diagonally across
the vehicle (the left-front brake is
connected with the right-rear brake,
etc.). If one circuit should develop a
problem, you will still have braking
at two wheels.
If the brake pads need replacing, you
will hear a distinctive, metallic
screeching sound when you apply
the brake pedal. If you do not have
the brake pads replaced, they will
screech all the time. It is normal for
the brakes to occasionally squeal or
squeak when you apply them.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS)
helpspreventthewheelsfrom
locking up, and helps you retain
steering control by pumping the
brakes rapidly, much faster than a
person can do it.
Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the
brake pedal. This is sometimes
referred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’
You will feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal when the ABS activates, and
you may hear some noise. This is
normal: it is the ABS rapidly
pumpingthebrakes.Ondry
pavement, you will need to press on
thebrakepedalveryhardbeforethe
ABS activates. However, you may
feel the ABS activate immediately if
you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
If this indicator comes on, the anti-
lock function of the braking system
has shut down. The brakes still work
like a conventional system, but
without anti-lock. You should have
your dealer inspect your vehicle as
soon as possible.
If the ABS indicator comes on while
driving, test the brakes as shown on
page .338
You should never pump the brake pedal.
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
Braking System Design
Brake Pad Wear Indicators
ABS Indicator
280
08/07/19 10:04:36 31SNC630 0285 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a
trailer. Attempting to do so can void
your warranties.
If the ABS indicator and the brake
system indicator come on together,
and the parking brake is fully
released, the EBD system may also
be shut down.
It only helps with steering
control during braking.
such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather
conditions.
Always steer moderately
when you are braking hard. Severe
or sharp steering wheel movement
can still cause your vehicle to veer
into oncoming traffic or off the road.
on loose or
uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow, than a vehicle without anti-
lock.
Test your brakes as instructed on
page . If the brakes feel normal,
drive slowly and have your vehicle
repaired by your dealer as soon as
possible. Avoid sudden hard braking
which could cause the rear wheels to
lock up and possibly lead to a loss of
control.
The VSA indicator will come on
alongwiththeABSindicator.
338
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS), Towing a Trailer
Towing a TrailerImportant Safety Reminders
ABS does not reduce the time or
distance it takes to stop the
vehicle.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from changing direction
abruptly,
ABS cannot prevent a loss of
stability.
A vehicle with ABS may require a
longer distance to stop
Driving
281
08/07/19 10:04:44 31SNC630 0286 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When the low tire pressure indicator
is on, one or more of your tires is
significantly underinflated. You
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure as indicated on
the vehicle’s tire information placard.
If you think you can safely drive a
short distance to a service station,
proceed slowly, and inflate the tire to
the recommended pressure shown
on the driver’s doorjamb.
If the tire is flat, or if the tire
pressure is too low to continue
driving, replace the tire with the
compact spare tire (see page ).
If you cannot make the low tire
pressure indicator go out after
inflating the tires to the specified
values, have your dealer check the
system as soon as possible.
Driving on a significantly under
inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Underinflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Becausetirepressurevariesby
temperature and other conditions,
the low tire pressure indicator may
come on unexpectedly.
Each tire has its own pressure
sensor (not including the spare tire).
If the air pressure of a tire becomes
significantly low while driving, the
sensor in that tire immediately sends
a signal that causes the low tire
pressure indicator to come on.
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that turns on every time you start the
engine and monitors the pressure in
your tires while driving.
324
U.S. models only
Low Tire Pressure
Indicator
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
282
08/07/19 10:04:52 31SNC630 0287 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
For example, if you check and fill
your tires in a warm area, then drive
in extremely cold weather, the tire
pressure will be lower than
measured and could be underinflated
and cause the low tire pressure
indicator to come on. Or, if you
check and adjust your tire pressure
in cooler conditions, and drive into
extremely hot conditions, the tire
maybecomeoverinflated.However,
the low tire pressure indicator will
not come on if the tires are
overinflated.
Refer to page for tire inflation
guidelines.
Although your tire pressure is
monitored, you must manually check
thetirepressuresmonthly.
Each tire, including the spare, should
be checked monthly when cold, and
set to the recommended inflation
pressure as specified on the tire
information label and in the owner’s
manual (see page ).
This indicator comes on and stays on
if there is a problem with the tire
pressure monitoring system.
If this happens, the system will shut
off and no longer monitor tire
pressures. Have the system checked
by your dealer as soon as possible.
If the low tire pressure indicator or
TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
system automatically turns on even if
the VSA system is turned off by
pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
page ). If this happens, you
cannot turn the VSA system off by
pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
When you restart the vehicle with
thecompactsparetire,theTPMS
indicator may also come on and stay
on after driving several miles
(kilometers).
315
316
286
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) Indicator
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
283
08/07/19 10:05:00 31SNC630 0288 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry
Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
If you have a flat tire, the low tire
pressure indicator will come on.
Replace the flat tire with the
compact spare tire (see page ).
Each wheel (except the compact
sparetirewheel)isequippedwitha
tire pressure sensor mounted inside
the tire behind the valve stem. You
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by your dealer or
qualified technician.
After you replace the flat tire with
thecompactsparetire,thelowtire
pressure indicator stays on. This is
normal; the system is not monitoring
the spare tire pressure. Manually
check the spare tire pressure to be
sure it is correct. After several miles
(kilometers) driving with the
compact spare tire, the TPMS
indicator comes on and the low tire
pressure indicator goes off.
The low tire pressure indicator or
the TPMS indicator will go off, after
several miles (kilometers) driving,
when you replace the spare tire with
the specified regular tire equipped
with the tire pressure monitor sensor.
Never use a puncture-repairing agent
in a flat tire. If used, you will have to
replace the tire pressure sensor.
Havetheflattirerepairedbyyour
dealer as soon as possible.
324
Changing a Tire with TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
284
08/07/19 10:05:08 31SNC630 0289 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When VSA activates, you will see the
VSA Activation indicator blink.
If this indicator comes on while
driving, pull to the side of the road
when it is safe, and turn off the
engine. Reset the system by
restarting the engine. If the VSA
system indicator stays on or comes
back on while driving, have the VSA
system inspected by your dealer.
If the indicator does not come on
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON (II) position, there may be a
problem with the VSA system. Have
your dealer inspect your vehicle as
soon as possible.
The main function of the
VSA system is generally known as
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).
The system also includes a traction
control function.
The vehicle stability assist (VSA)
system helps to stabilize the vehicle
during cornering if the vehicle turns
more or less than desired. It also
assists you in maintaining traction
while accelerating on loose or
slippery road surfaces. It does this
by regulating the engine’s output and
by selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA activates, you may notice
that the engine does not respond to
the accelerator in the same way it
does at other times. There may also
be some noise from the VSA
hydraulic system. You will also see
the VSA activation indicator blink.
The VSA system cannot enhance the
vehicle’s driving stability in all
situations and does not control your
vehicle’s entire braking system. It is
still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
If the low tire pressure indicator or
TPMS indicator comes on, the VSA
system automatically turns on even if
the VSA system is turned off by
pressing the VSA OFF switch (see
page ). If this happens, you
cannot turn the VSA system off by
pressing the VSA OFF switch again.
Without VSA, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability,
but it will not have VSA traction and
stability enhancement.
279
If equipped
On U.S. models
VSA Activation Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA) System Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
285
NOTE:
08/07/19 10:05:18 31SNC630 0290 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the VSA to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are of the same size
and type as your original tires (see
page ).
If you install winter tires, make sure
they are the same size as those that
were originally supplied with your
vehicle. Exercise the same caution
during winter driving as you would if
your vehicle was not equipped with
VSA.This switch is under the driver’s side
vent. To turn the VSA system on and
off, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
When VSA is off, the VSA activation
indicator comes on as a reminder.
Press and hold the switch again. It
turns the system back on.
VSA is turned on every time you
start the engine, even if you turned it
off the last time you drove the
vehicle.
In certain unusual conditions when
your vehicle gets stuck in shallow
mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA temporarily
switched off. When the VSA system
is off, the traction control system is
alsooff.Youshouldonlyattemptto
free your vehicle with the VSA off if
you are not able to free it when the
VSA is on.
Immediately after freeing your
vehicle, be sure to switch the VSA on
again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA and
traction control systems switched off.
319
VSA and Tire SizesVSA OFF Switch
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
286
VSA OFF SWITCH
08/07/19 10:05:26 31SNC630 0291 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you have the skills and tools to
perform more complex maintenance
tasks on your vehicle, you may want
to purchase the service manual. See
page for information on how to
obtain a copy, or see your dealer.
This section explains why it is
important to keep your vehicle well
maintained and how to follow basic
maintenance safety precautions.
This section also includes
instructions on how to read the
maintenance minder messages on
the information display, and
instructions for simple maintenance
tasks you may want to take care of
yourself.
......................Maintenance Safety . 288
....................Maintenance Minder . 289
..............................Fluid Locations . 296
........................Adding Engine Oil . 297
.........Changing the Oil and Filter . 298
..............................Engine Coolant . 300
....................Windshield Washers . 302
........................Transmission Fluid .303
Continuously Variable
............Transmission (CVT) . 303
....................................Brake Fluid . 304
.............................................Lights . 305
................................Roof Antenna . 310
................Cleaning the Seat Belts . 311
.....................................Floor Mats . 311
..................DustandPollenFilter .312
.................................Wiper Blades . 312
...........................................Wheels . 315
...............................................Tires . 315
......Checking the 12 Volt Battery . 321
.............................Vehicle Storage . 322
283
Maintenance
Maintenance
287
08/07/19 10:05:31 31SNC630 0292 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
To eliminate potential hazards, read
the instructions before you begin,
and make sure you have the tools
and skills required.
To clean parts, use a commercially
available degreaser or parts
cleaner, not gasoline.
To reduce the possibility of fire or
explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks,
and flames away from the battery
and all fuel-related parts.
Make sure your vehicle is parked
on level ground, the parking brake
is set, and the engine is off.
Some of the most important safety
precautions are given here. However,
we cannot warn you of every
conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you
can decide whether or not you
should perform a given task.
Do
not run the engine unless
instructed to do so.
Let the
engine and exhaust system cool
down before touching any parts.
Wear eye protection and
protective clothing when working
with the battery or compressed air.
All service items not detailed in this
section should be performed by a
certified technician or qualified
mechanic.
Be sure there is
adequate ventilation whenever you
operate the engine.
Maintenance Safety
Important Safety Precautions
Injury from moving parts.
Burns from hot parts.
Carbon Monoxide poison from
engine exhaust.
Potential Vehicle Hazards
288
Failure to properly follow
maintenance instructions and
precautions can cause you to
be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures
and precautions in this owner’s
manual.
Improperly maintaining this
vehicle, or failing to correct a
problem before driving can
cause a crash in which you can
be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection
and maintenance
recommendations and
schedules in this owner’s
manual.
08/07/19 10:05:41 31SNC630 0293 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Calculated Engine
Oil Life (%)
100 % 91 %
90 % 81 %
80 % 71 %
70 % 61 %
60 % 51 %
50 % 41 %
40 % 31 %
30 % 21 %
20 % 16 %
15 % 11 %
10 % 6 %
5% 1%
0%
Displayed
Engine Oil Life (%)
100 %
90 %
80 %
70 %
60 %
50 %
40 %
30 %
20 %
15 %
10 %
5%
0%
Based on the engine operating
conditions and accumulated engine
revolutions, the onboard computer in
your vehicle calculates the remaining
engine oil life and displays it as a
percentage.
The remaining engine oil life is
shownonthedisplayaccordingto
this table:
To see the current engine oil life,
turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and press the SEL/
RESET button repeatedly until the
engine oil life display appears (see
page ).
Your vehicle displays engine oil life
and maintenance service items on
the information display to show you
when you should have your dealer
perform engine oil replacement and
indicated maintenance service.
65
Maintenance Minder
Engine Oil Life Display
Maintenance
289
SEL/RESET BUTTON
ENGINE OIL LIFE DISPLAY
08/07/19 10:05:48 31SNC630 0294 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The maintenance item code or codes
indicate the main and sub items
required at the time of the oil change
(see page ).
If the remaining engine oil life is 15
to 6 percent, you will see the engine
oil life indicator every time you turn
the ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. The maintenance minder
indicator will also come on, and the
maintenance item code(s) for other
scheduled maintenance items
needing service will be displayed
next to the engine oil life indicator.
When the remaining engine oil life is
5 to 1 percent, you will see a
‘‘SERVICE OIL LIFE’’ message
along with the same maintenance
item code(s), every time you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position.
295
Maintenance Minder
290
ENGINE OIL
LIFE DISPLAY
MAINTENANCE
MINDER INDICATOR
MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE(S)
08/07/19 10:05:54 31SNC630 0295 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you still do not perform the
indicated maintenance, you will see
negative mileage. It is displayed
when you drive more than 10 miles
(for U.S. models) or 10 km (for
Canadian models) after seeing the 0
percent message. Afterward, it
shows your driving distance if you
continue to drive. Immediately have
the indicated maintenance done by
your dealer.
When the remaining engine oil life is
0 percent, the engine oil life indicator
will blink. The display comes on
everytimeyouturntheignition
switch to the ON (II) position. When
you see this message, have the
indicated maintenance performed by
your dealer as soon as possible.
You can change the information
display from the engine oil life
display to the odometer, the trip
meter, or the outside temperature
every time you press and release the
SEL/RESET button.
When the engine oil life is 0 percent
or negative mileage, the
maintenance minder indicator
remainsonevenifyouchangethe
information display.
Immediately have the service done,
and make sure to reset the display as
described on the next page.
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance
291
08/07/19 10:06:01 31SNC630 0296 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your dealer will reset the display
after completing the required
maintenance service. You will see
‘‘OIL LIFE 100%’’ on the information
display the next time you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position.
Press the SEL/RESET button
repeatedly until the engine oil life
is displayed.
All maintenance items displayed on
the information display are in code.
For an explanation of these
maintenance codes, see page .
Press the SEL/RESET button for
about 10 seconds. The engine oil
life and the maintenance item
code(s) will blink.
If maintenance service is done by
someone other than your dealer,
reset the maintenance minder as
follows:
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position.
1.
2.
3.
295
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Main Items and Sub
Items
Resetting the Engine Oil Life
Display
292
MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEM
MAINTENANCE
SUB ITEM
08/07/19 10:06:09 31SNC630 0297 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you have the required service
done but do not reset the display, or
reset the display without doing the
service, the system will not show the
proper maintenance intervals. This
canleadtoseriousmechanical
problems because you will no longer
have an accurate record of when
maintenance is needed.
Your authorized Honda dealer
knows your vehicle best and can
provide competent, efficient service.
Press the SEL/RESET button for
more than 5 seconds. The
maintenance item code(s) will
disappear, and the engine oil life
will reset to ‘‘100.’’
However, service at a dealer is not
mandatory to keep your warranties
in effect. Maintenance may be done
by any qualified service facility or
person who is skilled in this type of
automotive service. Make sure to
have the service facility or person
reset the display as previously
described. Keep all receipts as proof
of completion, and have the person
who does the work fill out your
Honda Service History or Canadian
Maintenance Log. Check your
warranty booklet for more
information.
We recommend using Honda parts
and fluids whenever you have
maintenance done. These are
manufactured to the same high
quality standards as the original
components, so you can be confident
of their performance and durability.
4.
CONTINUED
Maintenance Minder
Important Maintenance
Precautions
Maintenance
293
08/07/19 10:06:17 31SNC630 0298 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Youshouldcheckthefollowing
items at the specified intervals. If
you are unsure of how to perform
any check, turn to the appropriate
page listed.
Engine oil level Check every
time you fill the fuel tank. See
page .
Engine coolant level Check the
radiator reserve tank every time
youfillthefueltank.Seepage .
Automatic transmission Check
the fluid level monthly. See page
.
Brakes Check the fluid level
monthly. See page .
Tires Check the tire pressure
monthly. Examine the tread for
wear and foreign objects. See page
.
Lights Check the operation of
the headlights, parking lights,
taillights, high-mount brake light,
turn signals, brake lights, and
license plate light monthly. See
page .
According to state and federal
regulations, failure to perform
maintenance on the items marked
with will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all
maintenance services should be
performed in accordance with the
intervals indicated by the
information display.
U.S. Vehicles:
257
258
303
304
315
305
Maintenance Minder
Owner’s Maintenance Checks
Maintenance, replacement, or
repair of emissions control
devices and systems may be done
by any automotive repair
establishment or individual using
parts that are ‘‘certified’’ to EPA
standards.
294
08/07/19 10:06:25 31SNC630 0299 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Maintenance Minder
295
:
If the message ‘‘SERVICE OIL’’ does not appear more than 12 months after
the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
Independent of the maintenance minder display, replace the brake fluid
every 3 years.
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 only if they are noisy.
See information on maintenance and emissions warranty on page .
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
NOTE:
:
294
Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element
If you drive in dusty conditions, replace
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
Replace dust and pollen filter
If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high
concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 15,000
miles (24,000 km).
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission fluid
Replace spark plugs
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant
Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil
Replace engine oil and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Check parking brake adjustment
Inspect these items:
Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots
Suspension components
Driveshaft boots
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)
All fluid levels and condition of fluids
Exhaust system
Fuel lines and connections
A
B
Symbol Symbol
1
2
3
4
5
Maintenance Minder
08/07/19 10:06:33 31SNC630 0300 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Fluid Locations
296
RADIATOR CAP
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
(Orange loop)
WASHER FLUID
(Blue cap)
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION (CVT)
FLUID DIPSTICK
(Yellow loop)
ENGINE COOLANT
RESERVOIR
BRAKE FLUID
(Black cap)
ENGINE OIL FILL CAP
08/07/19 10:06:37 31SNC630 0301 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The oil viscosity or weight is
provided on the container’s label.
Oil is a major contributor to your
engine’s performance and longevity.
Always use a premium-grade 0W-20
detergent oil displaying the API
Certification Seal. This seal indicates
the oil is energy conserving, and that
it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Honda Motor Oil is the preferred
0W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It is
highly recommended that you use
Honda Motor Oil in your vehicle for
optimum engine protection. Make
sure the API Certification Seal says
‘‘For Gasoline Engines’’.
A very low-viscosity, fuel-efficient
0W-20 oil is the preferred engine
lubricant for your Civic Hybrid. This
special oil is formulated to help your
engine use less fuel. It is available at
your dealer. A 5W-20 oil may be used
if 0W-20 is not available.
Unscrew and remove the engine oil
fill cap on the valve cover. Pour the
oil slowly and carefully so you do not
spill any. Clean up any spills
immediately. Spilled oil could
damage components in the engine
compartment.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and
tighten it securely. Wait a few
minutes, and recheck the oil level on
the engine oil dipstick. Do not fill
above the upper mark; you could
damage the engine.
Recommended Engine Oil
Adding Engine Oil
Maintenance
297
API CERTIFICATION SEAL
ENGINE OIL
FILL CAP
Ambient Temperature
08/07/19 10:06:46 31SNC630 0302 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
You may use a synthetic motor oil if
it meets the same requirements
given for a conventional motor oil: it
displays the API certification seal,
and it is the proper weight. You must
follow the oil and filter change
intervals shown on the information
display.
Always change the oil and filter
according to the maintenance
messages shown on the information
display. The oil and filter collect
contaminants that can damage your
engine if they are not removed
regularly.
Run the engine until it reaches
normal operating temperature,
then shut it off.
Open the hood, and remove the
engine oil fill cap.
Removethenineholdingclips
with a flat-tipped screwdriver and
two bolts, then pull the under-
cover down.
Your vehicle does not require any oil
additives. Additives may adversely
affect the engine or transmission
performance and durability.
Changing the oil and filter requires
special tools and access from
underneath the vehicle. The vehicle
should be raised on a service station-
type hydraulic lift for this service.
Unless you have the knowledge and
proper equipment, you should have
this maintenance done by a skilled
mechanic.
1.
2.
3.
Only on U.S. models
Changing the Oil and FilterSynthetic Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Adding Engine Oil, Changing the Oil and Filter
298
HOLDING CLIP
BOLTS
08/07/19 10:06:55 31SNC630 0303 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Refill the engine with the
recommended oil.
Engine oil change capacity
(including filter):
Let the engine run for several
minutes, then check the drain bolt
and oil filter for leaks.
Put a new washer on the drain bolt,
then reinstall the drain bolt.
Tighten the drain bolt to:
Install a new oil filter according to
the instructions that come with it.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap.
Start the engine. The oil pressure
indicator should go out within 5
seconds. If it does not, turn off the
engine, and check your work.
Remove the oil drain bolt and
washer from the bottom of the
engine. Drain the oil into an
appropriate container.
Remove the oil filter, and let the
remaining oil drain. A special
wrench (available from your
dealer) is required.
Make sure the oil filter gasket is
not stuck to the engine block. If it
is, remove it before installing a
new oil filter.
7.
8.
9.
4. 5.
6.
10.
CONTINUED
Changing the Oil and Filter
Maintenance
299
DRAIN BOLT
WASHER
OIL FILTER
3.4 US qt (3.2 )
29 lbf·ft (39 N·m , 4.0 kgf·m)
08/07/19 10:07:06 31SNC630 0304 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Turn off the engine, let it sit for
several minutes, then check the oil
level on the dipstick. If necessary,
add more oil.
Put the under-cover back in place
and reinstall the nine holding clips.
Locktheclipssecurelybypushing
on the center of each clip.
If the coolant level in the reserve
tank is at or below the MIN line, add
coolant to bring it up to between the
MIN and MAX lines. Inspect the
cooling system for leaks.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not
available, you may use another
major-brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporaryreplacement.Makesureit
is a high-quality coolant
recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda
coolant can result in corrosion,
causingthecoolingsystemto
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling
system flushed and refilled with
Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Always use Honda Long-life Anti-
freeze/Coolant Type 2. This coolant
is pre-mixed with 50 percent
antifreeze and 50 percent distilled
water. Never add straight antifreeze
or plain water.
11.
12.
Only on U.S. models
Adding Engine Coolant
Changing the Oil and Filter, Engine Coolant
300
RESERVE TANK
Improper disposal of engine oil can be
harmful to the environment. If you
change your own oil, please dispose of
the used oil properly. Put it in a sealed
container and take it to a recycling
center. Do not discard it in a trash bin
or dump it on the ground.
08/07/19 10:07:14 31SNC630 0305 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the reserve tank is completely
empty, you should also check the
coolant level in the radiator.
The coolant level should be up to
the base of the filler neck. Add
coolant if it is low.
Do not add any rust inhibitors or
other additives to your vehicle’s
cooling system. They may not be
compatible with the coolant or
engine components.
Pour coolant into the reserve tank.
Fill it to halfway between the MAX
and MIN marks. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
Pourthecoolantslowlyand
carefully so you do not spill any.
Clean up any spill immediately; it
could damage components in the
engine compartment.
Make sure the engine and radiator
are cool.
Relieve any pressure in the cooling
system by turning the radiator cap
counterclockwise, without
pressing down.
Remove the radiator cap by
pushing down and turning
counterclockwise.
Put the radiator cap back on, and
tighten it fully.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Engine Coolant
Maintenance
301
RADIATOR CAP
Removing the radiator cap
while the engine is hot can
cause the coolant to spray out,
seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and
radiator cool down before
removing the radiator cap.
08/07/19 10:07:23 31SNC630 0306 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Check the fluid level in the
windshield washer reservoir at least
monthly during normal use.
The low washer
level indicator comes on when the
level is low (see page ).
Check the fluid level by removing
the cap and looking at the level
gauge.
Fill the reservoir with a good-quality
windshield washer fluid. This
increases the cleaning capability and
prevents freezing in cold weather.
When you refill the reservoir, clean
the edges of the windshield wiper
blades with windshield washer fluid
on a clean cloth. This will help to
condition them.
61
On Canadian models:
Windshield Washers
302
Do not use engine antifreeze or a
vinegar/water solution in the
windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze
can damage your vehicle’s paint, while
a vinegar/water solution can damage
the windshield washer pump. Use only
commercially-available windshield
washer fluid.
08/07/19 10:07:29 31SNC630 0307 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Check the fluid level with the engine
at normal operating temperature.
Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)
from the transmission, and wipe it
with a clean cloth.
Insert the dipstick all the way into
the transmission securely as
shown in the illustration.
Remove the dipstick and check
the fluid level. It should be
between the upper and lower
marks within the HOT range.
If the level is below the lower
mark, add fluid into the dipstick
hole to bring it to the level
between the upper and lower
marks.
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully
so you do not spill any. Clean up
any spill immediately; it could
damage components in the engine
compartment.
Always use Honda CVT Fluid
(Continuously Variable
Transmission fluid).
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Start the engine, let it run until the
radiator fan comes on, then shut
off the engine. For accurate
results, wait about 60 seconds (but
no longer than 90 seconds) before
doing step 2.
3.
4.
5.2.
1.
CONTINUED
Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT)
Transmission Fluid
Maintenance
303
DIPSTICK UPPER
MARK
LOWER
MARK
HOT
Range
08/07/19 10:07:39 31SNC630 0308 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Check the brake fluid level in the
reservoirs monthly.
Replace the brake fluid every 3 years,
independent of mileage.
Always use Honda Heavy Duty
Brake Fluid DOT 3. If it is not
available, you should use only DOT 3
or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealed
container, as a temporary
replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can
cause corrosion and decrease the life
of the system. Have the brake
system flushed and refilled with
Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid
DOT 3 as soon as possible.
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not
compatible with your vehicle’s
braking system and can cause
extensive damage.
Insert the dipstick all the way back
into the transmission securely.
The transmission should be drained
and refilled with new fluid when this
service is indicated by a maintenance
message on the information display.
If you are not sure how to add fluid,
contact your dealer.
Check the fluid level several seconds
after you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position. The fluid level
should be between the MIN and
MAXmarksonthesideofthe
reservoir. If the level is at or below
the MIN mark, your brake system
needs attention. Have the brake
system inspected for leaks or worn
brake pads.
6.
Transmission Fluid, Brake Fluid
Brake Fluid
304
MAX
MIN
08/07/19 10:07:48 31SNC630 0309 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
To change a bulb on the left side,
remove the coolant tube from the
two clips.
Openthehood. Removethereservetankfromits
holder by pulling it straight up.
Theheadlightswereproperlyaimed
when your vehicle was new. If you
regularly carry heavy items in the
trunk, readjustment may be required.
Adjustmentsshouldbedonebyyour
dealer or another qualified
technician.
Your vehicle has halogen headlight
bulbs. When replacing a bulb, handle
it by its base, and protect the glass
from contact with your skin or hard
objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean
cloth.
1.
Headlight Aiming
Replacing a Headlight Bulb
Lights
High Beam Headlight
Maintenance
305
COOLANT TUBE
CLIP
CLIP HOLDER
Halogen headlight bulbs get very hot
when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch
on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
08/07/19 10:07:58 31SNC630 0310 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Ifyoureplacedaheadlightbulbon
the driver’s side, reinstall the
engine coolant reserve tank.
To change the bulb on the driver’s
side, start the engine, turn the
steering wheel all the way to the
right, then turn off the engine. To
change the bulb on the passenger’s
side, turn the steering wheel to the
left.
Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to
remove the two holding clips from
the inner fender, and pull the inner
fender cover back.
Push the electrical connector back
onto the bulb. Make sure it is on
all the way.
Install the new bulb, and turn it
one-quarter turn clockwise to lock
it in place.
Turn on the headlights to test the
new bulb.
Remove the electrical connector
from the bulb by pushing on the
tab and pulling the connector
down.
Remove the bulb from the
headlight assembly by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
2.
3.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
Low Beam Headlight
Lights
306
TAB CONNECTOR
BULB
HOLDING CLIP
08/07/19 10:08:07 31SNC630 0311 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
To change the bulb on the driver’s
side, start the engine, turn the
steering wheel all the way to the
right, then turn off the engine. To
change the bulb on the passenger’s
side, turn the steering wheel to the
left.
Remove the bulb from the
headlight assembly by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
Install the new bulb, and turn it
one-quarter turn clockwise to lock
it in place.
Push the electrical connector back
onto the bulb. Make sure it is on
all the way.
Turn on the headlights to test the
new bulb.
Reinstall the inner fender cover.
Then reinstall the holding clips,
andlocktheminplacebypushing
on their centers.
Remove the electrical connector
from the bulb by pushing on the
tab and pulling the connector
down.
5.
6.
1.
7.
8.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
Lights
Replacing the Front Side Marker/
Turn Signal Light Bulb
Maintenance
307
TAB
BULB
HOLDING CLIP
08/07/19 10:08:17 31SNC630 0312 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Open the trunk.Use a flat-tipped screwdriver to
remove the two holding clips from
the inner fender, and pull the inner
fender cover back.
Remove the bulb from the socket
by pushing the bulb in and turning
it counterclockwise until it unlocks.
Install the new bulb in the socket.
Turn it clockwise to lock it in place.
Insert the socket back into the
headlight assembly. Turn it
clockwise to lock it in place.
Reinstall the inner fender cover.
Then reinstall the holding clips,
andlocktheminplacebypushing
on their centers.
Turn on the lights to make sure
the new bulb is working.
Remove the bulb from the
headlight assembly by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
Use the flat-tipped screwdriver to
remove the screws in the center of
each fastener on the side of the
boot lining. Remove the fasteners
first, then pull the lining back
carefully.
Determine which of the four bulbs
is burned out: stop/tail-light, back-
up light, side marker light, or turn
signal light.
1.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.
2.
2.
Replacing Rear Bulbs
(In Fenders)
Lights
308
FASTENER
BULB
SOCKET FASTENER
08/07/19 10:08:27 31SNC630 0313 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Remove the socket by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
Pull the bulb straight out of its
socket. Push the new bulb straight
into the socket until it bottoms.
Reinstall the socket into the light
assembly by turning it clockwise
until it locks.
Put the fasteners into the holes on
the side of the trunk lining.
Reinstall the screws.
Reinstall the trunk lining. Make
sure it is installed under the edge
of the trunk seal.
Turn on the lights to make sure
the new bulb is working.
Open the trunk.
Use the Phillips-head screwdriver to
remove the screws in the center of
each fastener on the back of the boot
lid. Remove the fasteners first, then
pull the lining back carefully.
1.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.
CONTINUED
Replacing Rear Bulbs
(in Trunk Lid)
Lights
Maintenance
309
BULBS
SOCKETS
SOCKETS
BULB
BULB FASTENER
08/07/19 10:08:38 31SNC630 0314 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Pull the bulb straight out of its
socket. Push the new bulb straight
into the socket until it bottoms.
Insert the socket back into the
light assembly. Turn it clockwise
to lock it in place.
Push the trunk lid trim back into
position.
Put the fasteners into the holes on
the trunk lid trim. Reinstall the
screws.
Beforeusinganautomaticcarwash,
remove the radio antenna so it does
not get damaged. Remove the
antenna by unscrewing it. When you
reinstall the antenna, tighten it
securely.
Before entering or parking in areas
with low ceiling height, remove the
antenna.
Turn on the lights to make sure
the new bulb is working.
Remove the socket by turning it
one-quarter turn counterclockwise.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Roof Antenna
Lights, Roof Antenna
310
BULB
SOCKET
08/07/19 10:08:47 31SNC630 0315 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If your seat belts get dirty, use a soft
brush with a mixture of mild soap
and warm water to clean them. Do
not use bleach, dye, or cleaning
solvents. Let the belts air dry before
you use the vehicle.
Dirt build-up in the loops of the seat
belt anchors can cause the belts to
retract slowly. Wipe the insides of
the loops with a clean cloth
dampened in mild soap and warm
water or isopropyl alcohol.
If you use non-Honda floor mats,
make sure they fit properly and that
theycanbeusedwiththefloormat
anchors. Do not put additional floor
mats on top of the anchored mats.
The driver’s floor mat that came
with your vehicle hooks over the
floor mat anchors. This keeps the
floor mat from sliding forward and
possibly interfering with the pedals
or making the front passenger’s
weight sensors ineffective.
If you remove the driver’s floor mat,
make sure to re-anchor it when you
putitbackinyourvehicle.
Cleaning the Seat Belts, Floor Mats
Floor MatsCleaning the Seat Belts
Maintenance
311
LOOP
08/07/19 10:08:54 31SNC630 0316 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This filter removes the dust and
pollenthatisbroughtinfromthe
outside through the heating and
cooling system/climate control
system.
Have your dealer replace the filter
when this service is indicated by a
maintenance message on the
information display. It should be
replaced every 15,000 miles (24,000
km) if you drive primarily in urban
areas that have high concentrations
of soot in the air, or if the flow from
the heating and cooling system
becomeslessthanusual.
Check the condition of the wiper
blades at least every 6 months.
Replace them if you find signs of
cracking in the rubber, and areas
that are getting hard or if they leave
streaks and unwiped areas when
used.
To replace a wiper blade:
Raise each wiper arm off the
windshield, lifting the driver’s side
first, then the passenger’s side.
1.
Dust and Pollen Filter, Wiper Blades
Dust and Pollen Filter Wiper Blades
312
WIPER ARMS
Do not open the hood when the wiper
arms are raised, or you will damage the
hood and wiper arms.
08/07/19 10:09:02 31SNC630 0317 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Disconnect the blade assembly
from the wiper arm:
Put a cloth on the edge of the
lock tab, then push up on the
lock tab carefully with a flat-tip
screwdriver.
When replacing a wiper blade,
make sure not to drop the wiper
blade or wiper arm down on the
windshield.
Remove the blade from its holder
by grabbing the tabbed end of the
blade. Pull firmly until the tabs
come out of the holder.
Pivot the blade assembly toward
the wiper arm until it releases
from the wiper arm.
2. 3.
Wiper Blades
Maintenance
313
WIPER ARM
LOCK TAB
BLADE
08/07/19 10:09:10 31SNC630 0318 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Examine the new wiper blades. If
they have no plastic or metal
reinforcement along the back
edge, remove the metal
reinforcement strips from the old
wiper blade, and install them in
the slots along the edge of the new
blade.
Make sure the three rubber tabs
inside the blade fit to each notch of
the reinforcement, as shown.
Place the top of the wiper blade on
the end of the blade assembly, and
slide the blade onto the assembly
in the direction pointed to by the
arrow.
Make sure the tab on the blade
assembly fits in the indent of the
wiper blade and the blade is
completely installed.
Slide the wiper blade assembly
onto the wiper arm. Make sure it
locks in place.
Make sure the blade is completely
installed and that its edge is not
bunched up.
Lower the wiper arm down against
the windshield, the passenger’s
side first, then the driver’s side.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Wiper Blades
314
TOP
REINFORCEMENT
BLADE
TAB
INDENT
08/07/19 10:09:19 31SNC630 0319 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Keeping the tires properly inflated
provides the best combination of
handling, tread life, and riding
comfort.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly,
adversely affect handling and fuel
economy, and are more likely to
fail from being overheated.
To safely operate your vehicle, your
tires must be the proper type and
size, in good condition with adequate
tread, and correctly inflated.
The following pages give more
detailed information on how to take
care of your tires and what to do
when they need to be replaced.
Clean the wheels as you would the
rest of the exterior. Wash them with
thesamesolution,andrinsethem
thoroughly.
Aluminum alloy wheels have a
protective clear-coat that keeps the
aluminum from corroding and
tarnishing. Cleaning the wheels with
harsh chemicals (including some
commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff
brush can damage the clear-coat. To
clean the wheels, use a mild
detergent and a soft brush or sponge.
Overinflated tires can make your
vehicleridemoreharshly,are
more prone to damage from road
hazards, and wear unevenly.
Thetirepressuremonitoringsystem
(TPMS) warns you when a tire
pressure is low. See page for
more information.
We recommend that you visually
check your tires every day. If you
think a tire might be low, check it
immediately with a tire gauge.
282
On U.S. models
On Canadian models
CONTINUED
Inflation GuidelinesTiresWheels
Wheels, Tires
Maintenance
315
Using tires that are excessively
worn or improperly inflated can
cause a crash in which you can
be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this
owner’s manual regarding tire
inflation and maintenance.
08/07/19 10:09:30 31SNC630 0320 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you check air pressures when the
tires are hot [driven for several miles
(kilometers)], you will see readings 4
to6psi(30to40kPa,0.3to0.4
kgf/cm ) higher than the cold
readings. This is normal. Do not let
air out to match the recommended
cold air pressure. The tire will be
underinflated.
Youshouldgetyourowntire
pressure gauge and use it whenever
you check your tire pressures. This
will make it easier for you to tell if a
pressure loss is due to a tire problem
and not due to a variation between
gauges.
While tubeless tires have some
ability to self-seal if they are
punctured, you should look closely
for punctures if a tire starts losing
pressure.
The following chart shows the
recommended cold tire pressures for
most normal driving conditions.
Thecompactsparetirepressureis:
See page or refer to the tire
placard on the driver’s doorjamb for
correct tire pressure.
For convenience, the recommended
tire sizes and cold tire pressures are
on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Check the air pressures when the
tires are cold. This means the
vehicle has been parked for at least 3
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6
km). Add or release air, if needed, to
match the recommended cold tire
pressures.
Use a gauge to measure the air
pressure in each tire at least once a
month. Even tires that are in good
condition may lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm ) per
month. Remember to check the
sparetireatthesametime.
Even though your vehicle is
equipped with TPMS, we
recommend that you visually check
your tires every day. If you think a
tire might be low, check it
immediately with a tire gauge.
351
Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure
On U.S. models
Tires
Recommended Tire Pressures
316
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
P195/65R15 89S
32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2
kgf/cm )
Front/Rear:
08/07/19 10:09:41 31SNC630 0321 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
A tire this worn gives very little
traction on wet roads. You should
replace the tire if you can see three
or more tread wear indicators.
Every time you check inflation, you
should also examine the tires for
damage, foreign objects, and wear.
Youshouldlookfor:
Bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of the tire. Replace the tire if
youfindeitheroftheseconditions.
Cuts, splits, or cracks in the side
of the tire. Replace the tire if you
can see fabric or cord.
Excessive tread wear.
Your tires have wear indicators
molded into the tread. When the
tread wears down, you will see a 1/2
inch (12.7 mm) wide band across the
tread. This shows there is less than
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on
the tire.
The service life of your tires is
dependent on many factors,
including, but not limited to, driving
habits, road conditions, vehicle
loading, inflation pressure,
maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even
when the tires are not in use).
The last four digits of the TIN (tire
identification number) are found on
the sidewall of the tire and indicate
the date of manufacture (See
on page ).
In addition to your regular
inspections and inflation pressure
maintenance, it is recommended that
you have annual inspections
performed once the tires reach five
years old. It is also recommended
that all tires, including the spare, be
removed from service after 10 years
from the date of manufacture,
regardless of their condition or state
of wear.
353
Tire Inspection Tire Service Life
Tire
Labeling
Tires
Maintenance
317
INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS
TREAD WEAR INDICATOR
08/07/19 10:09:50 31SNC630 0322 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Replace your tires with radial tires of
the same size, load range, speed
rating, and maximum cold tire
pressure rating (as shown on the
tire’s sidewall).
To help increase tire life and
distribute wear more evenly, rotate
the tires according to the
maintenance messages displayed on
the information display. Move the
tires to the positions shown in the
chart each time they are rotated. If
you purchase directional tires, rotate
only front-to-back.
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear. If you find a tire
is worn unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
Have your dealer check the tires if
you feel a consistent vibration while
driving. A tire should always be
rebalanced if it is removed from the
wheel. When you have new tires
installed, make sure they are
balanced. This increases riding
comfort and tire life. For best results,
have the installer perform a dynamic
balance.
Mixing radial and bias-ply tires on
your vehicle can reduce braking
ability, traction, and steering
accuracy. Using tires of a different
size or construction can cause the
ABS and vehicle stability assist
system (VSA) to work inconsistently.
It is best to replace all four tires at
thesametime.Ifthatisnotpossible
or necessary, replace the two front
tires or two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously
affect your vehicle’s handling.
Tires
Replacing Tires and WheelsTire RotationTire Maintenance
318
Front Front
(Front Non-directional
Tires and Wheels)
(Front Directional
Tires and Wheels)
Improper wheel weights can damage
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only Honda wheel weights for
balancing.
08/07/19 10:09:58 31SNC630 0323 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Tires marked ‘‘M S’’ or ‘‘All
Season’’ on the sidewall have an all-
weather tread design suitable for
most winter driving conditions.
For the best performance in snowy
or icy conditions, you should install
snow tires or tire chains. They may
be required by local laws under
certain conditions.
If you mount snow tires on your
vehicle, make sure they are radial
tires of the same size and load range
as original tires. Mount snow tires on
all four wheels. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads
maybelowerthanyouroriginaltires.
Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
See page for DOT tire quality
grading information, and page
for tire size information.
Tires:
Wheels:
The ABS and VSA system work by
comparing the speed of the wheels.
When replacing tires, use the same
size originally supplied with the
vehicle. Tire size and construction
can affect wheel speed and may
cause the ABS or VSA system to
activate.
If you ever replace a wheel, make
sure that the wheel’s specifications
match those of the original wheels.
Also be sure you use only TPMS
specific wheels (if equipped). If you
do not, the tire pressure monitoring
system will not work.
Replacement wheels are available at
your dealer.
352
354
CONTINUED
Tires
Winter Driving
Wheel and Tire Specifications
Snow Tires
Maintenance
319
P195/65R15 89S
15x6J
Installing improper tires on your
vehicle can affect handling and
stability. This can cause a crash
in which you can be seriously
hurt or killed.
Always use the size and type of
tires recommended in this
owner’s manual.
08/07/19 10:10:10 31SNC630 0324 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Mount tire chains on your tires when
required by driving conditions or
local laws. Install them only on the
front tires.
Because your vehicle has limited tire
clearance, Honda strongly
recommends using the chains listed
below, made by Security Chain
Company (SCC).
When installing cables, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions, and
mount them as tight as you can.
Make sure they are not contacting
the brake lines or suspension. Drive
slowly with them installed. If you
hear them coming into contact with
the body or chassis, stop and
investigate. Remove them as soon as
you begin driving on cleared roads.
Cable-type: SCC RADIAL CHAIN
SC1030
Tire Chains
Tires
320
Using the wrong chains, or not
properly installing chains, can
damage the brake lines and
cause a crash in which you can
be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this
owner’s manual regarding the
selection and use of tire chains.
Traction devices that are the wrong
size or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop
driving if they are hitting any part of
the vehicle.
08/07/19 10:10:15 31SNC630 0325 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Check the condition of the 12 volt
battery monthly by looking at the
test indicator window. The label on
the battery explains the test
indicator’s colors.
If your vehicle’s 12 volt battery is
disconnected or goes dead, the IMA
battery level gauge reading will not
be correct the next time you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. It will show less than the
actual level temporarily. It will show
the correct level after you drive for
at least 30 minutes.
Check the terminals for corrosion (a
white or yellowish powder). To
remove it, cover the terminals with a
solution of baking soda and water. It
will bubble up and turn brown. When
this stops, wash it off with plain
water. Dry off the battery with a
cloth or paper towel. Coat the
terminals with grease to help prevent
further corrosion.
If additional battery maintenance is
needed, see your dealer or a
qualified technician.
Battery posts,
terminals, and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds.
If you need to connect the battery to
a charger, disconnect both cables to
prevent damaging your vehicle’s
electrical system. Always disconnect
the negative ( ) cable first, and
reconnect it last.
WARNING:
Wash your hands after handling.
Checking the 12 Volt Battery
Maintenance
321
TEST INDICATOR WINDOW
The battery gives off explosive
hydrogen gas during normal
operation.
A spark or flame can cause the
battery to explode with enough
force to kill or seriously hurt you.
Wear protective clothing and a
face shield, or have a skilled
technician do the battery
maintenance.
08/07/19 10:10:22 31SNC630 0326 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Fill the fuel tank.
If you need to park your vehicle for
an extended period (more than 1
month), there are several things you
should do to prepare it for storage.
Proper preparation helps prevent
deterioration and makes it easier to
get your vehicle back on the road. If
possible, store your vehicle indoors.
Wash and dry the exterior
completely.
Cleantheinterior.Makesurethe
carpeting, floor mats, etc., are
completely dry.
Leave the parking brake off. Put
the transmission in Park.
Block the rear wheels.
If the vehicle is to be stored for a
longer period, it should be
supported on jackstands so the
tires are off the ground.
Leave one window open slightly (if
the vehicle is being stored
indoors).
Disconnect the 12 volt battery.
Support the front wiper blade
arms with a folded towel or rag so
they do not touch the windshield.
To minimize sticking, apply a
silicone spray lubricant to all door
and trunk seals. Also, apply a
vehiclebodywaxtothepainted
surfaces that mate with the door
and trunk seals.
Cover the vehicle with a
‘‘breathable’ cover, one made
from a porous material such as
cotton. Non-porous materials, such
as plastic sheeting, trap moisture,
which can damage the paint.
Reconnect the 12 volt battery and
drive your vehicle every month for
about 30 minutes. This will keep
the IMA battery charged and in
good condition.
If possible, periodically run the
engine until it reaches full
operating temperature (the
cooling fans cycle on and off
twice). Preferably, do this once a
month.
Vehicle Storage
322
If this vehicle is unused for over one
month, the service life of the 158V
Nickel-Metal Hydride battery will be
reduced and the battery may be
permanently damaged.
08/07/19 10:10:32 31SNC630 0327 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
This section covers the more
common problems that motorists
experience with their vehicles. It
gives you information about how to
safely evaluate the problem and what
to do to correct it. If the problem has
stranded you on the side of the road,
you may be able to get going again.
If not, you will also find instructions
on getting your vehicle towed.
......................Compact Spare Tire . 324
....................Changing a Flat Tire . 325
.............If the Engine Won’t Start . 329
................................Jump Starting . 331
..............If the Engine Overheats . 333
.........Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 335
..........Charging System Indicator . 336
.......Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 337
...............Brake System Indicator . 338
..............................................Fuses . 339
..............................Fuse Locations . 343
......................Emergency Towing . 345
Taking Care of the Unexpected
Taking Care of the Unexpected
323
08/07/19 10:10:36 31SNC630 0328 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Check the inflation pressure of the
compact spare tire every time you
check the other tires. It should be
inflated to:
Follow these precautions:
Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
This tire gives a harsher ride and
less traction on some road
surfaces. Use greater caution
while driving.
Replace the tire when you can see
the tread wear indicator bars. The
replacement should be the same size
and design tire, mounted on the
samewheel.Thesparetireisnot
designed to be mounted on a regular
wheel, and the spare wheel is not
designed for mounting a regular tire.
Do not mount snow chains on the
compact spare tire.
Do not use your compact spare
tire on another vehicle unless it is
thesamemakeandmodel.
Use the compact spare tire as a
temporary replacement only. Get
your regular tire repaired or replaced,
and put it back on your vehicle as
soon as you can.
On vehicles with the TPMS
system, the low tire pressure
indicator comes on and stays on
after you replace the flat tire with
the compact spare tire. After
several miles (kilometers) driving
with the compact spare tire, the
TPMS indicator comes on and the
low tire pressure indicator goes off.
Compact Spare Tire
324
INDICATOR LOCATION MARK
TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
08/07/19 10:10:44 31SNC630 0329 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
If you have a flat tire while driving,
stop in a safe place to change it.
Drive slowly along the shoulder until
you get to an exit or an area to stop
that is far away from the traffic lanes.
Park the vehicle on firm, level, and
non-slippery ground. Put the
transmission in Park. Apply the
parking brake.
Open the trunk. Raise the trunk
floor by lifting up on the back edge.
Turn on the hazard warning lights,
and turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position. Have all
passengers get out of the vehicle
while you change the tire.
Take the tool case out of the spare
tire.
Unscrew the wing bolt and take
the spare tire out of its well.
5.
4.
3.
2.
1.
Changing a Flat Tire
Taking Care of the Unexpected
325
JACK
SPARE TIRETRUNK FLOOR
TOOL CASE
The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack, seriously injuring
anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for
changing a tire exactly, and
never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the
jack.
08/07/19 10:10:53 31SNC630 0330 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turn
with the wheel nut wrench.
Remove the center cap from the
wheel with the extension.
Place the jack under the jacking
point nearest the tire you need to
change. Turn the end bracket
clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point. Make
sure the jacking point tab is
restinginthejacknotch.
6. 7. 8.
Changing a Flat Tire
326
WHEEL NUT WRENCH
JACKING POINTS
08/07/19 10:10:59 31SNC630 0331 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Use the extension and the wheel
nut wrench as shown to raise the
vehicle until the flat tire is off the
ground.
Remove the wheel nuts, then
remove the flat tire. Handle the
wheel nuts carefully; they may be
hot from driving. Place the flat tire
on the ground with the outside
surface facing up.
Before mounting the spare tire,
wipeanydirtoffthemounting
surface of the wheel and hub with
a clean cloth. Wipe the hub
carefully;itmaybehotfrom
driving.
Put on the spare tire. Put the
wheel nuts back on finger-tight,
then tighten them in a crisscross
pattern with the wheel nut wrench
until the wheel is firmly against
the hub. Do not try to tighten the
wheel nuts fully.
Lower the vehicle to the ground,
and remove the jack.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
CONTINUED
Changing a Flat Tire
Taking Care of the Unexpected
327
BRAKE HUB
WHEEL NUT WRENCH EXTENSION
08/07/19 10:11:07 31SNC630 0332 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Tighten the wheel nuts securely in
the same crisscross pattern. Have
the wheel nut torque checked at
the nearest automotive service
facility.
Tighten the wheel nuts to:
Place the flat tire face down in the
spare tire well.
Remove the spacer cone from the
wing bolt, turn it over, and put it
back on the bolt.
Securetheflattirebyscrewing
the wing bolt back into its hole.
Store the jack in the tool case.
Store the center cap in the trunk.
Make sure it does not get
scratched or damaged.
Lower the trunk floor, then close
the trunk lid.
14. 15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Changing a Flat Tire
328
SPACER CONEWING BOLT
For
spare
tire
For
normal
tire
80 lbf·ft (108 N·m , 11 kgf·m)
Loose items can fly around the
interior in a crash and could
seriously injure the occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools
securely before driving.
08/07/19 10:11:17 31SNC630 0333 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Diagnosing why the engine won’t
start falls into two areas, depending
on what you hear when you turn the
ignition switch to the START (III)
position:
If the headlights dim noticeably or
go out when you try to start the
engine, either the battery is
discharged or the connections are
corroded. Check the condition of
the 12 volt battery and terminal
connections (see page ). You
canthentryjumpstartingthe
vehicle from a booster battery
(see page ).
You hear nothing, or almost
nothing. The engine’s starter
motor does not operate at all, or
operates very slowly.
You can hear the starter motor
operating normally, or the starter
motor sounds like it is spinning
faster than normal, but the engine
does not start up and run.
When you turn the ignition switch to
the START (III) position, you do not
hear the normal noise of the engine
trying to start. You may hear a
clicking sound, a series of clicks, or
nothing at all.
Check these things:
Check the transmission interlock.
The transmission must be in Park
or neutral or the starter will not
operate.
Turn the ignition switch to the
START (III) position. If the
headlights do not dim, check the
condition of the fuses. If the fuses
areOK,thereisprobably
something wrong with the
electrical circuit for the ignition
switch or starter motor. You will
need a qualified technician to
determine the problem. See
on page .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position. Turn on the
headlights, and check their
brightness. If the headlights are
very dim or do not come on at all,
the battery is discharged. See
on page .331
345
321
331
Nothing Happens or the Starter
Motor Operates Very Slowly
Emergency Towing
Jump Starting
IftheEngineWontStart
Taking Care of the Unexpected
329
08/07/19 10:11:25 31SNC630 0334 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Are you using a properly coded
key? An improperly coded key will
cause the immobilizer system
indicator in the instrument panel
to blink rapidly (see page ).
Are you using the proper starting
procedure? Refer to
on page .
In this case, the starter motor’s
speed sounds normal, or even faster
than normal, when you turn the
ignition switch to the START (III)
position, but the engine does not run.
Ifyoufindnothingwrong,youwill
need a qualified technician to find
the problem. See
on page .
Do you have fuel? Check the fuel
gauge; the low fuel indicator may
not be working.
There may be an electrical
problem, such as no power to the
fuel pump. Check all the fuses
(see page ).
59
271
339
345
The Starter Operates Normally
Starting the
Engine
Emergency
Towing
IftheEngineWontStart
330
08/07/19 10:11:31 31SNC630 0335 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Although this seems like a simple
procedure, you should take several
precautions.
To jump start your vehicle:
The numbers in the illustration show
you the order to connect the jumper
cables.
Connect one jumper cable to the
positive ( ) terminal on your
battery. Connect the other end to
the positive ( ) terminal on the
booster battery.
You cannot start your vehicle by
pushing or pulling it.
Open the hood, and check the
physical condition of the 12 volt
battery.
Turn off all electrical accessories:
heater, A/C, climate control, audio
system, lights, etc. Put the
transmission in Park, and set the
parking brake.
1.
2.
3.
CONTINUED
Jump Starting
Taking Care of the Unexpected
331
BOOSTER BATTERY
A battery can explode if you do
not follow the correct procedure,
seriously injuring anyone
nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames,
and smoking materials away
from the battery.
If a battery sits in extreme cold, the
electrolyte inside can freeze.
Attempting to jump start with a frozen
battery can cause it to rupture.
08/07/19 10:11:41 31SNC630 0336 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Start the vehicle. If the starter
motor still operates slowly, check
that the jumper cables have good
metal-to-metal contact.
Keep the ends of the jumper cables
away from each other and any metal
on the vehicle until everything is
disconnected. Otherwise, you may
cause an electrical short.
If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, have an assistant start
that vehicle and run it at a fast idle.
Once your vehicle is running,
disconnect the negative cable from
your vehicle, then from the
booster battery. Disconnect the
positive cable from your vehicle,
then from the booster battery.
If your vehicle’s 12 volt battery is
disconnected or goes dead, the IMA
battery level gauge reading will not
be correct the next time you turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position. It will show less than the
actual level temporarily. It will show
the correct level after you drive for
at least 30 minutes.
Connect the second jumper cable
to the negative ( ) terminal on
the booster battery. Connect the
other end to the grounding strap
as shown. Do not connect this
jumper cable to any other part of
the engine.
7.
6.
4.
5.
Jump Starting
332
08/07/19 10:11:47 31SNC630 0337 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The reading on the vehicle’s
temperature gauge should stay in
the midrange. If it climbs to the red
mark, you should determine the
reason (hot day, driving up a steep
hill, etc.).
When the current fuel mileage is
shownonthedisplay,the
temperature gauge will interrupt on
the display and blink for several
times if the coolant temperature
rises to 224°F (118°C) or more. At
the same time, the beeper sounds
once.
If your vehicle overheats, you should
take immediate action. The only
indicationmaybethetemperature
gauge climbing to or above the red
mark. Or you may see steam or
spray coming from under the hood.
If you see steam and/or spray
coming from under the hood, turn
off the engine. Wait until you see
no more signs of steam or spray,
then open the hood.
If you do not see steam or spray,
leave the engine running, and
watch the temperature gauge. If
the high heat is due to overloading,
the engine should start to cool
down almost immediately. If it
does, wait until the temperature
gauge reading comes down to the
midpoint, then continue driving.
If the temperature gauge stays at
the red mark, turn off the engine.
Safely pull to the side of the road.
Put the transmission in Park, and
set the parking brake. Turn off all
accessories, and turn on the
hazard warning lights.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CONTINUED
IftheEngineOverheats
Taking Care of the Unexpected
333
Steam and spray from an
overheated engine can
seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam
is coming out.
Driving with the temperature gauge
reading at the red mark can cause
serious damage to your engine.
08/07/19 10:11:56 31SNC630 0338 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Start the engine, and set the
interior temperature to maximum.
Add coolant to the radiator up to
the base of the filler neck. If you
do not have the proper coolant
mixture available, you can add
plain water. Remember to have
the cooling system drained and
refilled with the proper mixture as
soon as you can.
Put the radiator cap back on
tightly. Run the engine, and check
the temperature gauge. If it goes
back to the red mark, the engine
needs repair (see
on page ).
If the temperature stays normal,
check the coolant level in the
radiator reserve tank. If it has
gone down, add coolant to the
MAX mark. Put the cap back on
tightly.
Using gloves or a large heavy
cloth, turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise, without pushing
down, to the first stop. After the
pressure releases, push down on
the cap, and turn it until it comes
off.
Look for any obvious coolant leaks,
such as a split radiator hose.
Everything is still extremely hot,
so use caution. If you find a leak, it
must be repaired before you
continue driving (see
on page ).
If you don’t find an obvious leak,
check the coolant level in the
radiator reserve tank (see page
). Add coolant if the level is
below the MIN mark.
If there was no coolant in the
reserve tank, you may need to add
coolant to the radiator. Let the
engine cool down until the reading
reaches the middle of the
temperature gauge or lower
before checking the radiator.
8.
9.
7.
6.
10.
11.
5.
345
258
345
IftheEngineOverheats
Emergency
Towing
Emergency
Towing
334
Removing the radiator cap
while the engine is hot can
cause the coolant to spray out,
seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and
radiator cool down before
removing the radiator cap.
08/07/19 10:12:04 31SNC630 0339 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If necessary, add oil to bring the
level back to the full mark on the
dipstick (see page ).
The engine running generates the oil
pressure. When the Auto Idle Stop is
activated, the engine is stopped, the
oil pressure is dropped, and the low
oil pressure indicator does not come
on.
Safely pull off the road, and shut
off the engine. Turn on the hazard
warning lights.
Let the vehicle sit for a minute.
Open the hood, and check the oil
level (see page ). An engine
very low on oil can lose pressure
during cornering and other driving
maneuvers.
Start the engine and watch the oil
pressure indicator. If it does not go
out within 10 seconds, turn off the
engine. There is a mechanical
problem that needs to be repaired
before you can continue driving
(see on page
).
This indicator should never
come on when the engine is
running. If it starts flashing or stays
on, the oil pressure has dropped very
low or lost pressure. Serious engine
damage is possible, and you should
take immediate action.
1.
2.
3.
4.
257
297
345
Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Emergency Towing
Taking Care of the Unexpected
335
Running the engine with low oil
pressure can cause serious mechanical
damage almost immediately. Turn off
the engine as soon as you can safely get
the vehicle stopped.
08/07/19 10:12:12 31SNC630 0340 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
IftheAutoIdleStopisactiveforan
extended period, the charging
system indicator may come on. If it
happens, start the engine.
The charging system indicator may
also come on if the Integrated Motor
Assist (IMA) battery charge drops
below a desired level and the engine
starts to recharge the battery.
This indicator may blink after you
start the vehicle in the morning
when the temperature is below 20
°F ( 30°C). It will stop blinking
when the IMA battery warms up.
If the charging system
indicator comes on brightly
when the engine is running, the 12
volt battery is not being charged.
Immediately turn off all electrical
accessories. Try not to use other
electrically operated controls such as
the power windows. Keep the engine
running; starting the engine will
discharge the battery rapidly.
Go to a service station or garage
where you can get technical
assistance.
Charging System Indicator
336
08/07/19 10:12:17 31SNC630 0341 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the indicator comes on repeatedly,
even though it may turn off as you
continue driving, have your vehicle
checked by your dealer as soon as
possible.
Your vehicle has certain ‘‘readiness
codes’’ that are part of the on-board
diagnostics for the emissions
systems. In some states, part of the
emissions testing is to make sure
these codes are set. If they are not
set, the test cannot be completed.
If the indicator comes on
while driving, it means one
of the engine’s emissions control
systems may have a problem. Even
though you may feel no difference in
your vehicle’s performance, it can
reduce your fuel economy and cause
increased emissions. Continued
operation may cause serious damage.
If you have recently refueled your
vehicle, the indicator coming on
could be due to a loose or missing
fuel fill cap. You will also see a
‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ message on
the information display. Tighten the
cap until it clicks at least once.
Tightening the cap will not turn the
indicator off immediately; it can take
several days of normal driving.
If your vehicle’s battery has been
disconnected or gone dead, these
codes are erased. It can take several
days of driving under various
conditions to set the codes again.
To check if they are set, turn the
ignition switch to the ON (II)
position, without starting the engine.
The malfunction indicator lamp will
come on for 20 seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set.
If it blinks five times, the readiness
codes are not set. If possible, do not
take your vehicle for an emissions
test until the readiness codes are set.
Refer to for
more information (see page ).360
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Readiness Code Emissions Testing
Taking Care of the Unexpected
337
If you keep driving with the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on, you
can damage your vehicle’s emissions
controls and engine. Those repairs may
not be covered by your vehicle’s
warranties. This indicator may also
come on with the ‘‘D’’ indicator.
08/07/19 10:12:24 31SNC630 0342 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If the ABS indicator comes on with
the brake system indicator, have
your vehicle inspected by your
dealer immediately.
However, if the brake pedal does not
feel normal, you should take
immediate action. A problem in one
part of the system’s dual circuit
design will still give you braking at
two wheels. You will feel the brake
pedal go down much farther before
the vehicle begins to slow down, and
you will have to press harder on the
pedal.
Slow down by shifting to a lower
gear, and pull to the side of the road
when it is safe. Because of the long
distance needed to stop, it is
hazardous to drive the vehicle. You
should have it towed and repaired as
soon as possible (see
on page ).
If you must drive the vehicle a short
distance in this condition, drive
slowly and carefully.
The brake system
indicator normally
comes on when
you turn the ignition switch to the
ON (II) position and as a reminder to
check the parking brake. It will stay
on if you do not fully release the
parking brake.
If the brake system indicator comes
on while driving, the brake fluid level
is probably low. Press lightly on the
brake pedal to see if it feels normal.
If it does, check the brake fluid level
thenexttimeyoustopataservice
station (see page ).
If the fluid level is low, take your
vehicle to a dealer, and have the
brake system inspected for leaks or
worn brake pads.
If the brake system indicator
(amber) comes on with the parking
brake system indicator (red) with
the parking brake released, there
may be a malfunction with the
power-assist feature. When the
power-assist feature malfunctions,
the brake indicator (red) comes on
and a buzzer sounds for a second.
The power-assist feature may stop
when the brake effect is weak. Stop
your vehicle immediately at a safe
place and contact a dealer.
304
345
Emergency
Towing
Brake System Indicator
338
U.S. Canada
08/07/19 10:12:32 31SNC630 0343 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The vehicle’s fuses are contained in
threefuseboxes.
The primary and secondary under-
hood fuse boxes are in the engine
compartment on the driver’s side.
The interior fuse box is underneath
the steering column.
Fuses
Taking Care of the Unexpected
339
TAB
UNDER-HOOD (PRIMARY) UNDER-HOOD (SECONDARY)INTERIOR
FUSE LABEL
08/07/19 10:12:38 31SNC630 0344 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position. Make sure the
headlights and all other
accessories are off.
Remove the cover from the fuse
box.
If something electrical in your
vehicle stops working, the first thing
youshouldcheckforisablownfuse.
Determine from the chart on pages
and , or the diagram on the
fuse box lid, which fuse or fuses
control that device. Check those
fuses first, but check all the fuses
before deciding that a blown fuse is
the cause. Replace any blown fuses,
and check if the device works.
Check each of the large fuses in
the primary under-hood fuse box
by looking through the top at the
wire inside. Remove the screws
with a Phillips-head screwdriver.
1.
2.
3.
343 344
Checking and Replacing Fuses
Fuses
340
BLOWN
FUSE BLOWN
08/07/19 10:12:45 31SNC630 0345 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you cannot drive the vehicle
without fixing the problem, and you
do not have a spare fuse, take a fuse
of the same rating or a lower rating
from one of the other circuits. Make
sureyoucandowithoutthatcircuit
temporarily (such as the accessory
power socket or radio).
If you replace the blown fuse with a
spare fuse that has a lower rating, it
might blow out again. This does not
indicate anything wrong. Replace the
fuse with one of the correct rating as
soon as you can.
Check the smaller fuses in the
under-hood fuse boxes and all the
fuses in the interior fuse box by
pulling out each one with the fuse
puller provided in the primary
under-hood fuse box.
Look for a blown wire inside the
fuse. If it is blown, replace it with
oneofthesparefusesofthesame
rating or lower. The spare fuses
are provided on the back of the
under-hood fuse cover.
4. 5.
CONTINUED
Fuses
Taking Care of the Unexpected
341
FUSE PULLER
BLOWN
08/07/19 10:12:52 31SNC630 0346 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
When the audio system is disabled,
the clock setting in the audio system
will be canceled. You will need to
reset the clock according to the
instructions in the audio system
sectioninthisownersmanual.
If the replacement fuse of the
same rating blows in a short time,
there is probably a serious
electrical problem with your
vehicle. Leave the blown fuse in
that circuit, and have your vehicle
checked by a qualified technician.
6.
Fuses
342
Replacing a fuse with one that has a
higher rating greatly increases the
chances of damaging the electrical
system. If you do not have a
replacement fuse with the proper rating
for the circuit, install one with a lower
rating.
08/07/19 10:12:56 31SNC630 0347 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
No.No. Circuits Protected
No. Circuits Protected
Circuits Protected
Amps.
Amps.Amps.
1
2
3
1
2
3
IMA2
IMA1
Booster MS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Headlight Main
Power Window Main
Booster Motor
Sub Fan Motor
Main Fan Motor
Rear Defogger
Blower
Hazard
FI Sub
Stop and Horn
IG Coil (EX)
IG Coil (IN)
Oil Level
Not Used
Not Used
IG Coil
FI Main
MG Clutch
DBW
Interior Light
Back Up
Main Fuse
EPS
Option Main
Ignition Switch Main
ABS Motor
ABS F/S
50 A
40 A
40 A
20 A
20 A
30 A
40 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
7.5 A
20 A
15 A
7.5 A
15 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
15 A
100 A
70 A
60 A
50 A
30 A
40 A
Fuse Locations
Taking Care of the Unexpected
343
UNDER-HOOD PRIMARY FUSE BOX UNDER-HOOD SECONDARY FUSE BOX
08/07/19 10:13:05 31SNC630 0348 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
No. No.
No.
Circuits ProtectedAmps.
Amps.
Amps. Circuits Protected
Circuits Protected
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
ODS
METER
SRS
Right Headlight High Beam
Left Headlight High Beam
Small (Interior)
Small (Exterior)
Right Headlight Low Beam
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
15 A
20 A
(7.5 A)
(7.5 A)
20 A
20 A
(15 A)
15 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
7.5 A
10 A
7.5 A
30 A
7.5 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
15 A
7.5 A
Power Window
Fuel Pump
IG1 ACG
ABS/VSA Unit
Seat Heater
Not Used
TPMS
Not Used
Left Headlight Low Beam
Headlight High Main
Small (Main)
Not Used
Headlight Low Main
(HAC)
STS
Not Used
Door Lock
Driver’s Power Window
Not Used
Rear ACC Socket
ACC
Passenger’s Power Window
Not Used
Right Rear Power Window
Left Rear Power Window
Not Used
ACC, Radio
HAC
Daytime Running Light
Wiper
: Optional in U.S.
Fuse Locations
344
INTERIOR FUSE BOX
08/07/19 10:13:13 31SNC630 0349 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
CONTINUED
If, due to damage, your vehicle must
be towed with the front wheels on
the ground, do this:
With the front wheels on the ground,
it is best to tow the vehicle no farther
than 50 miles (80 km), and keep the
speedbelow35mph(55km/h).
If your vehicle needs to be towed,
call a professional towing service or
organization. Never tow your vehicle
with just a rope or chain. It is very
dangerous.
Therearetwowaystotowyour
vehicle:
The tow
truck uses two pivoting arms that go
under the tires (front) and lift them
off the ground. The other two tires
remain on the ground.
The operator
loads your vehicle on the back of a
truck.
Start the engine.
Press on the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever through all its
positions.
Shift to D position for 5 seconds,
then to N.
Turn off the engine.
Release the parking brake.
Leave the ignition switch in the
ACCESSORY (I) position so the
steering wheel does not lock.
Wheel-lift Equipment
Flat-bed Equipment
This is an
acceptable way to tow your
vehicle.
This is the best way to
transport your vehicle.
Emergency Towing
Taking Care of the Unexpected
345
Improper towing preparation will
damage the transmission. Follow the
above procedure exactly. If you cannot
shift the transmission or start the
engine, your vehicle must be
transported with the front wheels off
the ground.
08/07/19 10:13:23 31SNC630 0350 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Emergency Towing
346
The steering system can be damaged if
the steering wheel is locked. Leave the
ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I)
position, and make sure the steering
wheel turns freely before you begin
towing.
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the
bumpers will cause serious damage.
The bumpers are not designed to
support the vehicle’s weight.
08/07/19 10:13:26 31SNC630 0351 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Thediagramsinthissectiongive
you the dimensions and capacities of
your vehicle and the locations of the
identification numbers. It also
includes information you should
know about your vehicle’s tires and
emissions control systems.
................Identification Numbers . 348
................................Specifications . 350
DOT Tire Quality Grading
......................(U.S. Vehicles) . 352
Uniform Tire Quality
..................................Grading . 352
.................................Treadwear . 352
......................................Traction . 352
.............................Temperature . 353
.................................Tire Labeling . 353
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) Required Federal
............................Explanation . 355
.......................Emissions Controls . 357
.....................The Clean Air Act . 357
Crankcase Emissions Control
....................................System . 357
Evaporative Emissions Control
....................................System . 357
Onboard Refueling Vapor
................................Recovery . 357
...Exhaust Emissions Controls . 358
....................PGM-FI System . 358
Ignition Timing Control
................................System . 358
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
...................(EGR) System . 358
Three Way Catalytic
...........................Converter . 358
....................Replacement Parts . 358
..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 359
........................Emissions Testing . 360
Technical Information
Technical Information
347
08/07/19 10:13:30 31SNC630 0352 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Your vehicle has several identifying
numbers in various places.
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the 17-digit number your
dealer uses to register your vehicle
for warranty purposes. It is also
necessary for licensing and insuring
your vehicle. The easiest place to
find the VIN is on a plate fastened to
the top of the dashboard. You can
seeitbylookingthroughthe
windshield on the driver’s side. It is
also on the certification label
attached to the driver’s doorjamb,
and is stamped on the engine
compartment bulkhead. The VIN is
also provided in bar code on the
certification label.
The VIN is also located on the
engine bulkhead. Slide the cover on
the engine compartment bulkhead to
view the VIN. Always close the cover
when finished.
Identification Numbers
348
COVER
CERTIFICATION LABEL
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
08/07/19 10:13:35 31SNC630 0353 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The engine number is stamped into
the engine block.
The transmission number is on a
label on top of the transmission.
The IMA Motor Number is stamped
on the motor housing.
Identification Numbers
Technical Information
349
ENGINE NUMBER
IMA MOTOR
NUMBER
TRANSMISSION NUMBER
08/07/19 10:13:40 31SNC630 0354 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Specifications
350
Dimensions
Weights
Engine
Seating Capacities
Capacities
176.7 in (4,489 mm)
69.0 in (1,752 mm)
56.3 in (1,430 mm)
106.3 in (2,700 mm)
59.1 in (1,501 mm)
60.2 in (1,529 mm)
Length
Width
Height
Wheelbase
Track
Gross vehicle weight rating See the certification label attached
to the driver’s doorjamb.
3.0 US qt (2.8 )
5.4 US qt (5.1 )
1.255 US gal (4.75 )
1.59 US gal (6.0 )
3.4 US qt (3.2 )
3.2 US qt (3.0 )
4.0 US qt (3.8 )
12.3 US gal (46.6 )
Type
BorexStroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
Spark plugs
SK20HPR-L11
ILFR6J-11K
10.8
82 cu-in (1,339 cm )
2.87 x 3.15 in (73.0 x 80.0 mm)
Water cooled 4-stroke SOHC i-VTEC
gasoline engine with Hybrid Electric
Total
Front
Rear
5
2
3
Fuel tank
Engine
coolant
Engine oil
Automatic
transmission
fluid
Windshield
washer
reservoir
Excluding the oil remaining in the engine
Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in the
engine
Reserve tank capacity: 0.11 US gal (0.4 )
2.6 US qt (2.5 )
4.8 US qt (4.5 )
Front
Rear
Approx.
1:
2:
(NGK)
(DENSO)
Change
Total
Change
Including filter
Without filter
Total
Change
Total
U.S. Vehicles
Canada Vehicles
1
2
08/07/19 10:13:56 31SNC630 0355 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
−−
Specifications
Technical Information
351
Air Conditioning Fuses
Alignment
12 Volt Battery
Tires
Lights
HFC-134a (R-134a)
14.1 15.9 oz (400 450 g)
SE-10Y
12 V 60 W
12 V 3 CP
12 V 21/5 W
12 V 21 W
7°6’
1°39’
0°3’
0.00 in (0.0 mm)
P195/65R15 89S
2.0 in (2.0 mm)
Refrigerant type
Charge quantity
Lubricant oil type
Interior
Under-hood
Toe-in
Camber
Caster
12 V
12 V 51 W
12 V 21 W
12 V
12 V
12 V
12 V
5W
8W
8W
5W
Capacity 12 V 35 AH/20 HR
T135/80D15 99M
32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
Size
Pressure
12 V 2 CP
12 V 28 AH/5 HR
24/2.2 CP
Headlights
Front turn signal/side marker
lights
Rear turn signal lights
Brake/Taillights (in fenders)
Back-up lights
Rear side marker lights
Taillights (in trunk lid)
License plate lights
Ceiling light
Spotlights
Trunk light
See page 339 or the fuse label
attached to the inside of the fuse
box door under the steering
column.
See page 339 or the fuse box
cover.
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Front
High
Low
(HB3)
(HB4)
Front/Rear
Spare
Front/Rear
Spare
08/07/19 10:14:17 31SNC630 0356 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width. For
example:
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assignedtothistireisbasedon
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
The tires on your vehicle meet all
U.S. Federal Safety Requirements.
All tires are also graded for
treadwear, traction, and temperature
performance according to
Department of Transportation
(DOT) standards. The following
explains these gradings.
The treadwear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government
test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and one-
half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded
100. The relative performance of
tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
Treadwear Traction
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
352
08/07/19 10:14:26 31SNC630 0357 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce
tire life, and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.
109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
The tires that came on your vehicle
have a number of markings. Those
you should be aware of are described
below.
CONTINUED
Temperature Tire Labeling
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles), Tire Labeling
Technical Information
353
(4) (3) (2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
TIRE LABELING EXAMPLE
Tire Size
Maximum Tire Pressure
Maximum Tire Load
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
08/07/19 10:14:34 31SNC630 0358 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Tire type code.
Date of manufacture.
Whenever tires are replaced, they
should be replaced with tires of the
same size. The following is an
exampleoftiresizewithan
explanation of what each component
means.
Vehicletype(Pindicates
passenger vehicle).
Tire width in millimeters.
Aspect ratio (the tires section
height as a percentage of its
width).
Tire construction code (R
indicates radial).
Rim diameter in inches.
Load index (a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry).
Speed symbol (an
alphabetical code indicating
the maximum speed rating).
The tire identification number (TIN)
is a group of numbers and letters
that look like the following example.
TIN is located on the sidewall of the
tire.
This indicates that the tire
meets all requirements of
the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
Manufacturer’s
identification mark.
Max Press The maximum air
pressurethetirecan
hold.
Max Load The maximum load the
tire can carry at
maximum air pressure.
Year
Week
P
R
DOT
B97R
FW6X
2202
S
195
65
15
89
Tire Labeling
Tire Size
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Maximum Tire Load
Maximum Tire Pressure
354
DOT B97R FW6X 2202
P195/65R15 89S
08/07/19 10:14:50 31SNC630 0359 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure.
(If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire
inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label.
CONTINUED
U.S. models only
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation
Technical Information
355
08/07/19 10:14:56 31SNC630 0360 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS
malfunction indicator is provided by
a separate telltale, which displays the
symbol ‘‘TPMS’’ when illuminated.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect
or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or
alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly.
Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation
356
08/07/19 10:15:02 31SNC630 0361 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The burning of gasoline in your
vehicle’s engine produces several by-
products. Some of these are carbon
monoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen
(NOx), and hydrocarbons (HC).
Gasoline evaporating from the tank
also produces hydrocarbons. Con-
trolling the production of NOx, CO,
and HC is important to the environ-
ment. Under certain conditions of
sunlight and climate, NOx and HC
react to form photochemical ‘‘smog.’’
Carbon monoxide does not contri-
bute to smog creation, but it is a
poisonous gas.
The United States Clean Air Act
sets standards for automobile
emissions. It also requires that
automobile manufacturers explain to
owners how their emissions controls
workandwhattodotomaintain
them. This section summarizes how
the emissions controls work.
In Canada, Honda vehicles comply
with the Canadian emission
requirements, as specified in an
agreement with Environment
Canada, at the time they are
manufactured.
Your vehicle has a positive
crankcase ventilation system. This
keeps gasses that build up in the
engine’s crankcase from going into
the atmosphere. The positive
crankcase ventilation valve routes
them from the crankcase back to the
intake manifold. They are then
drawn into the engine and burned.
As gasoline evaporates in the fuel
tank, an evaporative emissions
control canister filled with charcoal
adsorbs the vapor. It is stored in this
canister while the engine is off. After
the engine is started and warmed up,
the vapor is drawn into the engine
and burned during driving.
The onboard refueling vapor
recovery (ORVR) system captures
the fuel vapors during refueling. The
vapors are adsorbed in a canister
filled with activated carbon. While
driving, the fuel vapors are drawn
into the engine and burned off.
The Clean Air Act
Crankcase Emissions Control
System
Evaporative Emissions Control
System
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery
Emissions Controls
Technical Information
357
08/07/19 10:15:10 31SNC630 0362 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The exhaust emissions controls
include four systems: PGM-FI,
ignition timing control, exhaust gas
recirculation, and three way catalytic
converter. These four systems work
together to control the engine’s
combustion and minimize the
amount of HC, CO, and NOx that
come out the tailpipe. The exhaust
emissions control systems are
separate from the crankcase and
evaporative emissions control
systems.
The emissions control systems are
designed and certified to work to-
gether in reducing emissions to
levels that comply with the Clean Air
Act. To make sure the emissions
remain low, you should use only new
Honda replacement parts or their
equivalent for repairs. Using lower
quality parts may increase the
emissions from your vehicle.
The emissions control systems are
covered by warranties separate from
the rest of your vehicle. Read your
warranty manual for more informa-
tion.The PGM-FI system uses sequential
multiport fuel injection.
It has three subsystems: air intake,
engine control, and fuel control. The
powertrain control module (PCM)
uses various sensors to determine
how much air is going into the
engine. It then controls how much
fuel to inject under all operating
conditions.
This system constantly adjusts the
ignition timing, reducing the amount
of HC, CO, and NOx produced.
The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
system takes some of the exhaust
gas and routes it back into the intake
manifold. Adding exhaust gas to the
air/fuel mixture reduces the amount
of NOx produced when the fuel is
burned.
The three way catalytic converter is
in the exhaust system. Through
chemical reactions, it converts HC,
CO, and NOx in the engine’s exhaust
to carbon dioxide (CO ), nitrogen
(N ), and water vapor.
2
2
Exhaust Emissions Controls Replacement Parts
PGM-FI System
Ignition Timing Control System
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
System
Three Way Catalytic Converter
Emissions Controls
358
08/07/19 10:15:19 31SNC630 0363 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The three way catalytic converter
contains precious metals that serve
as catalysts, promoting chemical
reactions to convert the exhaust
gasses without affecting the metals.
The catalytic converter is referred to
as a three-way catalyst, since it acts
on HC, CO, and NOx. A replacement
unit must be an original Honda part
or its equivalent.
The three way catalytic converter
must operate at a high temperature
for the chemical reactions to take
place. It can set on fire any
combustible materials that come
near it. Park your vehicle away from
high grass, dry leaves, or other
flammables.
A defective three way catalytic
converter contributes to air pollution,
and can impair your engine’s per-
formance. Follow these guidelines to
protect your vehicle’s three way
catalytic converter.
Always use unleaded gasoline.
Even a small amount of leaded
gasoline can contaminate the
catalyst metals, making the three
way catalytic converter ineffective.
Keep the engine well maintained.
Have your vehicle diagnosed and
repaired if it is misfiring, back-
firing, stalling, or otherwise not
running properly.
Three Way Catalytic Converter
Technical Information
359
THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTERS
U.S. model is shown
08/07/19 10:15:26 31SNC630 0364 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If you take your vehicle for an
emissions test shortly after the
battery has been disconnected or
gone dead, it may not pass the test.
This is because of certain ‘‘readiness
codes’’ that must be set in the on-
board diagnostics for the emissions
systems. These codes are erased
when the battery is disconnected,
and set again only after several days
of driving under a variety of
conditions.
Without touching the accelerator
pedal, start the engine, and let it
idle for 20 seconds.
Keep the vehicle in Park. Increase
the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and
hold it there until the temperature
gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the
scale (about 3 minutes).
Without touching the accelerator
pedal, let the engine idle for 20
seconds.
If the testing facility determines that
the readiness codes are not set, you
will be requested to return at a later
date to complete the test. If you must
get the vehicle retested within the
next two or three days, you can
condition the vehicle for retesting by
doing the following.
Make sure the gas tank is nearly,
but not completely, full (around
3/4).
Make sure the vehicle has been
parked with the engine off for 6
hours or more.
Make sure the ambient
temperature is between 40° and
95°F ( and 35°C).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Testing of Readiness Codes
Emissions Testing
360
08/07/19 10:15:34 31SNC630 0365 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Select a nearby lightly traveled
major highway where you can
maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph
(80to97km/h)foratleast20
minutes. Drive on the highway in
D. Do not use the cruise control.
When traffic allows, drive for 90
seconds without moving the
accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed
may vary slightly; this is okay.) If
you cannot do this for a
continuous 90 seconds because of
traffic conditions, drive for at least
30 seconds, then repeat it two
more times (for a total of 90
seconds).
Then drive in city/suburban
traffic for at least 10 minutes.
When traffic conditions allow, let
the vehicle coast for several
seconds without using the
accelerator pedal or the brake
pedal.
Make sure the vehicle has been
parked with the engine off for 30
minutes.
If the testing facility determines the
readiness codes are still not set, see
your dealer.
7. 8.
9.
Emissions Testing
Technical Information
361
08/07/19 10:15:39 31SNC630 0366 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
362
08/07/19 10:15:41 31SNC630 0367 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
....Customer Service Information . 364
....................Warranty Coverages . 365
Reporting Safety Defects
..........................(U.S. Vehicles) . 366
.....................Authorized Manuals . 367
Warranty and Customer Relations
Warranty and Customer Relations
363
08/07/19 10:15:44 31SNC630 0368 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Honda dealership personnel are
trained professionals. They should
be able to answer all your questions.
If you encounter a problem that your
dealership does not solve to your
satisfaction, please discuss it with
the dealership’s management. The
service manager or general manager
can help. Almost all problems are
solved in this way.
If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s
management, contact Honda
Customer Service.
U.S. Owners:
Canadian Owners: When you call or write, please give
us this information:
Vehicle Identification Number
(see page )
Name and address of the dealer
who services your vehicle
Date of purchase
Mileage on your vehicle
Your name, address, and tele-
phone number
A detailed description of the
problem
Name of the dealer who sold the
vehicle to you
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
348
Customer Service Information
364
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Service
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Boulevard
Torrance, California 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
Honda Canada Inc.
715 Milner Avenue
Toronto, ON
M1B 2K8
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: Toll-free 1-877-939-0909
Toronto (416) 287-4776
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
Customer Relations
08/07/19 10:15:51 31SNC630 0369 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
Your new vehicle is covered by these
warranties:
covers your new vehicle, except for
the battery, emissions control
systems, and accessories, against
defects in materials and
workmanship.
these two
warranties cover your vehicle’s
emissions control systems. Time,
mileage, and coverage are
conditional. Please read your
warranty booklet for exact
information.
provides
coverageforaslongasthepur-
chaser of the muffler owns the
vehicle.
provides prorated
coverage for a replacement battery
purchased from your dealer.
this warranty gives up
to 100% credit toward a replacement
battery.
a seat
belt that fails to function properly is
covered by a limited warranty.
Please read your warranty booklet
for details.
covers all Honda
replacement parts against defects in
materials and workmanship.
Honda accessories are covered
under this warranty. Time and
mileage limits depend on the type of
accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for
details.
all exterior body panels are
covered for rust-through from the
inside for the specified time period
with no mileage limit.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to
all these warranties. Please read the
2009 Honda warranty information
booklet that came with your vehicle
for precise information on warranty
coverages. Your vehicle’s original
tires are covered by their
manufacturer. Tire warranty
information is in a separate booklet.
Please refer to the 2009 warranty
manual that came with your vehicle.
Warranty Coverages
U.S. Owners
Canadian Owners
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Emissions Control Systems Defects
Warranty and Emissions
Performance Warranty
Replacement Muffler Lifetime
Limited Warranty
Replacement Battery Limited
Warranty
Original Equipment Battery Limited
Warranty
Seat Belt Limited Warranty
Replacement Parts Limited
Warranty
Accessory Limited Warranty
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty
Warranty and Customer Relations
365
08/07/19 10:16:01 31SNC630 0370 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying American Honda Motor
Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
VehicleSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC
20590.
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from .
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Vehicles)
366
http://www.safercar.gov
http://www.safercar.gov
08/07/19 10:16:05 31SNC630 0371 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Table Of Contents
Main Menu
The publications shown below can be purchased from Helm
Incorporated. You can order by phone or online:
Call Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only)
Go online at
If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.
at 1-800-782-4356.
Covers maintenance and recommended procedures for
repair to engine and chassis components. It is written
for the journeyman mechanic, but it is simple enough
for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
Complements the Service Manual by providing in-depth
troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit
in your vehicle.
Describes the procedures involved in the replacement
of damaged body parts.
Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals Service Manual:
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:
Body Repair Manual:
(U.S. only)
Authorized Manuals
Authorized Manuals
367
Form Description
2006-2009 Honda Civic Hybrid Service Manual
2006-2009 Honda Civic Hybrid
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual
2006-2009 Model Series Honda Civic 2/4 Door
Body Repair Manual
2009 Honda Civic Hybrid Owner’s Manual
2009 Honda Civic Hybrid
Navigation System Owner’s Manual
2009 Honda Civic Hybrid Honda Service History
2009 Honda Civic Hybrid Quick Start Guide
Order Form for Previous Years-
Indicate Year and Model Desired
Publication
Form Number
61SNC03
61SNC03EL
61SNA30
31SNC630
31SNC820
31SNCM30
31SNCQ30
HON-R
www. helminc. com
08/07/19 10:16:14 31SNC630 0372 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
368
08/07/19 10:16:16 31SNC630 0373 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
CONTINUED
....................................Accessories . 263
ACCESSORY (Ignition Key
.......................................Position) . 80
.............Accessory Power Socket . 101
....................Additives, Engine Oil . 297
...............................Airbag (SRS) . 9,21
...Airbags, Additional Information . 21
...Additional Safety Precautions . 32
..........AdvancedAirbagSystem .26
.............................Airbag Service . 32
How the Passenger Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 31
How the Side Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 30
..How the SRS Indicator Works . 30
How Your Front Airbags
.........................................Work . 24
...How Your Side Airbags Work . 28
How Your Side Curtain Airbags
.........................................Work . 29
........................SRS Components . 21
..............Air Conditioning System . 104
.......................Air Pressure, Tires . 315
......................................Antifreeze . 300
Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)
...............................Indicator . 59,280
...................................Operation . 280
..............Anti-theft, Audio System . 209
Anti-theft Steering Column
..........................................Lock . 80
........................................Armrest . 95
................................Audio System . 110
.....Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 83
.........................Auto Door Locking . 82
.....................Auto Door Unlocking . 85
........................Auto Idle Stop . 276,277
...Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 19
.............Automatic Speed Control . 214
.Automatic Transmission (CVT) . 272
..........................Capacity,Fluid .350
...............Checking Fluid Level . 303
.......................................Shifting . 273
Shift Lever Position
...............................Indicators . 272
................Shift Lever Positions . 273
....................Shift Lock Release . 275
Battery
Charging System
...........................Indicator . 62,336
............................Jump Starting . 331
..............................Maintenance . 321
............................Specifications . 350
..............................Before Driving . 253
....................................Belts,Seat .8,18
...........................Beverage Holder . 100
Brakes
...........Anti-lock System (ABS) . 280
.............Break-in, New Linings . 254
....................Bulb Replacement . 308
...........................................Fluid . 304
...................Pad Wear Indicator . 280
.........................................Parking . 99
...........System Indicator . 58,63,338
.............................Braking System . 279
.................Break-in, New Vehicle . 254
..Brightness Control, Instruments . 75
Index
A B
INDEX
I
08/07/19 10:16:20 31SNC630 0374 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Bulb Replacement
..........................Back-up Lights . 309
.....................Brake Lights . 308,309
........Front Side Marker Lights . 307
...........Front Turn Signal Light . 307
.................................Headlights . 305
..........................Parking Lights . 307
.........Rear Side Marker Lights . 308
..........Rear Turn Signal Lights . 308
............................Specifications . 351
..............................Bulbs, Halogen . 305
.........................................Card, PC . 170
............................Capacities Chart . 350
.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 52
.............................Carrying Cargo . 264
.............CAUTION, Explanation of . iii
..................................Ceiling Light . 102
........................Certification Label . 348
............................................Chains . 320
....................Changing a Flat Tire . 325
Changing Oil
........................................How to . 298
......................................When to . 289
...Charging System Indicator . 62,336
..............Check Fuel Cap Indicator . 69
............Checklist, Before Driving . 270
.....................................Child Safety . 34
Child Seats
.............LATCH Anchor System . 43
.............................Lower Anchor . 43
............................Tether Anchor . 47
..................Childproof Door Locks . 82
....................Cleaning the Wheels . 315
.........................Clock, Setting the . 212
........................CO in the Exhaust . 357
............Cold Weather, Starting in . 271
..............................Compact Spare . 324
.............Controls, Instruments and . 55
Coolant
........................................Adding . 300
....................................Checking . 258
.........................Proper Solution . 300
...................Temperature Gauge . 66
Crankcase Emissions Control
........................................System . 357
............Cruise Control Operation . 214
....Customer Service Information . 364
...............DANGER, Explanation of . iii
...................................Dashboard . 3,56
................Daytime Running Lights . 75
............Defects, Reporting Safety . 366
........................Defog and Defrost . 108
................Defogger, Rear Window . 76
..............Defrosting the Windows . 108
....................................Dimensions . 350
...............Dimming the Headlights . 74
Dipstick
..........Automatic Transmission . 303
..................................Engine Oil . 257
..........................Directional Signals . 74
Disc Brake Pad Wear
...................................Indicators . 280
............................Disc Player . 122,160
..................Display Change Button . 66
.....................Disposal of Used Oil . 300
Doors
.Auto Door Locking/Unlocking . 82
.....................Auto Door Locking . 82
.................Auto Door Unlocking . 85
..............Locking and Unlocking . 81
......................Power Door Locks . 81
Index
C
D
II
08/07/19 10:16:25 31SNC630 0375 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
CONTINUED
........DOT Tire Quality Grading . 352
...........Driver and Passenger Safety . 5
...........................................Driving . 269
....................................Economy . 259
..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 312
..............................Economy, Fuel . 259
............Emergencies on the Road . 323
.............Battery, Jump Starting . 331
...........Brake System Indicator . 338
................Changing a Flat Tire . 325
.....Charging System Indicator . 337
..................Checking the Fuses . 340
Low Oil Pressure
...........................Indicator . 62,335
Malfunction Indicator
................................Lamp . 62,337
..................Overheated Engine . 333
...........................Emergency Brake . 99
......................Emergency Flashers . 76
......................Emergency Towing . 345
............Emergency Trunk Opener . 88
.......................Emissions Controls . 357
........................Emissions Testing . 360
Engine
....Coolant Temperature Gauge . 66
..............Engine Speed Limiter . 274
Malfunction Indicator
................................Lamp . 62,337
........Oil Pressure Indicator . 62,335
..............Oil, What Kind to Use . 297
...............................Overheating . 333
............................Specifications . 350
.......................................Starting . 271
.Evaporative Emissions Controls . 357
...............................Exhaust Fumes . 52
Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat
........................................Belts by . 16
...............Gas Mileage, Improving . 259
..........................................Gasohol . 254
...................................Fan, Interior . 105
.........................................Features . 103
....................Filling the Fuel Tank . 255
Filters
.........................Dust and Pollen . 312
...............................................Oil . 298
.............Flashers, Hazard Warning . 76
...................Flat Tire, Changing a . 325
Fluids
..........Automatic Transmission . 303
..........................................Brake . 304
..................Windshield Washer . 302
FM Stereo Radio
...................................Reception . 204
..........................Four-way Flashers . 76
..............................Front Airbags . 9,21
.................................................Fuel . 254
......................Fill Door and Cap . 255
...........................................Gauge . 66
................Octane Requirement . 254
...............................Oxygenated . 254
........................Reserve Indicator . 61
........................Tank, Filling the . 255
.....................Fuses, Checking the . 340
Index
F
E
G
INDEX
III
08/07/19 10:16:30 31SNC630 0376 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
.........................................Gasoline . 254
...............Fuel Reserve Indicator . 61
...........................................Gauge . 66
................Octane Requirement . 254
........................Tank, Filling the . 255
................Gas Station Procedures . 255
Gauges
...Engine Coolant Temperature . 66
...............................................Fuel . 67
............Gearshift Lever Positions . 272
..........Automatic Transmission . 272
......................................Glove Box . 101
.............Halogen Headlight Bulbs . 305
..............Hazard Warning Flashers . 76
Headlights
........................................Aiming . 305
............Daytime Running Lights . 75
..................High Beam Indicator . 60
........................Reminder Beeper . 74
........Replacing Halogen Bulbs . 305
...................................Turning on . 74
..............................Head Restraints . 92
...............................Heated Mirrors . 99
...................................Heaters, Seat . 96
.............High Altitude, Starting at . 271
.................High-Low Beam Switch . 74
.......................Hood, Opening the . 256
..................................................Horn . 72
...Identification Number, Vehicle . 348
Ignition
..............................................Keys . 78
...........................................Switch . 80
............Timing Control System . 358
.........Important Safety Precautions . 6
.........Indicators, Instrument Panel . 58
...............................Infant Restraint . 39
Infant Seats
......LATCH Anchorage System . 43
...........................Lower Anchors . 43
...........................Tether Anchors . 47
.....Inflation, Recommended Tire . 316
...................................Pressures . 316
........................Information Display . 65
...................................Inside Mirror . 98
.............................Inspection, Tire . 317
............................Instrument Panel . 57
................Instrument Panel Lights . 58
........Instrument Panel Brightness . 75
...............................Interior Lights . 102
........................................Introduction . i
.......................................iPod .130,183
.................Jacking up the Vehicle . 326
.......................................Jack, Tire . 325
................................Jump Starting . 331
..................................................Keys . 78
.......................Label, Certification . 348
.................Lane Change, Signaling . 74
..................Lap/Shoulder Belts . 14,18
...........LATCH Anchorage System . 43
Index
I
H
J
K
L
IV
08/07/19 10:16:36 31SNC630 0377 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Lights
....................Bulb Replacement . 305
.......................................Indicator . 60
.........................................Parking . 74
..................................Turn Signal . 74
....................................Load Limits . 265
......LOCK (Ignition Key Position) . 80
Locks
.......Anti-theft Steering Column . 80
............................Fuel Fill Door . 256
.................................Power Door . 81
...........................................Trunk . 88
........................Low Coolant Level . 258
.........................Low Fuel Indicator . 61
................................Lower Anchors . 43
...Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 62,335
...Lubricant Specifications Chart . 350
..................................Maintenance . 287
........................................Minder . 289
.........................Minder Indicator . 61
Owner’s Maintenance
...................................Checks . 294
..........................................Safety . 288
.Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 62,337
.........................Meters, Gauges . 57,65
...................Methanol in Gasoline . 255
..........................Mirrors, Adjusting . 98
...........................MP3/WMA . 122,161
...................Neutral Gear Position . 274
..................New Vehicle Break-in . 254
...................NOTICE, Explanation of . i
...............Numbers, Identification . 348
...Octane Requirement, Gasoline . 254
.........................................Odometer . 69
................................Odometer,Trip . 67
Oil
........................Change, How to . 298
......................Change, When to . 289
......................Checking Engine . 256
..............Pressure Indicator . 62,335
.......Selecting Proper Viscosity . 297
...........ON (Ignition Key Position) . 80
Onboard Refueling Vapor
....................................Recovery . 357
..............................Outside Mirrors . 98
....Outside Temperature Indicator . 67
....................Overheating, Engine . 333
....Owner’s Maintenance Checks . 294
.........................Oxygenated Fuels . 255
..............Panel Brightness Control . 75
........................Park Gear Position . 274
...........................................Parking . 278
.................................Parking Brake . 99
Parking Brake and Brake
.................System Indicator . 58,338
.................................Parking Lights . 74
..Parking Over Things that Burn . 278
.............................PGM-FI System . 358
..................Playing the Radio . 113,148
........................Playing a Disc . 122,160
.........................Playing a PC Card . 170
.........Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . 16
Index
M
N
O
P
INDEX
V
08/07/19 10:16:42 31SNC630 0378 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11
...Additional Safety Precautions . 17
.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 16
........................Protecting Children . 34
.......................Protecting Infants . 39
.......Protecting Larger Children . 48
.........Protecting Small Children . 40
...................Radiator Overheating . 333
.Radio/Disc/Sound System . 112,147
...................Readiness Codes . 337,360
Rear Lights, Bulb
......................Replacement . 308,309
............................Rear View Mirror . 98
.................Rear Window Defogger . 76
................Reclining the Seat-backs . 91
.......................Remote Transmitter . 89
Replacement Information
..............Dust and Pollen Filter . 312
................Engine Oil and Filter . 298
..........................................Fuses . 340
................................Light Bulbs . 305
................Maintenance Minder . 389
...........................................Tires . 315
.............................Wiper Blades . 312
Replacing Seat Belts After a
............................................Crash . 20
Reserve Tank, Engine
...............................Coolant . 258,300
...............................Restraint, Child . 34
..................Reverse Gear Position . 274
................................Rotation, Tire . 318
..................................Safety Belts . 8,18
............Safety Defects, Reporting . 366
.................................Safety Features . 7
...........................................Airbags . 9
.......................................Seat Belts . 8
.............Safety Labels, Location of . 53
..............................Safety Messages . iii
.....................................Seat Belts . 8,18
...............Additional Information . 18
Automatic Seat Belt
...............................Tensioners . 19
................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 14,18
........................Maintenance . 20,311
Reminder Light and
................................Beeper . 18,58
...................System Components . 18
...............Use During Pregnancy . 16
Wearing a Lap/Shoulder
.....................................Belt . 14,18
....................................Seat Heaters . 96
........................Seats, Adjusting the . 91
............................Security System . 213
...............................Serial Number . 348
...........................Service Intervals . 295
.............................Service Manual . 367
.........Service Station Procedures . 255
..........................Setting the Clock . 212
...Shift Lever Position Indicators . 272
........................Shift Lock Release . 275
................................Side Airbags . 9,28
..........................Off Indicator . 30,59
......................Side Curtain Airbags . 29
Side Marker Lights, Bulb
..............................Replacement . 307
...............................Signaling Turns . 74
.....................................Snow Tires . 319
Spare Tire
......................................Inflating . 324
............................Specifications . 351
....................Specifications Charts . 350
................................Speed Control . 214
Index
RS
VI
08/07/19 10:16:47 31SNC630 0379 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
CONTINUED
Speed-Sensitive Volume
.......Compensation (SVC) . 115,158
.......................................Spotlights . 102
..........SRS, Additional Information . 21
...Additional Safety Precautions . 32
.............................Airbag Service . 32
How the Passenger Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 31
How the Side Airbag Off
......................Indicator Works . 30
..How the SRS Indicator Works . 30
How Your Front Airbags
.........................................Work . 24
...How Your Side Airbags Work . 28
How Your Side Curtain
..........................Airbags Work . 29
........................SRS Components . 21
.............................SRS Indicator . 30,59
....START (Ignition Key Position) . 80
.......................Starting the Engine . 271
In Cold Weather at High
..................................Altitude . 271
................With a Dead Battery . 331
........Steam Coming from Engine . 333
Steering Wheel
..................................Adjustment . 77
.............Anti-theft Column Lock . 80
....................Storing Your Vehicle . 322
Supplemental Restraint
..................................System .9,21
......................................Servicing . 32
.........................SRS Indicator . 30,59
...................System Components . 21
.........................................SVC . 115,158
..................................Synthetic Oil . 298
Taillights, Changing
..................................Bulbs . 308,309
.Taking Care of the Unexpected . 323
Technical Descriptions
......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 352
.....Emissions Control Systems . 357
.....................Oxygenated Fuels . 254
..........State Emissions Testing . 360
Three Way Catalytic
...............................Converter . 359
.................................Tire Labeling . 354
.......................Temperature Gauge . 66
..............Tether Anchorage Points . 46
............................Theft Protection . 209
..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 359
..........................Time, Setting the . 212
....................................Tire Chains . 320
.........Tire, How to Change a Flat . 325
...........................Tire Information . 352
...............................................Tires . 315
..............................Air Pressure . 316
.........................Checking Wear . 317
..........................Compact Spare . 324
......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 352
......................................Inflation . 315
..................................Inspection . 317
..............................Maintenance . 318
...................................Replacing . 318
......................................Rotating . 318
................................Service Life . 317
...........................................Snow . 319
............................Specifications . 351
................................Tire Chains . 320
...................Tools, Tire Changing . 325
Towing
.....................................A Trailer . 281
..................Emergency Towing . 345
...........................Traction Devices . 320
Index
INDEX
T
VII
08/07/19 10:16:51 31SNC630 0380 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Transmission
Checking Fluid Level,
..............................Automatic . 303
..................Fluid Selection . 303,304
..............Identification Number . 388
.............Shifting the Automatic . 273
.....................................Treadwear . 352
.......................................Trip Meter . 67
................................................Trunk . 88
........................................Opening . 88
...................Open Monitor Light . 60
....................................Turn Signals . 74
Unexpected, Taking Care
..........................................of the . 323
....Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 362
........................Unleaded Gasoline . 254
......................USB Adapter Cable . 185
.USB Flash Memory Device . 142,196
.......Used Oil, How to Dispose of . 299
................................Vanity Mirror . 100
.................Vehicle Capacity Load . 265
......................Vehicle Dimensions . 350
....Vehicle Identification Number . 349
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA )
....................................System . 285
...VSA Activation Indicator . 64,285
.........................VSA Off Switch . 286
........VSA System Indicator . 64,285
.............................Vehicle Storage . 322
.....................................Ventilation . 106
.................................................VIN . 348
..................................Viscosity, Oil . 297
............WARNING, Explanation of . iii
.........Warning Labels, Location of . 53
....................Warranty Coverages . 365
Washer, Windshield
........Checking the Fluid Level . 302
.......................................Indicator . 61
.....................................Operation . 73
Wheels
...............Adjusting the Steering . 77
............Alignment and Balance . 318
.....................................Cleaning . 320
..........................Compact Spare . 324
...............................Nut Wrench . 325
Windows
..................Operating the Power . 97
...........................Rear, Defogger . 76
Windshield
.......................................Cleaning . 73
...................................Defroster . 108
.......................................Washers . 73
Wipers, Windshield
.......................Changing Blades . 312
.....................................Operation . 73
....................................Worn Tires . 317
.....Wrecker, Emergency Towing . 345
Index
V
WU
VIII
08/07/22 09:27:08 31SNC630 0381 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
08/07/19 10:16:58 31SNC630 0382 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
08/07/19 10:17:01 31SNC630 0383 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
08/07/19 10:17:03 31SNC630 0384 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
Service Information Summary
Gasoline:
Fuel Tank Capacity:
Brake Fluid:
Tire Pressure (measured cold):
Recommended Engine Oil:
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(CVT):
32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )
60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )
Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid
DOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 or
DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary
replacement (see page ).
Front/Rear:
Spare Tire:
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane
number of 87 or higher.
API Premium grade 0W-20
detergent oil (see page ).
Oil change capacity (including
filter):
3.4 US qt (3.2 )
Use Honda CVT Fluid
(Continuously Variable
Transmission Fluid) only
3.0 US qt (2.8 )
12.3 US gal (46.6 )
Fluid change capacity:
215
304
08/07/21 20:21:24 31SNC630 0385 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
This owner’s manual should be considered a
permanent part of the vehicle and should
remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of the
Civic Hybrid. You may find descriptions of
equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
The information and specifications included
in this publication were in effect at the time
of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co.,
Ltd. reserves the right, however, to
discontinue or change specifications or
design at any time without notice and without
incurring any obligation whatsoever.
Owner’s Identification
POUR CLIENTS CANADIEN
AVIS IMPORTANT: Si vous avez
besoin d’un Manuel du Conducteur
en français, veuillez demander à
votreconcessionnairede
commander le numéro de pièce
33SNCC30
OWNER
ADDRESS
V. I. N.
DELIVERY DATE
DEALER NAME DEALER NO.
ADDRESS
OWNER’S SIGNATURE
DEALER’S SIGNATURE
STREET
CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/
POSTAL CODE
(Date sold to original retail purchaser)
STREET
CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/
POSTAL CODE
08/07/19 09:25:34 31SNC630 0001 
2009 Civic Hybrid
Main Menu
45

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Honda-Civic-Hybrid---2009
  • Hoe kan ik zien hoeveel kilometers ik nog kan rijden op tankinhoud.. Gesteld op 29-1-2021 om 14:49

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • goedendag ik heb een vraag over de Honda 1.3 hybride start/stop systeem de ene keer werkt dat wel en soms niet, heeft dat te maken dat je eerst boven een bepaalde snelheid moet zijn geweest b.v. 50 km of hebben andere factoren daar mee te maken veel stroom verbruik bv lichten en verwarming allemaal aan of lage accu stand Gesteld op 27-11-2019 om 17:45

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Als de motor koud staat zal het systeem nooit activeren. Pas als de vereiste bedrijfstemperatuur bereikt is zal het start/stop systeem activeren Geantwoord op 3-2-2021 om 13:53

      Waardeer dit antwoord Misbruik melden

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Honda Civic Hybrid - 2009 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Honda Civic Hybrid - 2009 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 8,72 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info